Home

Canon imagePROGRAF iPF720 User Guide Manual

1. W Covies 14 1 999 Reverse Order _ Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 5 Select the A Page Layout check box 6 Click in the Edit Using PosterArtist in the B Page Layout list T When you attempt to print PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet 8 Choose the page to load in PosterArtist Windows Software 375 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals PosterArtist 9 Edit and rearrange the image in the PosterArtist window as desired Important e Without closing the PosterArtist window repeat steps 1 8 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the PosterArtist Manual 10 Print from the PosterArtist menu 376 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Device Setup Utility Device Setup Utility timagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility is a utility to establish communication between the printer and your computer by completing relevant settings After the printer is installed for example you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to complete the network settings initially A i imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility TCP IP BEE Printer View Help MAC Address Status Product Na
2. 0 234 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X 0668 236 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeettteeees 239 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows eeeeee 241 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X c0ceceeeees 243 Borderless Printing at Actual Size x cis ciecaceavsscansdteccnedesstuntenedlascdcendeceedasenanecectactatGeuseivecncenaatrewesse 246 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows cceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeetesaaeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaaeeees 248 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X 00 0 eeccecceeeeeeceeeeeaceeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeesessneeeeeeneaaeeees 250 Printing banners or at other non standard SIZe S c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 253 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeserreenrnrennnn 253 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows 254 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 258 Printing on Non standard Paper Sizes cc cccicensctecsecasssceaczedssticensedacstpenteantecadesestGeniadargcdendeeonass 261 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetsaaeeees 262 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X eececcceesecceee
3. Hard disk info Status Usable x a Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper X sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 oe om eatin yale Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 f 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Delete XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usabl DIENE sree space ccc ce Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper x sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper O anih fiini jais For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 487 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Checking the Free Hard Disk Space You can check the space available on the printer s hard disk as follows e Using the Control Panel e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or to select Information and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select HDD Information and then press the gt button Note e You can also check the free h
4. Note e Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 cae Hard Disk 457 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 2 In the Documents dialog box click Settings Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Document Name Owner Source Paper Tyne Media Size File Si sample5 ipa RERRERK Plain Paper sample4 ipg REREREK Plain Paper sample3 ipg RRHRRKM Plain Paper sample2 jpg ERRRRH Plain Paper sample1 jpg RERRRRK Plain Paper 3 In the Settings dialog box enter the personal box name and click OK Inbox No Dwm p I Set password Password 4 digit number Re enter to confirm 4 digit number For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file 458 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imnagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs Select a saved job and click Set e098 XXX XXX XXX XXX E Printer Ready l Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable Purranu I r gt E a Free space xx xx GB Move Set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper x sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper
5. Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Auto Scale 100 Match Page Size ey AJ O Landscape Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in fia a5 pa f E Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm x IN __ Rot Paper Options Detauts _ __Dutput Method Size Options OK Cancel J Apply Help 8 Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box 9 Complete the following settings in the Paper Size Options dialog box 1 Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name 430 mm Square is used in this example 10 11 12 13 14 2 Select mm or inch in Units 3 Enter 430 16 9 in in both Width and Height O Note e If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height check box after yo at other non standard sizes u enter a value in either Width or Height the other value will be automatically applied based on the original aspect ratio Click Add to register 430 mm Square Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list In the A Page Size list click the size you added 430 mm Square Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 265 Printing banners
6. cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 555 The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink 0 0eeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 555 The printer stops during a print job secre ccesectasieeveseecpvee iaweeyotieggaaesaneenereveutteax 556 An error message is shown on the Display SCreen ccccsceeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeenaes 556 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper sssssssssssssssssssesesssssnseerrnrnnnnerrnrnrnnnnnenornnnnnnneeeeeeene 556 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops MOVING ceeeee 556 Problems with the printing quality ss scicscccsnnsteuiiwnseanaaaniiiiveanninwnncennsnebeunnneebioratands 557 Printing 1S fants a A EEEE E E NEE 557 Paper rubs against the Printhead cersseisieirsioren nee E ER 558 The edges of the paper are dirty snnnssssrssssssersnrrnrnesnsereenesssserrerrrrrnnnnnerrrnnunnnnonornnnnnnneeeeenena 559 The surface of the paper is dirty cj eceds cnssacceratiactsceessacctes cvackcnadedenieweansstanndessaredeanetoasedenseadbedatens 560 The back side of the paper is dirty ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeesaaaeeeeseeaaaeeeeenaaeeeneeaes 560 Printed colors are inaccurate ssssssssssrrrrssssrrrsrrrneseeeeeensnesserrrrrrnrnnnnntrrnnEnnnnennnnanaseneeennna 560 Banding in different colors OCCUFS a5 nsccsctccdscaedessccesntesssaccciorsc ia tdactnsnsaesanopanaisecsedasdeenaensaatecedaaas 561 Colo
7. 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 241 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in ra Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in A a Page Size Borderless Printing v Enlarged Reduced Printing D Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width pa O Scaling Ea Paper Size H Orientation I A Porat na i Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size AJ O Landscape Roll Paper 17 in Rol 431 8mm N Cr S J __ Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in oll Vict
8. Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Click Line Drawing Text in the E Print Priority list 7 Click High 1200dpi in the F Print Quality list Note Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type 8 Click Color CAD in the G Color Mode list Enhanced Printing Options 183 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images 9 To adjust the color click H Color Settings Q Note e For instructions on adjusting color see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 10 Select the K Sharpen Text check box 11 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fax Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling f GS Jy Paper Size Match Page Size JH Orientation ER aj Portrait AJ O Landscape Borderless Printing nA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper 71 a5 E Paper Source Rol Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm zj N Car Output Method __Size Options _Detauts OK Cancel J Apply J Help 12 Confirm the settings of A Page Size L Paper Source and so on 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings se
9. Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 as crests n t J Cancel OD 2 In the Settings dialog box enter the personal box name and click OK Settings Mail box Rename inbox Inbox no 1 ena C Set password Password 4 digit number Verify Rename document Document title sample2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 459 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Displaying a List of Saved Jobs You can display saved print jobs in the Common Box and each Personal Box You can view a list of stored print jobs as follows e Using the Control Panel Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Display a list of saved print jobs e To display jobs saved in the Common Box 1 Press A or to select Job Management and then press the gt button 2 Press A or W to select Com BOX Ope and then press the gt button 3 Press the A or W button to select Job List e To display jobs saved in Personal Boxes 1 Press A or W to select Job Management and then press the gt button 2 Press A or W to select PsnI BOX Ope
10. ccccessceeeeereeeesteeeeees 316 Watermark c cccceccecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 316 Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY And SO ON WINCOWS cceceeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeteaeeeeenes 317 PrintMOnitOl eieaa aaa ih ee 400 Problem with Printhead cccccceseceeeeeeeeeseeeeees 588 Problems Regarding Paper ccceesseeeesteeeeees 549 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality 557 Problems with the printing quality caused by the type Of Paper 22 2 eee scene eniin naianei eseas 564 R Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls eeeee 127 Regular printing is selected but a roll is loaded 581 Rel lever is in wrong position 583 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly rel 1e e 2 e RE E E E entice 586 Removing a Roll from the Roll Holder 114 Removing Installed Printer Drivers a 568 Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility ONIOOWS oasis aE ES 568 Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINDOWS aeisi cnicasssaniinssn eoan eee iasan iaa 568 Removing printer drivers Windows 568 Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh c cceceeeeteeeeeeee 568 Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder Slot 114 Removing the Roll from the Printer ce 113 Removing the Sheet cccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 137 Renaming Saved Jobs cccccceesteeseeeeeeese
11. EH Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm Units inch Number of Objects 268 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet imagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh Besides combining multiple pages in a single page layout you can combine originals from multiple files even multiple source applications in a single page layout eoe Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout XXX XXX XXX XXX o S gt amp e 9 ou SAQA Bone KfHG R Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Auto Arrange Help Fe E E A ET A Page Setup i Media Type 3 f E Plain Paper B Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper i Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B 10l Automatic Cutting Printer Default a i Copies 1 copies 1 999 w isl Restore Defaults Print 3 Update Printer Info e a Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information TO 2ol O Important The driver must be installed from the User Software CD ROM to use this function For instructions on arranging originals from multiple applications refer to the following topics e Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows P 270
12. FAGL2 Settings X X Endpt Shape Softwr Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj Faint Lines On FAGL2 Settings XX Auto Rotate Off Use Nesting Off Wait Time xx min Cut Lines Off On the Fly Off For details on submenu screens see Submenu Display P 65 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Parts 47 Control Panel Main menu during printing The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Operations P 33 For details on menu items see Main Menu Settings During Printing P 62 Second Ye First Level Third Level Fourth Level Level Fifth Level Level Sixth Level Level Ye Menu Durng Head Head Prtng Cleaning Cleaning A Head Cleaning B Fine i From 5 to 5 Adj iInformation System Info Info al sa Job Log Choose from Document information Name about the latest three print jobs Paat auri JobStatus Status A Start Time Print End Time a interface e M Consumed HDD Information Job Mgmt Job Queue Job List Choose a Priority Menu a job Delete E BOX List a print job te ees NE a A S E a a S E 48 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel First Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Level Level
13. es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 323 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox E Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 1 I orientation UE UE IE scale 100 Cancel d 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 324 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Using Favorites You can register print settings as Favorites to reuse settings from a particular job that met your expectations or settings for a particular page size that you will use repeatedly Favorites Registering a favorite for later use You can choose the settings you have registered from a list before printing and you can check the settings det
14. 520 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads 10 Pull the Printhead Fixer Lever forward all the way to open it completely 12 Remove the used Printhead A caution e When replacing the Printhead immediately after printing wait a few minutes before replacing it The metal parts of the Printhead become hot during printing and there is a risk of burns from touching these parts Q Note e Dispose of the used Printhead in accordance with local regulations Maintenance 521 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads 13 Holding the new Printhead by the grips a remove it from the case Important e When handling the Printhead always hold it by the grips a Never touch the nozzles b or the metal contacts c This may damage the Printhead and affect printing quality 14 While firmly holding the Printhead you have removed use your other hand to remove the orange Safety Cap 1 a Squeeze the grips c of Safety Cap 2 b and pull it down to remove it Important Safety Cap 1 a may be coated with ink to protect the Printhead Be careful not to touch areas other than the grips Never touch the ink supply section d This may cause printing problems The inside surface of Safety Cap 2 b is coated with ink to protect the nozzles Handle it carefully to avoid touching the nozzles or spilling ink Spilled ink may cause stains The Printhead contains ink t
15. Printer Parts 37 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel OO O fraen fems a a a Adjust Length From 0 70 to 0 70 ooo p p p oo e a a oo o e Oo e fate esta fs es fe ee o ee Fo CutDustReduct Off 38 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel a a a C OOo OO ee a rss fae ee com soxor foste Pine a resent fae oo po po C C e E nc y e a E a E 0 a ecwesre ner fom S ee S E a E a E Se Printer Parts 39 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level 4 dots OO S a e e Ci AutoRotate ons o Nesting Use Nesting one a C e o o omery o Adjust Printer Auto Head Adj Standard Adj No o ooo To T s f O pC o Adeda fno o S PR ee rs T ee Oe ee OES OO l ES oo E S es a lt ee E OO hs d 40 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Interface Setup EOP Timer Protocol 4 a aa Address a 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 Default G W 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 er Printer Parts 41 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel C a a fara fon a o o oo oo O f ooo o poe O e ov o ness C ee emote e C oo e o a ooo e o C a a a a Sa a fe a a ES C a a S C ooo o eem e o a C a a E
16. Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected Check ink tank gt Press A or to select Information and then press the OK button 4 Please check L Check Information A confirmation message is shown on the Display Screen about disabling ink level detection After checking the message press the gt button Tank once emptied is used Printing stopped due to ink level unknown After checking the message press the button To continue you must release ink level detection o Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button 4 Release Check the message and press the gt button Release ink level detection after confirming that ink is in ink tank Troubleshooting 573 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other problems T Check the message and press the gt button Canon is not liable for damages due to ink tank filling o 8 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button lt 4 Agree 9 A confirmation message about updating ink information is shown on the Display Screen After checking the message press the gt button Release ink level detection Perform after use of ink tank was registered 10 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button 4 Agree L No Ink level detection is now disabled and the printer goes online 574
17. Copies 1 M Collated Pages All O From 1 to 1 PDFw Preview Cancel Print 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Printer _ iPFxxxx zs Presets Standard g v Copies amp Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling Pages ColorSync Cover Page Copies Page Setup 2 sas PDF el Cancel iniii Additional Settings ee Support Summary Basic Printing Workflow 91 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Canceling print jobs Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel print jobs or ink drying in progress when the printer is online offline or in Menu mode Printer operation varies depending on the status when you hold down the Stop button for a second or more during printing e If you press the Stop button before printing starts Holding down the Stop button for a second or more before printing cancels the print job and brings the printer online When the roll is selected as the paper source the printer goes online and when sheet is selected the printer goes offline Rose Wine uf The Printer does not print e If you press t
18. Page Options JI Special Settings f Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 5 Select the A Page Layout check box 6 Click Free Layout in the B Page Layout list 270 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 7 When you attempt to print the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet g imagePROGRAF Free Layout Canon iP Poox Ce Eile Edit Yiew Object Help Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm SS itsiinch uber of Objectsi4 8 Edit and rearrange the image in the inagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired O Important e Without closing the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window repeat steps 1 7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic 9 Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout Enhanced Printing Options 271 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X This topic describes how to use the Free Layout function to arrange multiple originals next to each other before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu
19. cccccccsceeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeees 142 Print TarQet ccccceeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeseneeeesseeeeeeees 142 Print targets for photos and images 4 142 Printing Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X enutei dieses 144 Easy Settings wsicitie tienen abel anes 144 Print Tagel eeno 144 Print targets for photos and images 144 Printing Posters in Sections seese 285 Page LAY OU Ls erusin ana N 285 Printing PrOC CUre ceeeecceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 80 Printing Saved JODS cceseceeeceeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeees 465 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MaC OS wahssinte eect iii sc ase ated cde tact 468 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINDOWS anena ivan lectadaanctceceanee 467 Using Remote eecceeeeeteeeeeeeenneeeeeeees 466 Using the Control Panel s es 465 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing ecrini 253 Fit Roll Paper Width ccccseeeeseeesseeeeeeeees 253 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 258 Print the DANnel 0 cccccceeeeeeeeseeeceneeeesseeeeeeees 259 Register a Custom Page Size ceeeeeeees 258 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows e 254 Creating the banner in the application 255 Printing the banner eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaee 255 Registering a Custom Paper Size 00 254 Printing With WatermarkS
20. Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help Enhanced Printing Options 209 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions J Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 9 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 10 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 11 Click ISO A4 in the G Paper Size list 12 Click F Scaling and enter 120 Q Note e You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size but in this case the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed e If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting G Print Centered on the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout B 2 2 Pages Sheet E Watermark JE conroenTiaL v F Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 00 Auto Sc Letter 8 5 x11 No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 1 999 C Reverse Order __Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel
21. The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving Corrective Action The printer is analyzing the print job Either wait a while for printing to resume or on the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi 570 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other problems Other problems The printer does not go on The printer is unplugged Plug the power cord into the outlet and then turn on the printer The specified voltage is not supplied Check the voltage of the outlet and breaker P 74 lf the Printer Makes a Strange Sound The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer e There is a sound of vacuum from the Platen To prevent paper from rising paper is held against the Platen by suction from Vacuum holes under it e When a Roll is Rewound There is a Sound as if the Paper is Pulled Taut This sound may be heard when rolls are loaded When rolls are automatically rewound you may hear the sound of pulling paper taut Roll paper makes a fluttering sound during printing There may be a fluttering sound when large paper is advanced There is a Hissing or Whistling Noise Parts inside the printer may resonate with the sound made by the Carriage as it moves quickly The Carriage Makes a Noise When Returning This sound may be heard during automatic adjustment of the printhead Protective parts by the ink tubes which move in response
22. Apply Help 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 210 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important e In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx if Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 is 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation Te 1 if Bi scale 1100 F Carce E0 Select the printer in the B Format for list In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu Access the Main pane ou kh WN Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main By H E images Size Wmedia Type Plain Paper By B Get Information Set E
23. Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for line drawings and text i Print Target CAD Line Drawing Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD Fast Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD drawings CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Settings optimized to print black lines in CAD Windows drawings clearly CAD B W Line Drawing Mac OS 9 CAD High Accuracy Settings optimized for attractive printing of highly precise documents such as CAD drawings with smooth lines and small text Poster Notice Announcement Settings optimized for printing announcements such as wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text 3D GIS Map Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings perspective drawings and maps including GIS maps O Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 For instructions on printing line drawings and text refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 154 152 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings Printi
24. 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation A t fe IE scale 100 E Cone EB Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In the C Paper Size list choose a paper size supported for borderless printing Here click 10 x12 Borderless OQ Note e Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by Borderless 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu T Access the Main pane Printer _ iIPFxxxx B Presets Standard B H E Main H images Size Almedia Type Plain Paper in a aC se IDH Easy Settings i a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bt Printer E E 2 PDF v_ Preview Cancel Print 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 250 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA Gma Size Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width
25. 592 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding HP GL 2 Messages regarding HP GL 2 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 The printer has received a HP GL 2 print job that Replace the paper with a type compatible with cannot be printed on the paper that has been HP GL 2 For details on paper compatible with advanced HP GL 2 refer to the Paper Reference Guide The printer may continue printing but the printing quality may be affected Check the printing results ssGL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 The printer memory is full Because the entire print job could not be received the printer may not be able to print the entire original Check the printing results 5GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range A parameter specified in a HP GL 2 command is out Check the print job of the supported range nae 5 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported The printer has received an unsupported HP GL 2 Check the print job command Error Message 593 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other Messages Other Messages ss GARO Wxxxx x represents a number There is a problem with the print job Try printing again using the correct printer driver It is also possible to continue printing in this state However you may not be able to obtain the desired printing results u ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or num
26. An error message is shown on the Display Screen Po Status Corrective Action O An error message is displayed during printing Check the error message and take action as necessary P 576 The last portion of roll paper was used during a print Remove the used roll and insert a new roll job and paper could not be advanced because the P 113 trailing edge is taped to the roll The printer ejects blank unprinted paper Po Status Corrective Action O The leading edge of the roll paper was cut to This operation is normal straighten it The printer cuts the leading edge of the roll to straighten it and ejects the scraps when Trim Edge First in the printer menu is On or when Trim Edge First is Automatic and the leading edge is slanted The printer is ready to print after this initial preparation When Off is selected under Trim Edge First the edge is not cut and scraps are not removed The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and make sure the Printhead is in good condition for printing Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 517 A print job was received from an incompatible printer Use the correct imagePROGRAF printer driver for driver the printer and try printing again The printer has received print data that includes HP Set Auto Rotate to Off before attempting to print RTL commands when Auto Rotate is On The printer is damaged Contact your Canon deal
27. Color CAD A color mode optimized for line drawings You can adjust the color balance 2D CAD Lines in red yellow and other colors are printed especially clearly Color CAD enables adjustment of color settings P 159 Monochrome BK A color mode for printing line drawings You can adjust the color balance ink Only Black ink is used Monochrome Bitmap Print in a color mode for CAD using No color adjustment is supported Color Ink with all non white portions printed in black Color Adjustment You can adjust colors separately for images graphics and text documents Adjustment item Cyan Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Magenta Yellow Gray Tone Adjust gray tones to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 172 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Matching You can choose the color matching mode and
28. If the Data lamp is flashing the printer is receiving a print job Turn off the printer only after printing is finished After Shut Down Please Wait is shown on the Display Screen the printer shuts off Printer Parts 23 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Printer Modes Printer modes are classified as follows and described in this topic Modes P 24 Mode transition P 25 Online and state of the Control Panel P 26 Offline and state of the Control Panel P 27 Menu mode and state of the Control Panel P 28 Submenu mode and state of the Control Panel P 28 Modes The printer has five modes as follows Online The printer is ready to receive jobs sent from the computer Jobs sent from the computer are processed immediately If jobs are received in other modes they are printed the next time the printer goes online Offline Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being processed While the printer is offline you can feed or cut roll paper manually The printer goes offline automatically if jobs cannot be processed such as if errors occur Menu mode Menus are displayed on the printer and you can select set or execute menu items Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed Submenu mode Submenus are displayed regarding ink and paper information Jobs can be received and printing is possible while submenus are displayed and
29. Mac OS X Software 399 Printmonitor Printmonitor imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs e098 XXX XXX XXX XXX ivy Printer Ready Ready Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Document User Status Size Page Copies e Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor e You can check the status of print jobs cancel jobs and manage them as needed e Ifa printer error occurs you can investigate the corrective action immediately e You can also set up automatic email notification of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance fa Note e If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor select the printer again as follows 1 Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port 2 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the printer status is shown 3 If information about the printer is not shown in step 2 choose Search Printer in the Printer menu 4 Select the zone to search or select My Zone if no zones have been set up and click the Search button Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected 5 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the
30. Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type ETRE Paper B Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Jefault Settings Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Poster Photos ize x11 Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor About Defauts In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper In the A Media Type choose the type of paper used for printing such as Glossy Paper Coated Paper and so on Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer Q Note e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Photos in the E Print Target list O Note You can check th
31. On the Main pane choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Configuration using Easy Settings Printer Presets H i images Size at Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Ta PDFw E iPFxxxx Standard E 5 Main Preview Woedia Type Plain Paper By B Get Information L D Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Set Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fi View set Printer Cancel Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 B Get Information e specified on E Print Target Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Click to display the Get Information dialog box which shows media types the printer for each media source When you select a media source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media source and media type Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the paper type Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Printin
32. images Size __Wimedia Type Plain Paper i Be Get Information Set D Easy Settings B S E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image 4 POP M Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BC View set K Printer 3 M PDFY Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 380 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard S gg Page Setup D Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 3 5 600 PROTEASE H C Borderless Printing jjj Media Size Match Page Size By R fo C Print Centered 7 Lessin K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom sH Ms _ Rotate Page 90 degrees a M PDF Preview Cancel Print 9 In the A Media Source list select how paper is supplied 10 If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Media Source make sure the size as selected in Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size If you
33. ti 5 x11 B LENET RaT A _ Borderless Printing Jf Media Size Match Page Size Ea T x m Print Centered pa j Ed No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm n in Rotate Page 90 degrees C PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list Working With Various Print Jobs 149 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note e If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer Presets Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 PDF v Preview iPFxxxx H Standard HJ Main i Wimedia Type Plain Paper is BC Get Information gc Set IDH Easy Settings F E Print Target Default Settings 0 raft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set E Printer Cancel 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog IA settings B Format for ga Paper Size I orientation E scale 13 Specify additional printing conditions For detai
34. 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout Printer XXX XXX XXX XXX ins Presets Standard B Copies amp Pages 3 Copies 1 M Collated Pages AII OFrom 1 to 1 po ave as PDF Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF Compress PDF Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu Canon eee eee Free e Layout 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout xxx xxx xxx XXX O RQA B OaPfse Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom ENTIT rere o Ts repeat sl br PEEN OTA ERGEN FRIEL EMON Bed ATE EDIEN LAEN Ca mo Ec dol isl io p E o Auto Arrange Help Page Setup E Media Type Plain Paper is Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings B Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper i Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm E Automatic Cutting Printer Default B Copies 1 fa copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print J Update Printer Info Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information 4 Edit and rearrange the image in the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired O Important e Without closing the Canon imagePROGRA
35. 362 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Setting tem __Deseripon K Page Options Click to display the Page Options dialog box which enables you to complete settings for printing the user name date or page number in the header or footer M Special Settings If the printing results are not as you expected click this option to change how printing is processed S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 363 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Page Options Dialog Box Windows The Page Options dialog box offers the following settings Page Options Print Date JA Do Not Print Print User Name cS Do Not Print Print Page Number BD Do Not Print BL toni OK J Cancel Defaults Help Q Note To display the Page Options dialog box on the Layout sheet click Page Options P 362 Setting tem Description O A Print Date Select where the date is printed as desired To print the time as well select B Print Time Also C Print User Name Select where the user name is printed as desired D Print Page Number Select where the page number is printed as desired E Format Settings Click to display the Format Settings dialog box which enables you to complete format related settings Format Settings Arial v Regular v 11 Points 1 72 BB Black OK _ _
36. D Easy Settings Fe eR E Print Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Z Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer PDFv Preview Cancel Print 8 In C Page Size make sure 100 500 is displayed as registered in Page Setup 9 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 10 Click F Fit Roll Paper Width 11 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 260 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes By specifying the paper size you can print on non standard sizes of paper There are two ways to print on non standard paper sizes as follows Registering non standard paper size in the printer driver After you register non standard paper sizes they are listed with standard sizes so that you can choose them anytime as needed Q Note e These non standard paper sizes you register in the printer driver are called Custom Paper Sizes in Windows and Custom Sizes in Mac OS X Specifying custom paper sizes for temporary use Because these are sizes you specify temporaril
37. Examine test pattern B for band adjustment After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable press A or V to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button The feed amount is adjusted and the printer goes online If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular intervals after this adjustment you can adjust the feed amount during printing P 503 502 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount during printing If during printing the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears every 40 mm 1 6 in or so try adjusting the feed amount as follows The results of adjustment are applied to printing in progress enabling you to check the results immediately However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different 1 Press the Online button to pause printing 3 Press A or Y to select Fine Band Adj and then press the OK button 4 Press A or Y to change the value and then press the OK button Q Note e The supported range is 5 to 5 5 Press the Online button to resume printing Q Note The Fine Band Adj value set during printing is also applied to the next print job However the value is reset to 0 if you execute Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length Adjust
38. P 279 Printing Posters in Sections P 285 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other P 268 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals P 374 Click to display one of the following dialog boxes depending on the selection in A Page Layout In these dialog boxes you can specify layout details and which pages to print as well as other settings e Page Layout Printing Pages to Print e Free Layout Settings D Watermark Activating this option makes two settings available Watermarks and F Edit Watermark Printing With Watermarks P 316 E Watermarks Lists the provided watermarks Choose the watermark to print F Edit Watermark Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own original watermark G Print Centered Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 288 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 294 H Rotate 180 degrees Activate this option to rotate document images by 180 degrees before printing I No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above and Bottom Conserve Paper below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Enter the number of copies to print in a range of 1 999 Reverse Order Activate this option to print pages in reverse order
39. Printhead cleaning e Manual adjustment of the paper feed amount e Display of printer related information For a description of specific items available in the main menu during printing see Main Menu Settings During Printing P 62 For instructions on selecting and setting main menu items during printing see Main Menu Operations P 33 Printer Parts 31 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Job Management Menu Operations To display the Job Mgmt Menu press Job Mgmt Menu on the Menu Selection screen which is displayed by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel during printing Q Note The Menu Selection screen will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed You can access Menu mode after you have solved the problem The following operations are available from the Job Mgmt Menu e Job queue operations e Operations involving the common mail box e Operations involving personal boxes For a description of specific items available in the main menu during printing see Main Menu Settings During Printing P 62 Submenu operations Access submenus by pressing the Information button on the Control Panel You can check the following information in submenus e Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity e Ink levels Information on the loaded paper e Printer information Job management For a description o
40. Psnl BOX Folder List Enter a Job List Choose a Ope password if print job one has been set CO ee es es e COo a e e E C A O S E e y 1 Available if Feed Priority is Automatic or Band Joint Printer Parts 49 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel nnn m ss Main Menu Settings Main menu items are described in the following tables For instructions on selecting or setting menu items see Main Menu Operations P 33 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structure P 37 Setting Item Description Instructions Paper Cutting This command is available only if a roll is loaded Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position However if paper cannot be advanced to the cut position it will not be cut In this case manually advance the roll before cutting it P 118 Rep Ink Tank When replacing ink tanks choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 508 Head Cleaning Clean the Printhead P 517 Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Specify the type and size of paper P 51 Paper Details Specify detailed paper related settings including the ink drying time and borderless printing options P 52 Job Management Manage print jobs on the printer s hard disk P 54 GL2 Set
41. Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i EL Ww images size Almedia Type Plain Paper i near B Get Information BC se E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer cc M PDFv Preview Cancel E Print 212 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox E Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation Ti J To fe E Scale 1100 E Cancel Cok 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Click G Scaling and enter 120 QO Note e You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size but in this case the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed e Ifthe original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller
42. Sht Selection 2 If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO B1 or 28 x40 ANSI F is applied when an intermediate size is detected Noz Check Freq Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging Choose 1 page to check once per printed page Choose 10 pages to check once per ten printed pages Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically adjust the timing for checks based on the frequency of nozzle use Sleep Timer Specify the period before the printer enters sleep mode Length Unit Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu Time Zone Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time Date Format Specify the date format Date amp Time Date o Set the current date Time Set the current time Available only if the Date setting is specified Language Specify the language used on the Display Screen Contrast Adj Adjust the Display Screen contrast level Reset PaprSetngs Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the default values Erase HDD Data For hard disk formatting operations 60 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Information COO sengien Description Instructions Bene pr Displays the printer s IP address D
43. View set B Printer PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 3 In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displ ayed next select the desired settings values in C Between Pages and D Between Scans in B Drying Time and then click OK P 390 Media Detailed Settings edia Type Plain Paper Bovina Time Geetween Pages Printer Default i Ditetween Scans Printer Default iz JE Roll Paper Margin for Safety Pinear End Margin Printer Default A Geur Speed Printer Default ka automatic Cutting Printer Default E e Mpy O miror _ C cancel CD Note e By factory default Drying Time is deactivated Off for all paper types To have the printer wait for ink to dry immediately after printing without releasing paper set Cutting Mode to Eject in the printer menu P 122 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling Paper 121 Handling rolls Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls How a roll is cut after ejection varies depending on the printer settings Cutting Method Menu Settings Menu Settings Driver Setting Automatic The roll is automatically cut by the Cutter Cutting Automatic Auto Cut Yes Unit following printer driver settings Mode Eject Choose this setting if you prefer not to Yes P 123 have documents dropped immediately after printing as when waiting for ink to dry To cut the roll using the Cutter Unit hold the Stop bu
44. e M Ink Tank PFI 102M e Y Ink Tank PFI 102Y 130 ml 4 4 fl oz per color iA f Q Note e For instructions on replacing Ink Tank see Replacing Ink Tanks P 508 Maintenance 507 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks s Replacing Ink Tanks Compatible Ink Tank An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side Request an Ink Tank with the same label when you purchase a new Ink Tank For more information see Ink Tanks P 507 Precautions when handling an Ink Tank Take the following precautions when handling an Ink Tank A caion For safety keep an Ink Tank out of the reach of children If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately O Important Before removing an Ink Tank from the pouch for installation shake it gently seven or eight times If you do not shake the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains There may be ink around the ink holes of Ink Tank you remove Handle an Ink Tank carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing We recommend using up an Ink Tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the seal Using an old Ink Tank may affect
45. 11 JE Diientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in a Potist D LAJ O Landscape Fy ay ao Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper a Paper Source Rol Paper B 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm w N Roll Paper Options _Dutput Method Size Options Defaults Ok Cancel Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size you registered My Horizontal Banner 8 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box O Note If the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the B Borderless Printing check box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences T Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A za Page Size Borderless Printing Method JD O Fi Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 11 Tal 8 50 in x 11 00 in ce eS ll Width Bo 24 in Roll 609 6mm JE Orientation 24 00 in x 31 22 in fi Aj Portrait B aj O Landscape Borderless Printing Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Media Source R oll Paper Mi Rol Paper width 24 n Roll 609 6mm NC an Ss _ Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width the Information dialog box is displayed 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in
46. 17 in 431 8mm G Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 p gt v Enlarged Reduced Printing E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IS O Scaling 100 3 5 600 PROUT AS H C Borderless Printing Match Page Size a Media Size aE C Print Centered R K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm OH go Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDFY C Preview Cancel Cancel _ 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 12 Confirm that the roll paper width matches the paper size Borderless Printing Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx Fej Presets Standard ka Main B is Plain Paper E B Get Information a Set D Easy Settings ER E int Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP DUCO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDF v Preview Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals M Cancel Print Enhanced Printing Options 251 Border
47. 38E Press A or to select Test Print and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Nozzle Check and then press the button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button O Aa The printer goes online and prints a test pattern 6 Check the printing results If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete the nozzles are clear If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete the nozzles for those colors are clogged If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete follow the steps below and check again for nozzle clogging 1 Clean the Printhead P 517 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles OQ Note e If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete contact your Canon dealer 516 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged O Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you finish printing that quantity P 50 e You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more Cleaning the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Head Cleaning and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of cle
48. A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx a Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D orientation fa a IE scale 100 5 Cancel Co 2 Select the print target in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx E Presets Standard iz Mai g H E ain mages Size Wedia Type Plain Paper By a B Get Information B Set D Easy Settings E E Print Target Se Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set K Printer E M 2 C PDFv Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 308 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CRC SEC Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 1
49. Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Create the original in the source application 3 mm 0 12 in larger on each side than 254 0x304 8 mm 10 x 12 in that is 260 0 310 8 mm 10 2 x 12 2 in Q Note If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation The extra 3 mm 0 12 in on each side will not be printed Create the original so that it fits inside the paper area to be printed on Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings P E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing we Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About __ Defauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loa
50. AppleTalk Settings Items Phase Type Specify whether to use AppleTalk Disabled If you will use AppleTalk choose Phase 2 If you will not use AppleTalk choose Disabled Name 1 Specify the object name used by AppleTalk in up to Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx 31 single byte or 15 double byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Zone 2 Specify the printer zone name up to 31 single byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By default the network interface name is Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx Here xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer s MAC address 2 If zones have been created on the network enter the name of the printer s zone If there are no zones leave the asterisk entry for the default zone as it is If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers Consult your network administrator for information on zone names T Click OK to display the Network page 432 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Des
51. D Easy Settings B E E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text fai photographs and graphics F View set K Printer _ PDF wv Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 211 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx BA Presets Standard E Page Setup H m Size Media Source Roll Paper Fey a By Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width 4 Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 6 5 600 BRS Sete H C Borderless Printing f Media Size Match Page Size HMJ D a ni C Print Centered Ta K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom sH a go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDFY l Preview Cancel Cancel _ 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm
52. Device Settings no ga Canon iPFxxxx Location il Comment Model Ganon iPFxxxx Features Color Yes Paper available Double sided No Letter 8 5 x11 Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 1200 dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page 0K Cancel Apply OQ Note The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver P 370 Windows Software 345 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility and Support amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings z Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actu zi Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About L_ Defautts OK Cancel JI Apply J Help O Important e If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu changes you make to the settings will apply to all applications you use for printing e You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications se
53. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Troubleshooting 563 Problems with the printing quality Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing mode You have selected Economy Printing in the printer Clear the Economy Printing check box in the printer driver before printing driver and try printing again Problems with the printing quality caused by the type of paper For paper specific troubleshooting tips to improve the printing quality refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 564 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cannot print over a network Cannot print over a network Cannot connect the printer to the network The Ethernet cable is not connected 1 Make sure the printer is connected to the network with the correct correctly to the printer s Ethernet port Ethernet cable and then turn the printer on For instructions on connecting the cable refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Make sure the Link indicator is lit The Link indicator is green if the printer is connected via 100 Base TX and orange if connected via 10Base T If the Link indicator is not lit check the following points e Make sure the hub is on e Make sure the end of the Ethernet cable is connected correctly Insert the Ethernet cable until it clicks and locks in place Make sure there is no problem with the Ethernet cable If there is any problem replace the Ethernet cable Check the communi
54. Ma0 OS X cccscieie ete diese deen 194 380 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver WINKOWS sec ecsecihe cacenevessecenetiieessaxeessizacensdeee 192 335 Specifying Printer Related Information 0 413 Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls 122 Eject waiting for ink to dry after printing 123 Manual when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit n e 124 Paper Cutting to have the roll cut at your specified poSition c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 125 Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls 120 Mac OS X sccicndeedicstin ede ee 121 WINDOWS ooi nie E ENEA 120 Specifying the Paper Length Roll eee 106 Specifying the Printer s Frame Type 422 Specifying the Frame Type Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 422 Specifying the Frame Type Using the Printer Control Panelistid 423 Stat s MONTON ee 372 Stat SPAN asima nara 67 Checking the information in the Status Print PEDON dyii ssen isossa iea renea ada a aai 67 Printing Status Print Reports ceeees 67 Submenu Display ccccceeecceeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 65 GEZ SettingSi28 waist eet i 66 Information of the loaded paper s 65 Printer informatsiia 66 Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and INK IGVEIS A AAA E A EA T EAT 65 Support Pane Mac OS X 399 Support Sheet Windows cseeeeeseeeesteeeeeeees 369 Switching Mode S uusine 29
55. Mac OS 1 In the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs 00e XXX XXX XXX XXX ed Printer Ready Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable gt ed x Free space xx xx GB Move _ G Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 V 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper Z sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper O mit ne lt i gt Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Gre gt 468 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Resume Printing to display the Resume Printing dialog box XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable Ed x Free space xx xx GB Set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper y4 sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper O fimin jaie 3 Specify the number of copies and click the OK button Resume Printing Print the selected document Copies 1 8 Document title samplel Source Cut Sheet Paper Type Plain Paper Paper Size ISO A4 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help
56. User s Manual Sp View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide z View information about paper that can be used with the printer B Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper T kk Copyright CANON INC 2007 The default browser is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed Q Note e In Windows you can also access the imagePROGRAF webpage by clicking the start menu selecting Programs gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool here iPFxxxx represents the printer model gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool to start the Media Configuration Tool and clicking Extra Information Ona Macintosh computer you can also access the imagePROGRAF website from the Finder by selecting Applications gt Canon Utilities gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool here iPFxxxx represents the printer model gt MCTxxxx to start the Media Configuration Tool and then clicking Extra Information 100 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper Paper Sizes Rolls Rolls that meet the following conditions are supported e Outer diameter up to 150 mm 6 0 in e Inner diameter of paper core 2 or 3 inches e Printing side out Roll width Roll Paper Width Settings in Printer Driver Borderless Printing T 203 2 mm 8 00 in 917 0 mm 36 10 in Po 1 For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to
57. Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Print jobs Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Print the saved job e Printing jobs in the common box 1 Press A or to select Job Management and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Com BOX Ope and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Job List and then press the button Press A or V to select the saved job to print and then press the button Press A or Y to select Print and then press the button Confirm the paper to use for printing and press the OK button Specify the number of copies and press the OK button e Printing jobs in personal boxes 1 Press A or V to select Job Management and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Psnl BOX Ope and then press the button Press A or YW to select the folder and then press the gt button Enter a password if one has been set and then press the button Press A or YW to select Job List and then press the button Press A or to select the saved job to print and then press the button Press A or Y to select Print and then press the button Confirm the paper to use for printing and press the OK button Specify the number of copies and press the OK button ou kh WN s OONANARWN Hard Disk 465 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored
58. and then press the gt button 3 Press A or W to select the folder and then press the gt button 4 Enter a password if one has been set and then press the gt button 5 Press the A or V button to select Job List Q Note e You can check a list of print jobs in the queue by choosing Job Management Job Queue Ope 460 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using RemoteUI Choose a mail box on the Stored Job page to display a list of jobs saved in that mail box i Remote UI me English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXKX XX End User Mode nborList di Fe pace Inbox No Inbox Name Document Count o Common aor e v Job Manager 101 Box 1 5 Print Job St sb n Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 n Box4 0 Support Links 05 Box 5 0 Note e Enter a password if one has been set Remote UI f7 English language Enter Password Last Updated XXXX XX XX XXXX KX End User Mode gt A E f Log Out This mail box is password protected Enter password and click OK Inbox No 01 re a m Print Job Print Log gt Device Selection 4 Support Links Jobs saved in the mail box are listed Remote Ul English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxXx xx End User Mode z Edit To Inbox List Page A ies mt mem v Job Manager 5 sample5jpg 1 KXEXXKK
59. e JIS B1 JIS B2 JIS B3 e JIS B4 2 34 x44 ANSI E 28 x40 ANSI F 9 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C e 13 x19 Super B 11 x17 Ledger Letter 8 5 x11 Size 28 66 x 40 55 20 28 x 28 66 14 33 x 20 28 10 12 x 14 33 34 00 x 44 00 28 00 x 40 00 22 00 x 34 00 17 00 x 22 00 13 00 x 19 00 11 00 x 17 00 8 50 x 11 00 I custom Media Size Name a D units Omm inch E Media Size Borderless Printing Size Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height Width 8 50 inch 3 94 36 10 Height 11 00 inch 8 00 600 00 PL 4g 1G Display Series 21SO B B3 B4 3JIS B3 B4 ADIN C3 C4 BARCH A B Photo Oversize Other Q Note e To display the Paper Size Options dialog box on the Page Setup sheet click Paper Size Options gt P 359 Setting tem escription A Paper Size List Shows the names and sizes of paper that can be used with the printer driver B Delete Custom paper sizes created by users can be deleted from the Paper Size List as needed However they cannot be deleted in the following situations e Ifa standard paper size of the printer driver is selected e If an oversized paper size is selected e If a paper size in a red box is selected C Custom Paper Size Name__ You can name Custom Paper Size as desired Specify the desired unit of measure for the Custo
60. gt P 404 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 405 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands P 406 Important If you use a DHCP server for automatic assignment of the printer s IP address printing may no longer be possible after the printer is turned off and on This is because an IP address different from before has been assigned Thus when using DHCP server functions consult your network administrator and configure the settings in one of the following ways Configure the setting for dynamic DNS updating In Remoteul activate the setting Enable DNS Dynamic Update P 408 e Configure the setting for assignment of the same IP address each time the printer starts up Q Note e We recommend configuring the printer s IP address even if you will use the printer in networks other than TCP IP networks Configuring the printer s IP address enables you to use RemoteUI to configure the network settings and manage the printer with a web browser For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUl P 407 Network Setting 403 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Set
61. humidity and direct sunlight If paper is not stored properly the printing surface may become scratched which may affect the printing quality when you use it again 114 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Clearing Jammed Roll Paper If roll paper jams follow the steps below to remove jams 1 Turn the printer off P 22 2 Open the Top Cover O Important e If you push the Carriage to the left edge the blade of the Cutter Unit will be lowered in preparation to cut the paper Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the Carriage and Platen if you have pushed the Carriage to the left edge or if a paper jam occurs during cutting Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 4 Push the Release Lever back Handling Paper 115 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls 5 Holding the paper on both sides pull the jammed portion out toward the front Use a scissors to cut away the printed or wrinkled portion A caution e When cutting paper be careful to avoid injury and damaging the printer 6 If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops O Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 7 Pull the roll edge gently and align it with the Paper Alignment Line a Lower the Release Lever toward th
62. refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help Hard Disk 463 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Printing a List of Saved Jobs You can print a list of saved print jobs in the common box and each personal box You can also print a list of print jobs by using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU e one R 2 Print a list of saved print jobs To print a list of jobs saved in the Common Box 1 Press A or to select Job Management and then press the gt button 2 Press A or to select Com BOX Ope and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Print Job List and then press the gt button 4 Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button To print a list of jobs saved in Personal Boxes 1 Press A or Y to select Job Management and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Psnl BOX Ope and then press the button Press A or W to select the folder and then press the button Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button Press A or to select Print Job List and then press the button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button ou Rh WN 464 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Printing Saved Jobs You can print jobs stored on the printer s hard disk as follows e Using the Control Panel Using RemoteUl e Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor
63. ss Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings Windows You can complete color settings when Color CAD is selected in Color Mode Q Note e Color CAD is displayed when you select Advanced Settings on the Main sheet and set Print Priority to Line Drawing Text 1 Click start gt Printers and Faxes or Printers 2 Select the printer and then display the printer properties dialog box Printers and Faxes Eile Edit View Favorites Tools Help gt B K Search Folders EJ Address Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks E Add a printer X See what s printing E Select printing preferences Z Pause printing 2 Share this printer i Rename this printer X Delete this printer amp y Set printer properties Other Places 3 Click the Device Settings tab to display the Device Settings sheet Canon iP Poxx Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings A B 4 Click A Color Compatibility to display the Color Compatibility dialog box Color Compatibility olor Compatibility ok _ Cancet_ __Detauts 160 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings 5 Select the desired color settings in the A Color Compatibility list OQ Note e For details on color settings see Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings P 159 For printing instructions refer to the f
64. the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired Enhanced Printing Options 239 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width Q Note e You can combine this function with rotating pages 90 degrees before printing so that the original width relative to portrait orientation matches the roll paper width in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos images and other documents to match the roll paper width refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 241 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 243 240 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manu
65. 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals a Introduction 9 How to use this manual Printing selected topics Print selected topics as follows 1 Access the printing dialog box as follows depending on your computer s operating system e Windows In Windows right click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link In the shortcut menu click Print to display the Print dialog box iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer jek File Edt View Favorites Tools Help we a r User Manual 6 Bb Page Op Tools i Contents Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search a Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow a fia 1 1 Printing procedure Faria Canceling p
66. 498 P 497 Q Note e After you load the roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper Select the type of paper and then press the OK button If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper specify the roll length after the paper type P 106 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Roll Media Type and then press the button AON Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on types of paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 By factory default Plain Paper is selected If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to the previously selected paper e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality If you select a type of paper for which width detection is Off when detection of the remaining roll paper is also Off you will need to advance the paper manually to the starting position for printing P 136 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Enhanced Print
67. 5 x11 JE Diiertation 8 50 in x 11 00 in E Aj Pota D AJ O Landscape f a uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing i Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 8 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the source application In this case click 10 x12 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size E Borderless Printing Method ID O Fi Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 G AL 8 50 in x 11 00 in oll Vict Borderless Roll Width Borderless Printing 24 in Roll 609 6mm H Orientation 24 00 in x 31 22 in HA O Powa WAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Media Source Roll Paper x W Rol Paper width 24 n Roll 603 8mm v NC me _ OutputMethod Size Options _ Defauts _ ok Cancel App Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Informa
68. 7 Pull the roll edge gently and align it with the Paper Alignment Line a Lower the Release Lever toward the front Important Do not force the roll paper into alignment with the Paper Alignment Line a This may prevent the paper from being advanced straight The amount of paper pulled from the roll corresponds to the margin of the leading edge 8 Close the Top Cover 9 Turn the printer on P 22 The roll is now advanced After it is finished being advanced you can resume printing O Note You can ensure that the edge is cut neatly by following the steps below 1 Press the Online button to bring the printer offline 2 Hold down the W button to advance the paper 3 Set Paper Cutting to Yes in the printer menu and the edge will be cut Troubleshooting 551 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems Regarding Paper Clearing a Jammed Sheet If a sheet jams follow the steps below to remove it 1 Turn the printer off P 22 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 4 Push the Release Lever back 552 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems Regarding Paper 5 If the paper is visible grasp the paper and pull it forward After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer T If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stop
69. A or to select Eject and then press the OK button Start printing ou kh amp W NY Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped As you support the printed document to prevent it from dropping hold the Stop button for at least a second to cut the roll J Handling Paper 123 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Manual when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit ou kh amp NY J Close the Top Cover Select Manual Print Feed paper to the cut Rewind paper by pressing position by pressing the the Online button Online button and cut manually Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or to select Cutting Mode and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Manual and then press the OK button Start printing The printer stops advancing the paper after printing Press the Online button Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped Use scissors to cut the roll paper along the cut line 124 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls 10 Press the Online button The roll is rewound and rewinding stops automatically Paper Cutting to have the roll cut at
70. A2 420 0 x 594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFoox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ad Letter 8 5 x11 i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL__View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Defaults 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings Enhanced Printing Options 317 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup L
71. Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP DUCO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer G M PDF v Preview Cancel Print Enhanced Printing Options 237 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 I settings B Format for E Paper Size Page Attributes iz iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 Ez 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation t ta IE scale 100 F Cancel EC 14 On the Page Setup pane select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the H Borderless Printing check box 16 Click E Fit Media Size under D Enlarged Reduced Printing 17 In I Media Size click the paper size In this case click 10 x12 Borderless 18 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 238 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos
72. Adjustment Lever to match the number or the square of the straightest set of lines If no single set of lines is perfectly straight move the Angle Adjustment Lever to a position between the numbers or between the number and the square of the two sets of lines that are least misaligned 8 Close the Top Cover The Printhead orientation is adjusted and the printer goes online 496 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the Printhead m Adjusting the Printhead Height If printed documents rub against the printer during printing or if the edge of paper is wrinkled from rubbing it may help to raise the Printhead If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or Y to select Head Height and then press the gt button Press A or to select the Printhead height and then press the OK button oa Fk WN Adjustments for Better Print Quality 497 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount m Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper is fed There are two modes for adjusting the amount paper is fed Stand
73. Apply now ear Network lt Showall Q Show Built in Ethernet be TCP IP Perot AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet gt ww Make AppleTalk Active Computer Name xxxxxxxx Can be changed in Sharing Preferences AppleTalk Zone Configure Automatically B a Click the lock to prevent further changes _ Assist me Apply Now 3 Close the Network window and save the settings 4 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder 5 Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder 6 If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List click Add 608 Printer List Add Nam Status Kind 434 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X 7 Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add 8 is is Printer Browser A a ad goe tet Search Default Browser IP Printer Canon NB XxxFB xxxxxx AppleTalk Name Canon NB xxFB xxxxxx Location Local Zone Z Print Using imagePROGRAF More Printers C Add Network Setting 435 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh Follow the steps below to configure the destination if you will use the printer in a TCP IP network Important e If you will use the printer in a T
74. B Presets Standard B Main H gees W media Type Plain Paper HJ a aC se IDH Easy Settings i a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bt Printer E E 2 PDF v_ Preview Cancel Print 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 229 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard E Page Setup BA Gma size Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm G Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 p gt v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IS O Scaling 100 3 5 600 BRS ete H C Borderless Printing t Media Size Match Page Size By a a fl C Print Centered R K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm OH go Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDFY C Preview Cancel Cancel _ 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 12 Confirm that the roll paper width matches the paper size Make s
75. Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure m Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Q Note For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here Choose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the table of contents Roll printing Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls are loaded on the Roll Holder which are in turn loaded in the printer Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Large format printing Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Office applications P 253 Borderless printing Print without a margin border around posters or photos P 232 P 239 P 225 Banner printing You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages P 274 90 degree rotation before printing Originals in portrait orientation are rotated 90 degrees when possible to use paper more efficiently
76. Borderles 24 in Roll 609 6mm 24 00 in x 31 22 in oll Width A a Page Size Borderless Printing Method DO Fi Media Size H BA H Orientation inl Al Portrait B Media Source M Roll Paper Width E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing Aj O Landscape Roll Paper 24 in Roll 609 6mm x NC me la Defaults Output Method Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 13 14 OQ Note Click OK to close the Information dialog box In C Borderless Printing Method make sure E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width is selected Confirm the print settings and print as desired e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 242 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from
77. Cancel E Print 3 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 4 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click POP in the E Print Target list 5 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx las Presets Standard B Page Setup B A Media Source Roll Paper j DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 o F Enlarged Reduced Printing Bj Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 41 5 600 Letter 8 5 x11 H C Borderless Printing w Media Size Match Page Size Ea C Print Centered pa Bol _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom sH a fee _ Rotate Page 90 degrees M C PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 6 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list Enhanced Printing Options 259 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 7 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 16 in 406 4mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer _iPFxxxx zs Presets Standard B E e 2 images Size Wmeaia Type Plain Paper E IBC Get information _ B Set
78. Cancel Defauts Help Q Note e If you specify the same position for multiple items the items are printed from left to right in this order date user name and page number e When you print multiple pages per sheet using Page Layout Printing or similar functions these items will be printed for each page 364 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Special Settings Dialog Box Windows If the printing results are not as you expected you can change how printing is processed in the Special Settings dialog box Q Note Special Settings FineZoom Settings JA Application Color Matching Priority B Enable Preview Switching E V Fast Graphic Process D v Reduce Print Unevenness E v Adjust faint lines FI 0K Cancel Defaults Help To display the Special Settings dialog box on the Layout sheet click Special Settings P 362 Setting item scription A FineZoom Settings This function is used in large format printing Normally choose Auto If documents are not printed correctly on large format paper it may help to select Yes and if fine lines are not visible or if images are distorted when printed it may help to select No B Application Color Matching You can give applications priority in color management Priority C Enable Preview Switching Selecting this option will start PageCompose
79. Choose the cutting speed If you use adhesive paper choosing Slow helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp Trim Edge First If a roll is loaded the end of the paper will be cut 52 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel The type of paper is Cutting Mode displayed here 1 Bordless Margin CutDustReduct NearEnd Sht Mrgn Specify whether or not to cut with the standard round bladed cutter Choose Automatic to have the roll cut automatically after printing If you choose Manual the paper will not be cut after printing Instead a line will be printed at the cut position Choose Eject if you prefer not to have documents dropped immediately after printing as when waiting for ink to dry Adjust the margin during borderless printing Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically detect the paper width and configure the margin settings for borderless printing If margins are mistakenly created when Automatic is selected choose Fixed In this case the paper width is not detected automatically and the document is printed without borders using the margin settings required by the printer Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar media by printing a line at the cut position This option reduces the amount of debris given off after cutting It also helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps
80. Click Add to add the paper size of My Horizontal Banner Oo ON Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box 254 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 10 Close the printer driver dialog box Q Note e You can also specify a Custom Size as the paper size Note that Custom Size settings are not available after you exit the application For more information see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows P 262 Creating the banner in the application Follow the steps below to create the banner in Microsoft Word using the Custom Paper Size you registered 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 Choose Page Setup from the File menu to display the Page Setup dialog box 3 Under Paper Size click the Custom Paper Size you registered My Horizontal Banner in this example Important e If My Horizontal Banner is not listed make sure this printer is selected as the printer to use e In applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint that do not enable you to choose registered paper sizes use the custom paper size setting in Custom and specify 100x500 mm 3 9x19 7 in 4 Set the printing orientation to horizontal 5 Create the banner Printing the banner Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and
81. Copy rol Set ie PDFw Preview Cancel Print Setting tom scription O Click to display the Printer dialog box which offers the following maintenance for the printer e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet cleaning e Head alignment adjustment Feed amount adjustment Click to start imagePROGRAF Printmonitor which enables you to view the status of print jobs Click to complete the settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy 1 For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Mac OS X Software 397 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver ss Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Additional Settings pane Printer iPFxxxx ra Presets _ Standard B Additional Settings a mages size A Data Send Method B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer E O Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer p Send job to Letter 8 5 x11 Print Actual Size Q Print auto delete Letter 8 5 x11 O Save in mail box _ Save data before printing C PDFY Preview Cancel C Print Setting item Description O A Data Send Method Choose how print data is sent to the printer B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer C Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer D Send job to Click to display the Send job to dialog box which enables you to specify how print jobs are stored on the printer s
82. Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP 7 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BC View set Printer PDFv Preview Cancel E Print 14 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A3 JA Settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx ga Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 By 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D orientation Ta fa IE scale 100 Cancel E 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 284 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Posters in Sections You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer Page Layout Choose poster printing For instructions on printing large posters refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Large Posters Windows P 286 Q Note e This method of poster printing is supported in Windows Enhanced Printing Options 285 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com M
83. Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings ss Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings You can complete color settings when Color CAD is selected in Color Mode Colors can be adjusted before printing as follows when Color Compatibility is selected i Note e Color CAD is displayed when you select Advanced Settings on the Main sheet and set Print Priority to Line Drawing Text Color Compatibility Color Setting Item Color Setting Color CAD 1 Print in standard colors Color CAD 2 Print in brighter colors Color CAD 3 Print emulating the Canon BJ W3000 W3050 in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Color CAD 4 Print emulating the HP Designjet 500 800 in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Color CAD 5 Print emulating the HP Designjet 1000 in colors resembling colors produced by this printer Color CAD 6 Print emulating the HP Designjet 4000 4500 in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Important e If you have selected Color CAD 3 Color CAD 4 Color CAD 5 or Color CAD 6 it is not possible to match the colors and image quality produced by the specified printer exactly For instructions on configuring Color Compatibility refer to the following topics Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings Windows P 160 Working With Various Print Jobs 159 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings
84. Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mor About __Defauts E a 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size o V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling i Letter 8 5 x11 5 8 50 in x 11 00 in G J Paper size Match Page Size a 00 Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x11 00in WM Alport W AJ O Landscape K A Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper x 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options _ OutputMethod Size Options _Defauts _ OK Cancel JI Apply J Help Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box In the Paper Size Options dialog box select the Oversize check box in Display Series Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Click Oversize ISO A4 in the A Page Size list Oo ON O amp O 220 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter
85. Ean Brn irre oe ere een eee eee eee re 587 Cannot adjust printhead aceon s ssn cnep ton cad cade det aca eden eh Sencsheacasa2 alenaasseebecopsacodcadshadeasisnnieaeeaiaueers 587 x Raentents from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Messages regarding printheads iciscicccccuasrccdnennnsesndanbevennedaxnpecceceumeteats ennadereens 588 Cannot adjust printhead scsaccddaitaieneectsidus cha shasatesesteecedead ands bucvlewshe tease sttdetatsgeGednaseetsuaasseenecvaseebanes 588 Cannot AGIUST WAN ncintecsancteasneustcceusgnddiantuasinetaanettaencachqetatgdenasesaigianscaetsasatctadeataaneuasgreaiadeennade 588 PHead needs cleaning ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeenaeeeenne 588 Problem with Printhead oc cncnstseactdershsneceimatccanncsaamoriannuegen yes Sateemeanasenedidadebenteanetranencueadeassarceatiane 588 Printhead error cuiceasaecvssuaserheracuadeide wiecasen yasuncaubnsaatcitddstade sel qusae cneharaseiledtaqecdepaniuusadadigumedbien Ceabanae 589 Execute printhead Cleaning cccceeeeeceeeeeseceeeeeecaee eee aaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeenaaeeeseeeneeeeenaaeeeenaa 589 Messages regarding the maintenance CartridGe ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 590 No maintenance ANUS ce ss adivcds basin bacencetdedhcas Blended vasle eea aaa aaea aas ie 590 Prepare for maint cart replacement i sciseace dnc tae Gecantedpined vant atectevis luis die eedadte Dee tex uaracteardaeeedtees 590 peg
86. If you are using a DNS server select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS servers DNS host name and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host Name and DNS Domain Name respectively Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting 409 Network Setting Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk oa fk GN Protocol Settings page Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings ep AppleTalk Settings Items Phase Type Specify whether to use AppleTalk Disabled If you will use AppleTalk choose Phase 2 If you will not use AppleTalk choose Disabled Name 1 Specify the object name used by Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx AppleTalk in up to 31 single byte or 15 double byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Zone 2 Specify the printer
87. Letter 8 H Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in w Aj Portrait i AJ O Landscape i 7a uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Gutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 300 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper 6 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 9 Select the K Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper check box 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 301 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example Document Any type e Page Size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrate
88. Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the E Print Target list OQ Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling i Letter 8 5 x11 5 8 50 in x 11 00 in E Jy Paper size Match Page Size a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in A Portrait Bw AJ O Landscape K ide Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm X N E o S Output Method Size Options Defaults 0K Cancel JI Apply J Help 154 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings T In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A3 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 10 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 33
89. Maintenance 13 Close the Top Cover 14 Tape down printer covers to secure them in the reverse order of tape removal during installation 15 Repack the Roll Holder Holder Stopper and printer in shipping materials and then package them in a shipping box Maintenance 545 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other Maintenance Updating the Firmware Update the printer firmware to take advantage of new and improved printer functions Confirming the firmware version 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Information and then press gt 3 Press A or Y to select System Info and then press the button The firmware version is displayed Updating the Firmware To obtain the latest firmware visit the Canon website If the firmware available online is newer than the installed firmware update the printer firmware For details on downloading and updating the firmware visit the Canon website 546 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Frequently Asked Questions Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions This section presents frequently asked questions and answers To view more detailed explanations click the hyperlinks in the answer column Question Answer How do print on a roll How do print manually How do switch between printing on a roll and printing manually How do change the paper type or
90. Manuals Printer Driver 8 If you have selected Roll Paper in L Paper Source select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll Paper Width Q Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 333 336 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Confirming Print Settings Windows There are two ways to confirm the print settings as follows e Checking a preview of the settings gt P 337 e Checking a print preview P 338 Checking a preview of the settings A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main Page Setup and Layout sheets By checking illustrations and numerical values in the preview you can confirm current settings for the page size orientation paper source layout and so on Canon iPFoox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEES z Get Information c Advanced Settings DD Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings a Dratt Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Poster Photos 7 Poster Text Illustrations 4 CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics E Open Preview When
91. Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Paper 5 Click Poster Photos or Poster Text Illustrations in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x 8 50 in x 11 00in G J Papersice Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 850inx11 00in W A Potrat W LAJ O Landscape f a K A Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Rol 431 8mm z W Cr i o S Output Method __Size Options _ _Defauts OK Cancel J Apply J Help 7 In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A2 286 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 8 Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list 9 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B 2 2 Pages Sheet Set Watermark JE conribentian F Edit Watermark L
92. Name DNS Domain Name Multicast DNS Service Name Network Setting Default Setting Activate this setting to use Raw mode bidirectional communication On 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Specify the IP address of the 0 0 0 0 secondary DNS server Specify the printer host name NB 17FBXXXXXXXXXXXX up to 63 characters 1 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers and hyphens Do not use numbers or for the first character or for the last character Specify the printer domain name up to 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers hyphens and periods Do not use numbers or for the first character or or for the last character Specify the printer s Multicast DNS service name 1 63 characters This name will be displayed when Bonjour functions are used Canon iPFxxxx XXXXXX T Click OK to display the Network page Q Note If you specify to configure the IP address using DHCP BOOTP or RARP there must be a server that supports such protocol running in the network e If you specify to configure the IP address using DHCP BOOTP or RARP the IP address obtained by this method is used first If you cannot obtain the IP address the address specified in IP Address is used It takes a minute or two to determine whether DHCP BOOTP or RARP are available We recommend clearing check boxes of options you will not use e
93. Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Ke Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation A t fe Biscale 100 z _ _ E Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Cut Sheet 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard i Main g S W vedia Type Plain Paper HJ EJ Seti Bi D Easy Settings i Default Settings 0 Draft 4 re 7 2 Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer 7 C PDFY Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Office Document in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 166 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printing Office Doc
94. Paper Details Job Management lt Paper Cutting L No O Yes MMAIN MENU Paper Cutting gt e Press A to access a higher me Rep Ink Tank gt Head Cleaning gt Media Menu gt Paper Details gt Job Management gt nu in the menu list and press W to access a lower one If items of the menu list are more than the lines of the screen press A and Y to scroll the menu If you navigate to the lowest level menu and press the W button again the display switches to the top level menu screen If you navigate to the top level menu and press the A button again the display switches to the lowest level menu screen The scroll bar at right indicates The lower level menus are avai select a menu and press gt The upper level menus are ava select a menu and press lt 34 Printer Parts tems you select are highlighted the current position in the overall menu lable if Pb is displayed at right To access these lower level menus ilable if lt is displayed at left To access these upper level menus oei Menu ORC Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Specifying menu items Follow the steps below to specify menu items 1 Press A or to select a menu and then press the gt button Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed 2 Press A or Y to select the desired setting and then press the OK button The check box at left is s
95. Plain Paper BCs IDH Easy Settings J E Print Target m Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP DUB Suitable for printing normal documents that contai n a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer PDF v Preview 200 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals M Cancel E Print Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox je Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation To fe IE scale 100 p F Cancel Cok 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Make sure E Fit Media Size is selected 15 Click ISO A3 in the I Media Size list 16 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 201 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced
96. Print Job D Sto yb E samples jpg XXXXxxx l XXXX XX XX XXOXK XX Print Log o E sample3jpg XXXxxxx l XXXX XX XK KXXXKX o E sample2jpg Xxxxxxx l XXXK XX KK KXXKXX Support Links O E sample jpg Xxxx l XXXX XX XK KXCKKXX Note Document and owner names during HP GL 2 printing A job number is automatically assigned by the printer as the document name or title GL2 JOB 001 Range 001 210 The owner name is blank For details refer to the RemoteUl help Hard Disk 461 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iPFr0x Option Help W Printer Status sa reao fo Information ib Maintenance 2 Support Mail Boxes Inbox No Inbox name 00 Common Box Box 2 aw Box 3 an Box 4 2 05 Box 5 06 Box 6 a Box 08 Box 8 09 Box 9 p Hard disk Information Status Usable Free Space xxx GB Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password K This mail box is password protected 3 Enter the password and click OK Inbox No o1 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Jobs saved in that mail box are displayed in the Documents dialog box Documents Inbox No eS Inbox name Documents Document Name Owner Source Paper Type Media Size File Size sample5 jpg HABER Roll1 Plain Paper Iso A4 x x MB sam
97. Print Job Starts Status Monitor About _ Detauts Display Area Information Displayed P Top illustrations Illustrations indicate the orientation page layout borderless printing selection color mode and other settings information Q Middle bordered area The page size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction are indicated R Bottom illustrations Illustrations indicate the feed source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Q Note To confirm the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click F View Settings on the Main sheet to display the View Settings dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support F A Media Type CEN Get Information c Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings v JE Print Target Default Settings Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00in Roster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Actual Size ze CAD Line Drawing 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing a Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Detauts Windows Software 337 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Checking a print preview You c
98. Print report The following information is included in the Status Print report Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Status Print Printer model ve C M Y MBK MBK2 BK Ink levels The remaining ink is displayed in a five level scale Information on the loaded paper Headadust Printhead adjustment value ee ec Settings related to paper feeding Printer Parts 67 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel HP GL 2 setting values eene O pmo o C frorn C peeso o C femmer eee es oo a Interface Setup Current network settings canceling printing Settings related to TCP IP a cae O a Le i Co IP Setting o O IP Setting values ee pe oOo Mask E G W NetWare settings OO feme o O sme Ethernet Driver settings 68 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel e fWarning o Current warning and error settings Op pe ee eame Keep Media Size Current paper related settings freas atest Seaton Yr rearea froen Sleep Timer General printer settings sant Pri zine arom ens I Contrast Adj System information and an error log ee ec ooo a oc Printer Parts 69 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Current network settings used by RemoteuUI Update FTP Printing Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name SMTP Server Address Multicast DNS S
99. Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X ou eee eereeeeereteee 386 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications WindOWS ei iee ee eeee eens 343 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 000 e 345 Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X seess 398 Adjusting Mages issiria ikiak 172 Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver 172 Color AGjUStMEN 2 22 ce eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeetteeeeneeeees 172 Color Mode iiaxvsdvei ii eis 172 MatChing 2 se mng na 173 Adjusting the feed AMOUNT ee eee eects 498 Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically 498 Adjusting the feed amount during printing 500 Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually 501 Adjusting the feed amount during printing 503 Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better ACCURACY raas iE A 504 Adjusting the Printhead 000 ttina Sentas 491 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically 491 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually 493 Adjusting the Printhead Height cece 497 Adjusting the Printhead Orientation 0 0c 495 Adjusting the Vacuum Strength eeeeeeeeeees 506 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 0 8 491 An error message is shown on the Display MCHC E E A E E ET 556 Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder 129 Installing the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment 130 In
100. Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options i o S Output Method Size Options Defaults 0K Cancel JI Apply J Help 164 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Office Documents 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 Select sheets in the L Paper Source list Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 333 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Ay souio e Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Working With Various Print Jobs 165 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Mac OS X This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example e Document Office document created using word processing or spreadsheet programs e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3x11 7 in Letter e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter 1 Choose
101. Settings Color Adjustment Matching Al Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off BI Matching Method Perceptual OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Matching sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click the Matching sheet P 347 Setting tem Description A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired Normally select Driver Matching Mode For color matching based on ICC profiles select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode depending on your color matching system If you prefer not to use the printer driver for color matching select No B Matching Method Select the color matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in Matching Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 Windows Software 355 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode and Host ICM Mode On the Matching sheet you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices The following options are available when you select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode on the Matching Mode sheet Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Al Match
102. Settings and then click Matching P 387 Settingitem Description O A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired B Matching Method Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in Matching Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 Mac OS X Software 393 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing Color Adjustment pane monochrome On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing you can adjust the brightness and contrast Color Settings A Preview Color Balance E j A j O ABCDEF ag EME t 0 A j B Original Brightness Dark Light o l e30 30 S eee 5 A y Contrast Low z High 0 3 30 30 SS ABCDEF J a 9 Saturation 0 J Cray Tone k n E 0 a 30 Cancel Se i Note e To display the Color Adjustment pane on the Main pane click Color Settings in Advanced Settings P 387 Setting item escription O A Preview The image at left is updated to reflect any changes you make to setting items on the pane enabling you to check the results of adjustment B Original The image at right shows
103. Specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver before paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may printing In this case the paper can be printed without not be even at the edges borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the Advanced Settings of the printer driver The Printhead is out of alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment P 491 Drying documents stacked on each other may cause To avoid uneven colors we recommend drying each uneven colors sheet separately Color density may be uneven if you use Glossy In Advanced Settings of the printer driver choose Paper art paper or Coated Paper Highest or High in Print Quality lmage Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs The Platen suction is too strong Set VacuumStrngth to Weakest The Printhead is set too high Lower the Printhead P 497 The contrast becomes uneven during printing The paper feed amount is out of adjustment Adjust the feed amount Execute Fine Band Adj during printing P 498 562 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality The length of printed images is inaccurate Corrective Action In the printer menu Band Joint is specified in Feed To ensure the feed amount matches the paper size select Print Le
104. Windows network In Windows networks print over TCP IP Windows Windows TCP IP Q Note e NetBIOS is not supported e Example of a Macintosh network In Macintosh networks print over AppleTalk EtherTalk or TCP IP using Bonjour Zeroconf functions Macintosh Macintosh e Example of a NetWare network Windows Windows Windows amp NetWare IE hs NetWare Server iPFxxxx wr O Note e Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment you can use both TCP IP and AppleTalk In this case complete the settings for each protocol you will use 402 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the IP Address on the Printer You must configure the printer s IP address before using the printer in a TCP IP network The printer s IP address is configured automatically when you install the printer driver following the instructions in the Quick Start Guide Configure the IP address by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility the printer Control Panel or ARP or PING commands if the IP address is changed or if you change the printer connection mode to a network connection For details on configuring the IP address refer to the following topics Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
105. a 4 Pa po PE TP py py ay py py ae a Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Layout Selection 8 C Center Originals Across Roll Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information Roll 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Paper Type Plain Paper Paper Remaining 3280ft 10in Update Printer Infomation Status Monitor Output Size 16 5in x 11 7in Q Note If PageComposer is running access the Special Settings dialog box from the Layout sheet and clear Enable Preview Switching Enhanced Printing Options 313 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Checking Images Before Printing 6 On the main window you can check the layout and change settings as needed T To print click Start Printing in the File menu Q Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions see Preview 314 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Checking Images Before Printing ss Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Printer _XXX XXX XXX XXX B Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages iz Copies Collated Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 Preview CD ave as PDF Save PDF as PostScri
106. an effective way to work with other applications Digital Photo Front Access also enables image retouching For automatic retouching select an image for retouching and click Image Adjustment Because this application automates the workflow from retouching to display for all of your images it can save time and work in retouching Q Note e For details refer to the Digital Photo Front Access help Windows Software 373 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals PosterArtist PosterArtist Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals You can print a variety of source documents from word processing or spreadsheet programs or screen shots from web browsers after composing an original with them using PosterArtist O Important e PosterArtist sold separately must be installed to use this function Edit Using PosterArtist PosterArtist offers a wide range of features including features to insert source documents in posters and compose an original with them T Untitled PosterArtist Open Poster Da oa FAEG H E Q 9 froox Fiview Auto Design Ror A EEO W Lg View All Templates Find Template Page Capture DAR z Select All 7 8 50 x 11 00 inch Letter 8 5 x11 O Important e This function is only supported in Windows For detailed instructions on editing with PosterArtist refer to the following topic e Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Win
107. as you complete these settings Device Information Settings tem T E Device Name Enter a device name blank 0 32 characters Location Enter the location where the device is installed blank 0 32 characters Administrator Enter the administrator s name blank 0 32 characters Enter the administrator s contact information blank 0 32 characters Comments E mail Enter any comments regarding the administrator blank 0 32 characters Security Settings Old Password Enter the current device password blank 0 14 characters New Password Enter the new password blank 0 14 characters Confirm Enter the new password again to confirm it blank 0 14 characters Besides entering a password you can specify other security related information such as IP address based SNMP or TCP usage restrictions MAC address based access restrictions or IPP and FTP authentication settings 7 Click OK to activate the settings Network Setting 413 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the Communication Mode Manually This topic gives instructions for configuring the communication mode manually 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press gt Press A or to select Ethernet Driver and then press gt Press A or to select Auto Detect and then press gt a kh WN Press A or to select Off and then pre
108. based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx B Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D orientation 1 ta IE scale 100 E Cancel 0K N Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 Q Note e All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx mw Presets Standard B Main B H E images Size W vedia Type Plain Paper BJ i B Get Information Kon Set D Easy Settings ey aS E Print Target ua E sn Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer E Q PDFw Preview Cancel Print 8 In the A Media Type list
109. be correctly detected Ink level detection cannot work correctly if you use The refill ink tank can no longer be used See the refill ink tanks section Ink level detection and take the appropriate action P 572 Ink Level Check Not much ink is left Prepare a new Ink Tank We recommend replacing the Ink Tank with a new Ink Tank at this point if you plan to print large format or high quantity jobs No ink tank loaded There is no Ink Tank of the indicated color in the Load or reload the Ink Tank P 508 There is a problem with the Ink Tank Replace it with a new Ink Tank Ink tank error The Ink Tank in the printer is incompatible Load an Ink Tank specified for use with the printer P 508 586 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding printing or adjusment Messages regarding printing or adjusment Use another paper The Printhead and feed amount cannot be adjusted We recommend using a type of paper that you often when highly transparent film is loaded use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 491 Adjust the feed amount manually Cannot print as specified Lift the release lever and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical or larger Corrective Action The loaded paper is too small Switch to paper A4 Letter vertical or larger Lift the release lever and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger roll Ean Cann
110. cart Capacity 100 s n XXXXXXXXXX HDDSpace xx xGB Band Joint IP XXX XXX XXX XXX NearEndMrgn 20mm Press the Information button to display this information one after another the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels paper information printer information and GL2 settings information P 65 28 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Switching Modes Switching the printer online offline Press the Online button to switch the printer online or offline The Online lamp is off in Offline mode ar oo _ Switches offline and printing is paused When printing is paused the Printing menu is available Offline when an error In the case of error messages other than those shown below or if paper is not message is displayed loaded the printer remains offline until you solve the problem The Online lamp remains off If the following error messages are displayed the printer switches online and printing is resumed Insufficient paper for job e PHead needs cleaning e Papr Size Mismatch e Papr Type Mismatch Switches online and the Online lamp is lit Switches online and the Online lamp is lit Printing is resumed Printer Parts 29 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Switching to Menu mode Press the Menu button to display the main menu Depending on the status the printer switches to Menu mode as fol
111. com Manuals Printing at full size 10 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Q Note e You can select Oversize in Display Series to make all oversized versions of paper in the selected Display Series available for printing These sizes are displayed in the Page Size list in the format Oversize XXXXXX Enhanced Printing Options 221 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Printing at Full Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox I Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation Ta Tle pe Biscale 100 E Cone OD Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Oversize O Note e For o
112. com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup By Media Source Roll Paper DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm I Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 a O Scaling 100 3 5 600 Bs este see H C Borderless Printing t Media Size Match Page Size By 7 a aE C Print Centered R l K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom sm n go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF Preview gt C Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper Banner in the A Media Source list 11 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 278 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet To conserve paper you can print several pages of the original on a single sheet by reducing the original and dividing the sheet into areas for each page Page Layout Specify a number of pages of the original to print on a single sheet in a layout of multiple pages per sheet O Note e You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet e You can also change the page layout ord
113. da 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 224 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls e Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 e Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the
114. details on supported sizes and types of rolls see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 101 P 96 e After pressing the Load Eject button you can refer to instructions on the Display Screen as you load the paper 1 Lift the Holder Stopper lever a from the shaft side to unlock it Holding the Holder Stopper at the position indicated b remove it from the Roll Holder Handling Paper 107 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls 2 With the edge of the roll paper facing back as shown set the roll with the Roll Holder from the right Insert the roll firmly until it touches the flange a of the Roll Holder Important e When loading a roll be careful to avoid hitting the printer hard with the roll This may damage the Roll Holder 3 Insert the Holder Stopper from the right in the Roll Holder as shown Holding it at the position indicated b push it firmly in until the flange a of the Holder Stopper touches the roll Lock the Holder Stopper lever c by pushing it down toward the shaft side 108 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls t Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot Once a roll is in the Roll Holder follow these steps to load the roll in the Roll Holder Slot Holding the Roll Holder so that the side with the white gear faces the side of the Roll Holder Slot with a white gear load the Roll Holder shaft a into the gr
115. disk eeee 591 Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge 590 MOVING saved jODS eee ceeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaas 470 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor IMMAGIMTOSIN ersi a t 474 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINDOWS ana E 472 Using Remoteul ceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeees 470 Multi sensor error ceceeceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeees 595 N Naming Personal Boxes cccesssceeeeeesteeeeeeeenaes 456 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MaC OS iiris niana 459 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor ONCONG iis 457 Using Remoteull h csse 456 Network Environment sesend 401 Network environment cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 402 System requirements 0 cceceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 401 Network Settin sis c cclinei ec cients 401 Network Setting Mac OS X naseer 431 Network Setting Windows ccsceeesteeeereeees 417 Noik Ottis ccccctecticaceceteindecedsstedeerleaadeceduialecedevnees 585 No ink tank loaded c ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeaeees 586 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity ee 590 No maintenance Cartridge ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 590 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Index NOSNOG pashaa a 581 O Optional ACCESSOTFICS iiinis 73 Other Maintenance 0 c ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeees 542 Other Messages ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeenees 594 Other ProDlem ccceceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
116. each item selected in the Print Target list Mac OS X Software 391 Printer Driver Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X In general make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them However if the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can also adjust the color in the printer driver Color Adjustment pane color If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching A Preview _ Color Balance Cyan Red re Cyan 0 30 30 4 E Magenta Green Magenta 0 30 30 E E Yellow Blue _ Yellow 0 3 30 30 E 5 Brightness Dark Light 0 30 30 ey es z 28 A y Contrast Low 3 High 0 130 30 0 Saturation Low s High 0 2 30 30 Wray Tone Cool Black gt Warm Black 0 30 30 o Cancel GOK Q Note To display the Color Adjustment pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 387 Setting Item Description O A Preview The image at left is updated to reflect any changes you make to setting items on the pane enabling you to check the results of adjustment B Original The image at right shows the original state before adjustment You can compare it to the Preview image Correct color tones by adjusting the l
117. esene 353 Matching Sheet WINDOWS ceccscceciscecacdvedcaasabratectaonboradebcerneenaa seus E A RETER 355 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome WiNGOWS ccccccceeeecceceeeeeaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeees 357 Page Set p SNGEl WiINGOWS wccisenarsccadrinasntieace iosia oe E EROT 359 Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows cciies lt c cases saciautaue dearest ivceadeceairoeesbadeevensasebeeseuccoonerdes 361 Layout Sheet WMdOWS isre isscerocereerie nena a EAR E E AR 362 Page Options Dialog Box WINDOWS e sinesincisenisi ecrin a iaee aiai 364 Special Settings Dialog Box Windows scccsascuctesecencadeis scecticestebeesenancntotasuebeenedeeteanend neeceeevaranteas 365 Favorites Sheet WINdOWS ssssseniogrissenasieseo s eiae a EEEE OER 366 Ut lty Sheet WINdOWS cscscccsticnececuay tard rnudenioeahaateanennaredeaimeuacticestabeacnaduannateivureassustennucanveutenaeuse 368 Support Sheet WINdOWS cncrscesiccodes ii terreina RE EE EE 369 Device Settings Sheet WINAOWS is secccisavasccasaseboedeevratends dayne thweaasbeegveetensetarueseeteumastbregveeeatanne 370 Settings Summaries Dialog Box WiNGOWS cccceseeeeseseeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeaeeeenaaeeeeeeeeeeteneaaeees 371 Status Montor aaee e E E A E E R 372 imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WindOWS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeesenaeeees 372 Contents v Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Digital Photo Front AccessS a teccleeaesaictceewannn
118. feed source type of paper and roll width C Advanced Settings Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the type of paper E Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Printing Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X P 144 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Mac OS X P 153 Printing Office Documents P 163 Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available F View Settings Click to display the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the order of items listed in E Print Target B Get Information Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types and sizes of paper specified on the printer for each feed source L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on screen previews of documents before Job Starts printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 311 Windows Software 347 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Setting item Ciescription M Status Monitor Click to start inagePROGRAF Status Monitor which enables you to confirm the status of the printer and print jobs You can also set up email notification if printer errors occur by completing the Email Notice settings For details refer to the Statu
119. file Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 469 Hard Disk Moving saved jobs Print jobs for which Print is selected as the format in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X are saved in the Common Box number 00 However jobs in this mail box will be deleted one after another starting with the oldest job in the following situations e If there are more than 100 saved jobs in the Common Box and job queue combined e If the temporary storage area becomes full during reception of print jobs for which you have selected Print or Print auto delete in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X e If the temporary and permanent storage areas no longer have enough space during reception of print jobs for which you have selected Save in mail box in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X You can move jobs to Personal Boxes 01 to 09 to prevent them from being deleted Up to 100 jobs can be stored here You can also move saved jobs from one Personal Box to another Common mail box Personal mail boxes gt 0 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 tt You can move stored print jobs as follows e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Q Note e Jobs saved in Personal Boxes cannot be moved to the Common Box Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box g Remot
120. for Printing Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver If you replace the paper complete the printer driver settings for the paper type and size For instructions on configuring paper settings in the printer driver refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 192 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 194 Enhanced Printing Options 191 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper for Printing i Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver O Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suit
121. for a horizontal banner e Page Size Non standard 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format 1 In the application create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner 2 Register a Custom Page Size Banners tend to be in non standard sizes so register a Custom Page Size in Page Setup In this example 100x500 mm 3 9x19 7 in is registered 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond to banners QG Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X Register a Custom Page Size This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Create the document in the application 2 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox e Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 5 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation Th To fe E Scale 1100 3 Select the printer in the B Format for list 4 Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 5 Double click Untitled in the list at le
122. has been loaded askew or warped paper has Reload paper straight in the correct position been loaded P 110 4 P 133 Insufficient paper for job The printer has received a print job longer than the Follow the steps below to replace the roll amount of roll paper left 1 Remove the roll P 113 P 114 P 114 2 Load a roll with enough paper left P 107 P 109 P 110 3 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the paper type P 105 4 Specify the paper length unless a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have deactivated the automatic detection function of the remaining roll paper P 106 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing Press the Online button to resume printing However the roll paper may run out during the print job and you may not be able to print all of the document This paper cannot be used Check supported paper sizes Corrective Action Load paper of the correct size P 101 Load paper of the correct size P 101 Error Message 579 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper Roll printing is selected Corrective Action You have attempted to print a test print sheet or Load a roll and try printing again other printer status information on a roll but no roll To print on a sheet instead hold the Stop button for more than a second to cancel printing load a sh
123. higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired 232 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Fit Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using Q Note e The printer driver automatically enlarges originals 3 mm 0 12 in past the dimensions of the paper on each side The 3 mm portion beyond the edge on each side is not printed For instructions on borderless printing of photos images and other documents to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Bord
124. hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing Do the following if no print jobs are shown in the printer window because they have already been sent to the printer 1 Double click the taskbar icon to access the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 2 On the Printer Status sheet click Cancel Job Canon iPFxxxx Option Help Printer Status E Job Hard Disk Information ff Maintenance E Support Printing Now printing sample txt Notepad i Ink Levels Left Right man Oo M M MBK MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space 80 Job Information Owner XXXXXXXX Document Name sample txt Notepad Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray Letter 8 5 x11 Plain Paper amp Loaded Roll 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper a 80 0 m 2624 ft 8 in Basic Printing Workflow 93 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X You can cancel print jobs in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 1 Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window 2 Click Stop Jobs to stop printing 6000 iPFxxxx o f A y a Stop Jobs tility Supply Levels Active Completed sample txt Page 2 of 3 4 ry Processing job In this window you can cancel jobs sent to the printer Q Note e The print job is displayed on the printer s screen during the transmission of pri
125. hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Enhanced Printing Options 217 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Printing at full size Printing on Oversized Paper Except in borderless printing the actual printing area corresponds to your selected paper size minus the space for a margin P 79 To print documents or images you prepare w
126. it Printer Q PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 9 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 322 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CRC SEC Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Ji Size o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 f O Scaling 100 5 600 H C Borderless Printing ff Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 Match Page Size HMJ f D a ni Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom m go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i EL iz images size Almedia Type Plain Paper i ena B Get Information
127. jobs e Personal boxes 100 jobs Printer Parts 77 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Specifications Basic Environmental Performance Printer Power consumption Sleep mode 100 120 V 5 W max 10 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed 220 240 V 6 W max 11 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed C Resource efficiency Weight Printer and Stand 65 kg 143 3 Ib Dimensions W x D Printer and Stand 1 507 x 871 x 1 094 mm 59 3 x 34 3 x x H 43 1 in Recycling Recyclable plastic used for printer body Product safety Toxic substances Structural components No prohibited brominated flame retardants used PBB or PBDE Body plastic No heavy metals Pb Hg Cr VI or Cd or halogenated flame retardants used Operating noise During operation Approx 52 dB A max 6 6 bels or less Standby Approx 35 dB A max 6 3 bels or less Packaging materials Heavy metal content Pb Hg Cr VI and None none in packaging Cd 78 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Specifications Print Area A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer Except in borderless printing the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin Printable e See Recommended jae sae Area Top Edge Top Edge Bottom Edge Sides Top rase Bot
128. lower m OK Button In Menu mode press this button to confirm or execute the selected item or setting Press this button if the Display Screen indicates to do so n Information Button Displays printer submenus Press this key to display information about ink paper and so on P 65 You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead Head Cleaning A o Power Button Turns the printer on and off P 22 p Load Eject Button By pressing this button you can check instructions on loading and removing paper Instructions for loading paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded q Stop Button Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period Q Note In Sleep mode you can press any button except the Power button to bring the printer online again Printer Parts 21 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Turning the Printer On and Off Turning the printer on 1 Press the Power button to turn on the printer The printer will now start up After the Display Screen shows the Canon logo Starting up Please wait is displayed 2 The printer goes online in preparation for printing after startup and the Online lamp and paper source section lamp remain lit Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll OOAD e B KOK OK
129. menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard i Mai g H m jain f Images Size Wmeaia Type Plain Paper HJ B Get Information B Set D Easy Settings i eae int Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image Letter 8 5 x11 POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text i a ai photographs and graphics iF View set B Printer s amp s M PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 291 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width S Auto scale 100 fa Scaling 100 1 5 600 BRS Sete H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size HMJ f D 3 af O Print Centered K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 11 Make sure the
130. of injury and may stain your hands Also it may damage the printer A caion Dispose of the used Cutter Unit according to local regulations Do not disassemble the Cutter Unit Touching the blade may cause injury 7 Hold the new Cutter Unit by the grip a Pushing down at the position indicated b attach it to the Carriage until it clicks into place 8 Close the Top Cover The Carriage moves into position and a confirmation message is displayed regarding resetting the cut counter 9 Press the OK button The printer now goes online Maintenance 527 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance Cartridge A replacement Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance Cartridge includes a Shaft Cleaner e Maintenance Cartridge MC 07 0 Note e For instructions on replacing the Maintenance Cartridge see Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge P 528 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge Compatible Maintenance Cartridge For information on the compatible Maintenance Cartridge see Maintenance Cartridge P 528 Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge My caion e For safety keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children e If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately O Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge e
131. operating errors Caution Indicates caution items for which operating error poses a risk of injury or damage A to equipment or property To ensure safe use always follow these precautions Note Indicates helpful reference information and supplemental information on particular topics Button names and user interface elements Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software such as menus and buttons are indicated as follows in this User Manual Control panel buttons Example Press the OK button Control panel messages Example Head Example Head Cleaning is displayed is displayed Software interface items SEE Click OK Menus and Buttons Keyboard keys Example Press the Tab Example Press the Tab key e Part names Names of printer parts are indicated as follows in this User Manual Printer part names Example Open the Top Cover e Cross reference Other pages or manuals that provide related information are indicated as follows in this User Manual Cross reference in the same User Manual Example see Turning the Printer On and Off P 22 Cross reference in related manuals Example See the Paper Reference Guide Other cross reference Example See the printer driver help Introduction 1 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals How to use this manual e Figures and software screens e Figures in this User Manual may be different from the actual appearance of the pri
132. or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X This topic describes how to print after registering Custom Media Size based on the following example Here you will register a non standard paper size named 430 430 in Custom Media Size e Document Scanned image e Page size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X 1 Create the document in the application 2 Load the square paper 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in in the printer 3 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx iE Canon iPPoox B Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation Ta fe E scale 100 4 Select the printer in the B Format for list 5 Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 6 In Page Size enter the height and width of the original Here enter 43 00 cm in Height and Width 7 In Printer Margins enter 0 3 for the top and side margins and 2 3 for the bottom margin Here measurements are entered in centimeters 8 Double click Untitl
133. orientation 90 degrees to fit within the width of A3 A4 roll paper 297 0 mm 11 7 in which enables you to conserve paper 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFx00m Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Mecia Type OE Get Information c Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Jefault Settings Draft 04 4M Office Document a re Poster Photos er S Poster Text Illustrations ote CAD Line Drawing 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing M Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About _ Defauts a re 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size M Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Rol Paper width IF O Scaiing Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x11 00 in E J Paper size Match Page Size Borderless Printing
134. paper feed Cannot feed paper more 118 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper when the roll is ejected a barcode with text is printed on the roll paper that identifies the type of paper and amount left If this function is activated and barcodes are printed on the roll paper the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected when you load a roll The barcode will be cut off after it has been read a an a a ae E a E Be a a Be BB a a an a an a a E un a a a tf es a a GAE ii a Plain Paper xx xm 0 Note e If the document is not cut but kept in the printer only the text message is printed This is also the case when printing on 8 inch rolls or clear film Important e If the barcode is not detected when it is advanced enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel Barcodes are not cut off when Chk Remain Roll and Trim Edge First are both Off To have the printer cut off barcodes automatically on the Control Panel menu set Chk Remain Roll to On Otherwise cut off barcodes by using Paper Cutting in the Control Panel menu Follow these steps to activate detection of the remaining roll paper 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU su LoadEject 38E 2 Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y
135. paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 497 When printing on paper 0 1 mm 0 004 in thin or thinner choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Weakest If the paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 497 1 Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer 558 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality The edges of the paper are dirty Corrective Action The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing or printing on small paper The paper type as specified on the printer does not match the type specified in the printer driver The paper is wrinkled or warped A cut line is printed because the function to reduce cutting dust has been activated The Printhead is set too low You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink The Ejection Guide is soiled Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen P 538 Make sure the same paper type is specified on the printer as in the printer driver P 132 Make sure the same paper type is specified in the printer driver as on the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the paper type in the printer driver and try printing again Straight
136. paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired Enhanced Printing Options 225 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Print Image with Actual Size Prints originals at actual size without enlarging or reducing them Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm 0 12 in on each side ty Note Not all page sizes are available e Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper
137. password if one has been set and then press the OK button Press A or to select Job List and then press the gt button Press A or to select the saved job to delete and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Delete and then press the button Confirm the print job for deletion and press the OK button CONOR WN 484 Hard Disk Press A or to select Job Management and then press the button Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box FFP rran English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX KX End User Mode borki O eaae B eiii v Job Manager E 01 Box1 5 Remote UI Print Job _ j Stored Job an Box2 0 Print Log S eo4 Box4 0 Support Links os Box5 0 Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Remote Ul E or English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx Xx XX xx DA i ee re Inbox No ol Inbox Name Box 1 Password L frea to 4 digits Print Job End User Mode gt Device Manager Print Log gt Device Selection 4 Support Links 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Delete Remote UI English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode Jee amets Job Manager f RD Print Log XXXX RX XX XK XX XX gt Device Selection
138. pattern to check the nozzles P 516 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 517 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used Adjust the feed amount manually for feed amount adjustment P 501 nnn ss PHead needs cleaning Corrective Action The Printhead nozzles are clogged Specify Printhead cleaning options P 517 If the message is still displayed after Head Cleaning B contact the Canon dealer for assistance Problem with Printhead The Printhead nozzles are becoming clogged If printing is faint clean the Printhead P 517 588 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding printheads Printhead error An incompatible Printhead has been installed Install a Printhead specified for use with the printer There is a problem with the Printhead Open the Top Cover If the Carriage is over the Platen replace the Printhead with a new one If after opening the Top Cover you see that the Carriage is not over the Platen follow the steps below 1 Close the Top Cover and press the Online button 2 Replace the Printhead P 518 Execute printhead cleaning The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow these steps to clean the Printhead 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Printhead cleaning options P 517 If this message is still displayed replace the Printhead Error Message 589 Downl
139. press the gt button 4 Press A or W to select Feed Priority and then press the gt button 5 Press A or Y to select Band Joint and then press the OK button 498 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount automatically 1 Prepare one unused sheet A4 Letter sized or larger when Standard Adj is selected or two when Advanced Adj is selected or one when using a sheet A2 sized or larger When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 e Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 QO Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stoj LoadEject 38E Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Auto Band Adj and then press the gt button Press A or to select Standard Adj or Advanced Adj and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for band adjustment After reading the pattern the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount and returns to online oO oa am
140. print enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER P 168 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems Regarding Paper Problems Regarding Paper Clearing Jammed Roll Paper If roll paper jams follow the steps below to remove jams 1 Turn the printer off P 22 2 Open the Top Cover O Important e If you push the Carriage to the left edge the blade of the Cutter Unit will be lowered in preparation to cut the paper Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the Carriage and Platen if you have pushed the Carriage to the left edge or if a paper jam occurs during cutting Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b Troubleshooting 549 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems Regarding Paper 4 Push the Release Lever back 5 Holding the paper on both sides pull the jammed portion out toward the front Use a scissors to cut away the printed or wrinkled portion A caution e When cutting paper be careful to avoid injury and damaging the printer 6 If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops O Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 550 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems Regarding Paper
141. printer is not on Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in all the way Press the Power button to turn the printer on The printer is not selected in the In Windows select the printer by clicking Select Printer or Printer in printer driver The printer is in the printing dialog box and try printing again SI de PER ma In Mac OS X select the printer by clicking Printer Setup Utility or Print Center and try printing again The print job is paused The In Windows restart the print job as follows printer is in Sleep mode 1 Select the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes or Printers window 2 Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job In Mac OS X restart the print job as follows 1 Open the Printer Setup Utility or the Print Center 2 Select the printer and then Start Jobs in the Printers menu to restart the print job u The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent Corrective Action The printer is offline Press the Online button on the Control Panel to bring the printer online Ene ss The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink When the printer was turned off previously some Wait until the system has been filled with ink This cleaning operation was terminated process may take about ten minutes Troubleshooting 555 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals The printer stops during a print job The printer stops during a print job
142. printer status is shown 400 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Network Setting Network Setting Network Environment System requirements The system requirements which vary depending on your network are as follows e Printing over a TCP IP network e Compatible operating systems e Windows 2000 Professional or Server Windows XP Home Edition or Professional e Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition e Windows Vista Home Basic Business Ultimate e Mac OS X 10 2 8 or later e Compatible computer e A computer that runs one of the above operating systems e Printing over an AppleTalk network e Compatible operating systems e Mac OS X 10 2 8 or later e Compatible computer Q Note e The printer cannot be used over a LocalTalk network e Compatible with EtherTalk Phase 2 e A computer that runs one of the above operating systems Printing over a NetWare network e Compatible servers e Novell NetWare 4 2 5 1 6 0 e Compatible clients e Windows 2000 Professional or Server e Windows XP Professional e Compatible computer Q Note e In NetWare 6 0 iPrint is not supported e A computer that runs one of the above operating systems Network Setting 401 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Network environment After confirming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to set up the printer and computers as needed e Example of a
143. printing applications R olls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size 6 Introduction Internet Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals How to use this manual 3 Clear the sections you will not print and click the Apply button iP Fooocx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer Go E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Pd Z PF oox User Manual Contents l Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search Home Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure mee OERE Working With Various Pri Enhanced Printing Options E 1 Printing procedure Windows Software Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets E Mac OS X Software o bemegari Punung on Bois Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Handling Paper Printing from Windows Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printing from Mac OS X Printer Parts Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver asa a Sar Ma OF Network Setting Maintenance E Canceling print jobs Troubleshooting Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Pane Error Message Canceling Print J
144. provided with the printer complete the Output Method and Save and Print settings in the printer menu O Important Contact the software or system developer for information about support for this printer function Specifying Output Method 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select System Setup and then press the gt button 3 Press A or V to select Output Method and then press the gt button 4 Press A or YW to select the output method and then press the OK button e Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format e Print Auto Del Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save Box 01 Here the number represents a box number Save print jobs on the printer If you select this option go to step 5 and select the box for saving print jobs 5 Press A or Y to select the box and then press the OK button Specifying Save and Print 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select System Setup and then press the button Press A or V to select Save and Print and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select On or Off and then press the OK button AON If you select On print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed 444 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Saving Print Jobs You can save print jobs on the prin
145. sample4 jpg gt Device Manager Meme Sie A4 Paper Type Plain Paper EDEL Owner XXXXXXX Job oe Date Saved XX XX XX XX XX2XX Size xxxxKB Paper Information Roll 1 Support Links Copies 1Copies For details refer to the RemoteUI help Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poon Option Help Printer Status Jot Hard Disk ko Information Maintenance Support Hard disk Information Status Free Space Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password L 4 digit number C 476 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 2 In the Documents dialog box select the saved job in the list and click Properties Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Document Name Owner Source Paper Type Media Size File Si Plain Paper sample3 jpg 7 Q Plain Paper sample2 ipa HERKRRH Plain Paper sample1 jpg RERRRRK Plain Paper gt Delete Move us The Properties dialog box is displayed Properties Document Name sample4 ipg Owner RRR RRKX Source Roll 1 Paper Type Plain Paper Media Size 150 A4 File Size xxxx KB Pages 1 Date Saved RRA RRA RAKE RKERK Can
146. select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 236 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard EIRE f Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm 1S Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D EA Enlarged Reduced Printing _______ Jj Fit Media size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 gm O Scaling 100 151 5 600 Leter RTRT H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size E fi Print Centered R f K r No Spaces at Top or Bottom eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel PDF _ Cancel J 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx Fe Presets Standard ry Main B images size lAlmedia Type Plain Paper i B Get Information a Set D Easy Settings ER E int Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11
147. size How do I cut the roll paper after printing How do print without borders How do print an A4 original enlarged on A2 paper How do print without wasting paper When printing on rolls after loading the roll specify the paper type and length both on the Control Panel and in the printer driver Loading and Printing on Rolls P 82 When printing manually specify the paper type and size in the printer driver and then load the paper Loading and Printing on Sheets P 86 Press the Feeder Selection button to switch the paper source between the roll and a sheet gt Selecting the Paper Source P 104 Specify the type and size of paper both on the Control Panel and in the printer driver Specifying it in the Printer Driver gt Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver P 191 Specifying it on the Control Panel Selecting the paper type gt Selecting the Paper Type Roll P 105 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 132 Selecting the Paper Size Specifying the Paper Length Roll P 106 You can wait until ink dries before cutting the roll and you can cut rolls at a desired position gt Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls P 122 Borderless printing is possible on rolls You can also specify borderless printing in the printer driver by adjusting the original size to match the paper size Borderless printing is not supported on sheets Borderless Printing on Paper of
148. steps below to adjust the feed amount manually 1 When using sheets have two unused sheets A4 Letter sized or larger ready When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 O Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality 501 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount 2 O Aa Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Sto LoadEject 38E ORO Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the button Press A or Y to select Manual Band Adj and then press the button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button Test pattern A is printed for band adjustment Examine test pattern A for band adjustment After you determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable press A or V to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button Test pattern B is printed for band adjustment Q Note e If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better
149. system e Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows P 289 e Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X P 291 288 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Originals Centered on Ro Centering originals lls Windows This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example Document Any type Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in Paper Roll Paper type Plain Paper Roll width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES printer driver dialog box P 343 Get Information jc Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target J Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Open Preview When Print Job Starts FAL View Settings S J Defaults N Status Monitor _ About Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Pape
150. that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set C m E Crew a ex 9 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 10 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 11 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard f Page Setup A Media Source Roll Paper E B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D EA Enlarged Reduced Printing B fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 E O Fit Roll Paper Width 4 Auto Scale 100 fa Scaling 100 51 5 600 JORG STE H O Borderless Printing jjj Media Size Match Page Size i gt a Fl C Print Centered R K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom ao C Rotate Page 90 degrees M C CD 12 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list Enhanced Printing Options 283 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 13 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note e If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx H Presets Standard HJ Main B aC sine E Print Target Letter 8 5 x11 Yr 0 Actual Size Office
151. the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 i a 8 50 inx11 00in E J Pores size Match Page Size 00 me a nA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Letter 8 5 x11 JH Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in ER aj Portrait AJ O Landscape a Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options _Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Enhanced Printing Options 197 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 9 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 10 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 11 Select the D Fit Paper Size check box 12 Click ISO A3 in the G Paper Size list 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 198 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from Manua
152. the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size E Letter 8 5 x11 Enlarged Reduced Printing Borderless Printing v Fit Paper Size O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O Scaling e 4 Paper Size fA Orientation w Aj Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 4 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in a BB A O Landscape aff E Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Roll Paper v 17 in Roll 431 8mm v N Care 5 Defaults _ Gutput Method Size Options OK l Cancel J Apply Help Enhanced Printing Options 175 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images 11 Confirm the settings of A Page Size L Paper Source and so on 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 176 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune the color tone of photos before printing 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu t
153. the Roll Paper Width list In this case click 16 in Roll 406 4mm and then click OK 256 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Q Note e If printing is unsuccessful you may be able to print after completing the following setting 1 On the Layout sheet click M Special Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout B B 2 Pages Sheet Watermark E CONFIDENTIAL F Edit Watermark E H s5 O Rotate 180 degrees ma i No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 18 1 99 Reverse Order _ Page Options Special Settings _ Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 2 In the FineZoom Settings list click Yes Enhanced Printing Options 257 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to print a banner about five times as long as the roll width based on the following example e Document An original designed
154. the cutter sharp if you use adhesive paper P 127 Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the leading edge Return Defaults Choose Yes to restore Paper Details to the default values 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 The types of paper indicated in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel are updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you update paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Parts 53 Control Panel Job Management Job Queue Ope Com BOX Ope Psnl BOX Ope 54 Printer Parts Description Instructions Job List Choose a print Delete Delete the current job or queued job jobs P 449 Priority Print the job first after the current print job is finished P 449 Job List Choose a print Print o Print jobs in the Common Box b ie Delete jobs in the Common Box Print Job List a list of jobs in the Common Folder List Enter a Job List ma Print jobs in Personal Boxes d if spines Delete jobs in Personal Boxes one has been set Print Job List Pr
155. the printing quality Do not remove the Ink Tank if the printer is not used for a long period a month or more Ink remaining in the printer may become clogged and cause of printing problems Coverage may be uneven if you replace the ink during a print job 508 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks Replacing an Ink Tank 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress You can replace Ink Tank if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Online or Offline or if messages advise you to check the amount of ink left or replace the Ink Tank Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll sauea If a message prompts you to replace the Ink Tank press the OK button Steps 2 4 are unnecessary in this case Go to step 5 and remove the Ink Tank HH Ink tank is empty Press OK and replace ink tank THT Do not remove an Ink Tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer or during printing or printhead cleaning Q Note e Ink Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or if paper is being fed 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 3 Press A or Y to select Rep Ink Tank and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button A message on the Display Screen advises you to open the Ink Tank Cover Next remove the Ink Tank 5 Open the Ink Tank Cover and check the Ink Lamp The Ink Lamp flashes
156. then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFx000 Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type RETIRES v Get Information La Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __ Defauts _ 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Poster Text Illustrations in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 255 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size E O Fit Roll Paper Width F O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 I 8 50inx 11 00 in GS Jy Pope size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 S
157. to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems About once a month clean the printer exterior 1 Turn the printer off P 22 2 Unplug the power cord from the outlet Ay auior e Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer 3 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe away any dirt or paper dust from the Paper Feed Slot a power cord plug and so on Dry these parts with a dry cloth saion e Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock Important e If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered with paper dust 4 Plug the power cord into the outlet Maintenance 537 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cleaning the Printer Cleaning Inside the Top Cover Clean inside the Top Cover about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems Also clean inside the Top Cover in the following situations to ensure optimal operation e If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing e After
158. to select Chk Remain Roll and then press the button 4 Press A or to select the desired setting option and then press the OK button Handling Paper 119 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere if the Cutter touches printed surfaces that are still wet it may damage the paper or cause rough cut edges Also ink may be transferred onto the paper surface during ejection soiling it You can prevent problems by adjusting the drying time after printing before the paper is cut Windows 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 345 2 Select the Main sheet and click C Advanced Settings in A Media Type Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences E Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type GEMAN v Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Jefault Settings Dratt Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Mi Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts __Status Monitor _ About _ Defauts T orm 3 In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next select the desired settings v
159. to the Carriage may strongly swing when the Carriage returns causing a sound when the parts touch the inner wall of the printer If you suddenly hear the tone for cleaning operations At regular intervals for printer maintenance cleaning operations will begin automatically even if the printer is in Sleep mode In other cases contact your Canon dealer Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared Corrective Action The printer has not detected the new Maintenance Remove the new Maintenance Cartridge you have Cartridge that was used to replace the old one just installed and insert it again firmly Restart the printer Troubleshooting 571 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other problems The printer consumes a lot of ink Many full page color images are printed In print jobs such as photos images are filled with color This consumes a lot of ink This does not indicate a problem with the printer Head Cleaning B is used often Head Cleaning B consumes a lot of ink This does not indicate a problem with the printer Unless the printer has been moved or stored for a long period or you are troubleshooting Printhead problems we recommend not performing Head Cleaning B to the extent possible You have just finished initial installation when more After initial installation or at the first time use after ink is consumed to fill the system transfer ink flows into the system betwee
160. transfer If a message is shown on the Display Screen requesting you to open the Ink Tank Cover follow the procedure starting with step 6 6 Open the Ink Tank Cover 542 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other Maintenance 7 Open the Ink Tank Lock Lever and remove every Ink Tank Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it ts Note Store the Ink Tank you removed with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains At this point ink is drawn out from inside the tubes O Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during this process When the suction is finished Turn Power Off is displayed 9 Press the Power button and turn off the printer Important e Turn off the printer before you unplug it It may damage the printer if you unplug it before it is off and transfer it in that state If you accidentally unplug the printer plug it in again reinstall the Ink Tanks wait until the printer comes online and follow this procedure again Maintenance 543 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other Maintenance 10 Disconnect the power cord and interface cable 11 Open the Top Cover O Important e Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b O Note e Here the Belt Stopper is the one that was removed and stored after initial installation 544 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other
161. with a border 584 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding ink Messages regarding ink Ink insufficient Corrective Action The ink level is low so you cannot clean the Printhead The ink level is low so there may not be enough ink to finish printing No ink left Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is low with a new Ink Tank Press the OK button and replace the Ink Tank that is low with a new Ink Tank You can print until the ink runs out by pressing the Online button However if the ink runs out during printing the following situation will occur depending on the position of the leading edge when it passes through the printer 1 No ink left is displayed and printing stops Press the Stop button to cancel printing or press the OK button replace the ink tank that is low with a new one and continue printing However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different P 508 2 Ink tank empty Canceling printing of this page is displayed and printing stops After the paper is ejected press the OK button and replace the ink tank that is low with a new one P 508 Corrective Action There is no ink left Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank for which the Ink Lamp is flashing Error Message 585 Messages regarding ink Remaining level of the ink cannot
162. you have used up a roll e After borderless printing After printing on small paper After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris e If you have replaced the roll After printing on paper that generates a lot of paper dust Important e If the Platen inside the Top Cover becomes dirty it may soil the underside of paper We recommend always cleaning the Platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper e If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered with paper dust 1 Open the Top Cover 2 If paper dust has accumulated in the Vacuum holes a on the Platen or in the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves b use the Cleaning Brush c provided with the printer to wipe it away Q Note e If the Cleaning Brush is dirty rinse it in water 538 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cleaning the Printer 3 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe inside the Top Cover to clean it Wipe away any ink residue on the Top Cover Roller a all over the Platen b the Paper Retainer c the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves d the Ejection Guide e and the guide rail f O Important Do not use a dry cloth to wipe inside the Top Cover This may create a static charge which may attract dust and affect the p
163. your specified position Paper Cutting MYes Feed paper the cutting position Paper Cutting by pressing Aor Y 1 If the printer stops operating after printing press the Online button The printer goes offline Press A or to select Paper Cutting and then press the button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button After the roll paper is cut it is rewound automatically A caion e If paper would be short when cut at a particular position the roll may automatically be advanced in some cases before cutting a A Handling Paper 125 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically If the leading edge of a roll is crooked or warped it may cause an error message or printing problems In this case set Trim Edge First to Automatic or On on the Control Panel to have the printer cut the leading edge to make the edge straight after you load a roll Trim Edge First offers the following options e Automatic If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll a and b are uneven by 3 mm 0 12 in or more when you load the roll the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge and scraps are removed The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 3 mm Off The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed This setting is Off for most types of paper by default For more informati
164. 0 in x 11 00 in oll Vict Borderless Roll Width Borderless Printing 24 in Roll 609 6mm H Orientation 24 00 in x 31 22 in HA O Powa WAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Media Source Roll Paper x W Rol Paper width 24 n Roll 603 8mm v NC me _ OutputMethod Size Options _ Defauts _ ok Cancel App Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Information dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method click F Print Image with Actual Size 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 249 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10 x 12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm Borderless e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Ke Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 B
165. 0 x 420 0 mm 11 7 x 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPFxxxx I Paper size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation fe IE scale E Cancel E 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Layout pane Printer _ iIPFxxxx i Presets Standard iz Layout Bi H Pages per Sheet 1 iz 1 IB Layout Direction B a N Border None iz PDFw Preview Cancel Print T Click 4 0 in the A Pages per Sheet list OQ Note e You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in B Layout Direction and C Border or Border 282 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 8 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard B BC Geeinformation EC se E Pri Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUCO Suitable for printing normal documents
166. 0 x42 ARCH E1 26 x38 ARCH E2 27 x39 ARCH E3 24 x36 ARCH D 18 x24 ARCH C 12 x18 ARCH B 9 x12 ARCH A DIN CO DIN C1 DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 20 x24 18 x22 14 x17 12 x16 10 x12 10 x15 8 x10 US Photo 16 x20 Poster 20 x30 Poster 30 x40 Poster 300x900mm 13 x22 Print area Normal size Printable area Rolls 3 mm 0 12 in from each side Sheets 3 mm 0 12 in from the top and each side and 23 mm 0 91 in from the bottom Guaranteed print area e Rolls 20 mm 0 79 in from the top 5 mm 0 20 in from the bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in from each side Sheets 20 mm 0 79 in from the top 23 mm 0 91 in from the bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in from each side For information on the guaranteed print area see Print Area Printable area rolls 2 Entire surface Supported width for borderless printing 36 in Roll 914 mm ISO A0 A1 Roll 841 mm JIS B1 B2 Roll 728 mm 24 in Roll 610 mm ISO A1 A2 Roll 594 mm JIS B2 B3 Roll 515 mm 16 in Roll 407 mm 14 in Roll 356 mm 10 in Roll 254 mm 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 2 Printing may not be possible in some cases depending on the type and size of paper 76 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Specifications Hard Disk Capacity on the hard disk to store image data Print job storage capacity Common mail box 100
167. 15 Precautions when handling the Printhead Take the following precautions when handling the Printhead My caion e For safety keep the Printhead in a place inaccessible for children e If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately Do not touch the Printhead immediately after printing The Printhead becomes extremely hot and there is a risk of burns Important Avoid dropping or shaking the Printhead Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove Handle the Printhead carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation After removing the Printhead from the pouch install it right away If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened the nozzles may dry out which may affect printing quality e If you need to store a Printhead temporarily before installation do not keep the nozzles and metal contacts P 522 facing down If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged it may affect the printing quality e Never attempt to take apart or modify a Printhead This may damage the printer e Never touch the Printhead nozzles or the metal contacts This may cause printing problems 518 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads Replacing the Printhead Follow the steps below to replace the Printhead Failure to follow this procedure may cause i
168. 2 Description Instructions Set the buzzer Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times for errors Choose Warning for notification display of a warning message during printing if the paper type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the printer driver Choose None to continue to print without notification Choose Pause to have printing paused under these circumstances In this case you can continue printing by pressing the Online button Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver if the latter is smaller which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed S LE gt S LE o Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead Even if the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer menu text or images will not be cut off However this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu o S LE sS LE Printer Parts 59 Control Panel Paper Size Basis Sht Selection 1 If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 or 13 x19 Super B is applied when an intermediate size is detected
169. 2 If you have selected Media Menu gt Chk Remain Roll gt On in the printer menu a barcode indicating the amount of paper left is printed on the leading edge of the roll However barcodes are not printed on some types of paper and only a text message indicating media information is printed 17m a desde Plain Paper xx xm A caion If you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper do not remove the roll before the barcode is printed You will be unable to keep track of the amount of roll paper left 1 Press the Load Eject button A confirmation message is displayed regarding removal of the roll 2 Press the OK button The roll can now be removed Next when removing rolls from the Roll Holder Slot see Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder Slot P 114 Handling Paper 113 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls u Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder Slot Remove rolls from the Roll Holder Slot as follows Make sure the roll is away from the Paper Feed Slot and then remove the Roll Holder from the Roll Holder Slot u Removing a Roll from the Roll Holder 1 Lift the Holder Stopper lever a from the shaft side to unlock it Holding the Holder Stopper at the position indicated b remove it from the Roll Holder 2 Remove the roll from the Roll Holder Important After removal store the roll in the original bag or box away from high temperature
170. 2 332 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Windows Software Printer Driver Printer Driver Settings Windows For instructions on accessing the Windows printer driver refer to the following topics e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows gt P 343 e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 345 For information on the Windows printer driver settings refer to the following topics Canon iPFoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type RETIREES v Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Color Mode Color Actual Size Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About _ Defauts J OK Cancel J Apply Help e Main Sheet Windows P 347 You can specify the type of paper color processing print quality print preview and other settings Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired e Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows gt P 351 e View Settings
171. 2 Select Paper Reference Guide imagePROGRAF Support Information Windows Internet Explorer Go Ente z e _ w ae GimagepRocRAF Support Information M Gl mh dae e Gtoos Canon ImagePROGRAF _imagePROGRAF Support Information iPFxxxx Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manual Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips amp a View the printer user s manual Visite Mega ROGRAL webpeds E7 Paper Reference Guide iew information about paper that can be used with the printer bet the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the Buide includes information on newly added paper Copyright CANON INC 2007 3 My Computer The Paper Reference Guide is displayed iPPoox Paper Reference Guide for North or South America Windows Internet Explorer Ge 3 v E D Program Files Canon iPFPrinter iPFxxxx Support ipaper_reference_guide html x 44 X gt We de PFs Paper Reference Guide for North or South A gt Gl h pease Tools iPFroox Paper Reference Guide for North or South America This paper reference guide describes the types of media printable with Canon imagePROGRAF iPFoox Before using the printer and media read through this guide the instruction manual supplied with the media and the printer s User Manual for use in optimal conditions gt Local Availability of Paper in This Guide
172. 2003 9 Follow the instructions on the screen The printer driver is installed Troubleshooting 567 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Installation problems Removing Installed Printer Drivers Follow these steps to remove installed printer drivers and utilities Removing printer drivers Windows Remove the printer driver as follows Q Note 2 3 4 e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Windows Server 2008 you must log on with administrative rights such as those of the Administrator account From the Windows start menu select Programs gt Canon Printer Uninstaller gt imagePROGRAF Printer Driver Uninstaller to display the Delete Printer window Select the printer in the list and click Delete Click Yes after the Warning message is displayed Make sure that the printer has been removed from the list and then click Exit Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows 1 2 3 4 Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer in the CD ROM drive Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD ROM Open the OS X folder and double click iPF Driver Installer X In the upper left menu choose Uninstall and then click Uninstall Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Removing imagePROGRAF
173. 3 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Working With Various Print Jobs 155 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example Document CAD drawing e Page size A3 297 0 x 420 0 mm 11 7 x 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Ke Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation A t fe Biscale 100 E Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard i H m Main g images Size Wmedia Type Plain Paper HJ Seti Bi D Easy Settings i Default Settings 0 Draft 4 re 7 2 Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents
174. 4 jpg Job Manager E Print Job _ Stored Job End User Mode Print Log gt Device Selection Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUI help 480 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help 2 Printer Status B sa reais ILD Information h Maintenance R Support Mail Boxes Inbox name Common Box Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password This mail box is password protected E Enter the password and click OK Inbox No M Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number cae 2 In the Documents dialog box select the saved job in the list and click Properties Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Media Size Plain Paper sampled ipo BEKKERK Plain Paper sample3 jpg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample2 ipg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample1 jpg KKHKKKX Plain Paper gt Print Delete Move us Hard Disk 481 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 3 In the Properties dialog box enter the new job name and click OK Properties Document Name sample4 ipg Owner RRR RKRK Source Roll 1 Paper Type Plain Paper Me
175. 5 MOVING saved OD Sikcaisccscccssatmsananatincaasadveercdeasetniean silenctbsancesPcauasecnanaiwetonsihseinainaanatdenedoeneteaaoenmed 470 Displaying Details Of Saved JODS eceeeeeeeeee ee eeeene eset ener eee eeeeee ee eeaaeeeencneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeteee 475 Renaming Saved Jobs akcciccsecaseeevadsisdarersnmcictamsannctaaddubaeenigducenenndseintiasadlvegneaaudeteanadtveagzinandecesanie 479 Deleting Saved Jobs ccccecsceceeseeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeesaaeeeesaaaeeeeeaaeaaeeeesaaeeeeeaeseeeeeeaaaeeeenaaeeeena 484 Checking the Free Hard Disk Space eeccceeeeescceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeeeseseeeeteneeeees 488 Erasing Data onthe Printers Hard DiSK seissioun aiia aa 490 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 491 Adjusting the Printhead saccicececeua2 acc cectseereetecencredusiwadeecsies didas eosi dii Tni 491 Correcting Print Misalignment serarrerern sepa e e eE EEEE EET EEE EER 491 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically ccccsesscecesssscesonsenesesssseeseeesssoensesesese 491 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually sssesssssssesrsserrrnnenennrrsnnnrusrnruserernnnrennnnsnnrnsernnnne 493 Adjusting the Printhead Onenitananis ria cacsevisncsssutevsdrevvadactsssaveatadeasuatenta laden uananiestantgulangeion dates 495 Adjusting the Printhead Heignt cccccccccccesscccenescstcacesseccceceensnccceeseceecbennseceesesdnercenmnscenteeenaenedteantecs 497 Adjusting the feed amount aceite ceaiewccescvarntesneca
176. 7 in 431 8mm Ji Size o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 f O Scaling 100 5 600 H C Borderless Printing ff Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 Match Page Size HMJ f D a ni Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom m go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel Print 9 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 10 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width in this case ISO A3 A4 297 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard is En i images size lAlmedia Type Plain Paper i aaa B Get Information es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 309 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original si
177. 8 e Prepare for maint cart replacement P 590 e Prepare for parts replacement P 595 e Printhead error P 589 Problem with Printhead P 588 e Regular printing is selected but a roll is loaded P 581 e Rel lever is in wrong position P 583 e Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded P 580 e Roll printing is selected P 580 Sheet printing is selected P 581 e The roll is empty P 580 e This paper cannot be used gt P 579 e This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 P 593 e Top cover is open P 595 Unknown file P 595 e Use another paper P 587 Other Messages These messages do not prevent printer operation Check the information on the Display Screen and take action as necessary Messages requiring special attention are as follows e Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected P 586 Error Message 577 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper Messages regarding paper Paper Mismatch You printed a test pattern for printer adjustment on When printing a test pattern use sheets of the same several sheets but sheets of different types or sizes type and size of paper of paper were used Papr Type Mismatch The paper type as specified on the printer does not Make sure the same type of paper is specified on the match the type specified in the printer driver printer as in the print
178. A4 Letter sized or larger When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 e Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 Q Note e When loading paper specify the correct paper type When the paper type is not specified the printing quality may be affected without the correct adjustment of the feeding e We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment 504 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU su LoadEject 38E Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the button Press A or Y to select Adjust Length and then press the button O Aa Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for adjustment based on the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage The scale bar shows Millimeter in 50 mm units and Inch in 1 inch units Millimeter z TITIES 6 Measure the length of the adjustment pattern Calculate the difference between the measured length and actual length Enter it as a percentage and press the OK button You can adjust the value in 0 02 increments Press A to increase the value and W to decrease it If the scale is printed shorter
179. Action Files on the printer s hard disk have become Restart the printer Only the corrupted files will be corrupted deleted and the printer will restart nnn r Mail box full Corrective Action There is no more space on the printer s hard disk Press the Stop button to cancel the print job Delete print jobs from the queue P 449 Delete unneeded jobs stored on the hard disk P 484 Mail box full Now printing without saving data Corrective Action No more space is available on the printer s hard disk After printing this message is cleared debs ane NOW printad without Saving n a Delete unneeded jobs stored on the hard disk jobs can no longer be saved on the hard disk P 484 nnn Mail box nearly full Corrective Action The free hard disk space left for Personal Boxes in Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes the printer s hard disk does not have more than 1 P 484 GB combined Mail box full Delete unwanted data 100 jobs are stored in the Personal Box Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes P 484 Error Message 591 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding the hard disk m Mail box full Cannot save Corrective Action Saved jobs exceed the Personal Box capacity Press the Stop button to cancel the print job Delete print jobs from the queue P 449 Delete unneeded jobs stored on the hard disk P 484
180. Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences _ Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Method DO Fi Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 G AL 8 50 in x 11 00 in oll Vict Borderless Roll Width Borderless Printing 24 in Roll 609 6mm H Orientation 24 00 in x 31 22 in HA O Pora BLAJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Media Source Roll Paper x I Rol Paper width 24 in Roll 603 8mm v NC me _ OutputMethod Size Options _Defauts ok Cancel App __Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Information dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method click D Fit Paper Size 14 Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list 15 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 235 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size
181. Box If you have selected Print in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X in the printer driver as the format for print jobs sent from the computer the jobs are saved in the common box P 441 You can select Save Shared Box gt Off in the printer menu so that print jobs for which you have selected Output Method gt Print in the printer driver are deleted from the common box after printing Use this function when printing highly confidential documents 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select System Setup and then press the gt button 3 Press A or V to select Save Shared Box and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Off and then press the OK button 448 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk ss Managing Queued Jobs Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs You can delete queued jobs gt You can also select queued jobs and give them first priority to print them immediately after the printer has printed jobs that are currently being processed or printed Print Print job job B A O Note e You cannot interrupt jobs that are currently being saved processed printed or deleted by printing other jobs before these processes are finished You can manage queued print jobs as follows e Using the Control Panel e Using RemoteUl e Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonito
182. By specifying to rotate originals 90 degrees in the printer driver you can print at A4 size to fill the width of A3 paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 299 You can print originals that are in landscape or portrait orientation automatically enlarged to fit the roll width This is an easy way to create vertical or horizontal banners Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing P 253 You can specify custom sizes temporarily in the printer driver Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 261 You can add desired sizes Custom Media Sizes in the Size Options dialog box of the printer driver Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 261 By specifying Thicken Fine Lines in the printer driver you can print fine lines thicker to make them easier to see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 You can adjust colors in the printer driver as desired before printing Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 By saving settings information in a favorite you can apply the settings again before printing anytime as needed Using Favorites P 325 The printer can be used for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER P 168 By using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy you can automatically
183. CP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 405 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X Go Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of configuring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X If you use other versions refer to the help for the Printer Setup Utility or the Print Center 1 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder 2 Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder 3 Click Add to display the Printer Browser window 8 oe E Printer List Status Kind 4 Click More Printers 8 0e men ns Printer Browser 2 a ws i a E Default Browser IP Printer Search Printer Nama Connection Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using 436 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X 5 In the list of connection methods click Canon IP iPF 088 Printer Browser f v AppleTalk Defd Bluetooth Windows Printing F e non FireWire iPF E ll Character Set Japanese X Printer Model Auto Select Cancel Add Location No Selection Print Using a More Printers Add 6 Enter the printer s IP address in Printer s Address and click Add 088 Printer Browser P Canon IP iPF BB DI Printer s Address XXX XXX XX
184. Canon Large Format Printer yy imagePROGRAF IPF 720 User Manual ENG Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Contents Introduction 1 How t use this manual st isocdicewmstccecoshehest nneeiel iiien nrerin i ieai i a 1 About This User Manu al cccicsscccccestsboeanenratencainctacteceatabescnaeueneecamuaracheergnacen E OAE ETE 1 S arching TOPICS cererii eenas ni aE EE E E EE EEEE EEE EE EE 3 HTML Version or the Manual for PrintiIng sseciseisiisierserseo iseenese eodein 5 Printer Parts 13 Printer parts meserias aaaeeeaa ar diii OAE EEEE EAEE ESEE EEE EAA EEEN OA EEN 13 BE Np are E E E E A E E 13 BACK aiae E E E A E A E E E E 14 oA EE E E E ae ee eee 15 MAAN rereseping E a e een eee a a EE 16 Ink Tank Cover INSIDG c cccccccctscsctsssscvecsssccctcnesnchensensienecnsendaneceenescebernabasteasines tnetrneseneenieeacendusananee 17 Contool Panel sessie a ERE E RE TEE E TR a 18 Control Panel ersin e Eee E E E E 20 Control Panel eerren er Ea e la e E Eebe a EE e ce EEEE ESE 20 T rningthe Printer Omand Off seere E a E 22 Pime Modosanin nenn irene a E A E EE aa a E a lie a a Ro EENEN NEE 24 PE MINN ANS eo e a e eee ee ee ee 29 Printer Menu DS AON atcha os anro a ae eE e e Ean EEE es eae Eni 31 Main MSV CU ST NUNS aca sade eta teed E enor aed etic 33 Menu Structure eee eee eee ee ee eee ener ere eee ee nee ee er ine Tree ry 37 Main Menu Setting Serseri onenn viel Ge
185. Conserving roll paper 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 9 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al reve Layout B E 2Pages Snest DA watermark JE conribentian Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in E A 100 Letter 8 asoinxi1 o0in Msds ey oe ao j Copies a Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 S 1 99 Reverse Order _ Page Options Special Settings OK Cancel J Apply J 10 Select the I No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper check box 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 307 Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width
186. Default Setting eon DHCP a e this setting to use DHCP Off for configuring the IP address Use BOOTP Activate this setting to use BOOTP for configuring the IP address Use RARP Activate this setting to use RARP Off for configuring the IP address Enable DNS Dynamic Update Activate this setting to perform DNS server registration automatically Use Zeroconf Function Activate this setting to use On Bonjour IP O R Specify the printer s IP address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Specify the printer s subnet mask Specify the printer s subnet mask printer s subnet mask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Gateway Address Specify the printer s default E 0 0 0 gateway LPD Printing Activate this setting to use LDP On Printing IPP Printing Activate this setting to use IPP On Printing IPP Printer URI Specify the URI of the printer printer used for IPP printing using up to 252 characters When using a standard Windows port for IPP printing enter an URL less than 255 bytes for all characters for http IP address IPP URI RAW Printing Activate this setting to use Raw On Printing 408 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals RAW Mode Bi direction SMTP Server Address Specify the SMTP server s IP address FTP Printing Activate this setting to use FTP Printing Primary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host
187. Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows P 352 e Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows P 353 e Matching Sheet Windows P 355 e Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows P 357 e Page Setup Sheet Windows P 359 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and feed source and automatic cutting e Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows gt P 361 Layout Sheet Windows P 362 You can specify the page layout watermarks the orientation the number of copies and print processing options e Page Options Dialog Box Windows P 364 e Special Settings Dialog Box Windows gt P 365 Favorites Sheet Windows P 366 Groups of print settings you select on each sheet can be saved as a favorite Favorites you have added can be edited or used at the time of printing as desired Windows Software 333 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver e Utility Sheet Windows P 368 You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy e Support Sheet Windows P 369 You can view support information and the user manual Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings o Sa Ganon iPFxxxx Location Comment Mode Canon iPFxxxx Fe
188. Digital Photo Front ACCe SS eseese 373 Displaying a List of Saved Jobs 0 ceceeeeeeeeees 460 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAGIMIOSIN onee OE 463 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINGOWS rinsio eet 462 Using Remote 0 ececceeeeceeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 461 Using the Control Panel 0 ccecceeeseeeteees 460 Displaying Details of Saved JODS cceeeeeee 475 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MACOS as eesiss Ss eeeesecesats Seer eerun anes 478 Using inagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINDOWS ei scsesteatet cei A 476 Using Remote ul l ecscunionanernnenanss 475 Do Not Save Print Jobs in the Common Box 448 Documents are printed crooked l 563 Documents are printed in monochrome 4 563 Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors OCCU socrii nana aad eile 415 End of paper feed eccceeeccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 583 Enhanced Printing Options ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 172 Erasing Data on the Printer s Hard Disk 490 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number ee 594 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Errol MOSSAQC eenas veneedaet Conese aegeesarl on 575 Error MeSSages wai i ncte nin able ne 576 Eror MESSAGES occ 576 Other Messages wash cn nena Rie 577 Execute printhead cleaning cceceeeseeeeseeeeeees 589 F Favorites Sheet Windows cceeeeeereeeeseeeeeees 366 Feeding Roll Pa
189. Driver Destination Macintosh Specify the printer driver destination as follows if the printer s IP address is changed or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection e If you switch to printing in an AppleTalk network see Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh P 433 e If you switch to printing in a TCP IP network or if the printer s IP address is changed see Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh P 436 e If you switch to printing in a Bonjour network see Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh P 438 Network Setting 431 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa fk GN Click Edit in the upper right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings
190. Equivalent Size P 232 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 239 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 225 In the printer driver you can adjust the original image to match the paper size or width or you can specify enlargement or reduction before printing as desired gt Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 196 gt Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 202 gt Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 208 To conserve paper you can specify in the printer driver to rotate originals 90 degrees or to print without top and bottom margins gt Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 299 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Troubleshooting 547 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Frequently Asked Questions Question Answer How do print without wasting all the blank space on the right side when printing an A4 sized original at A3 size How do print in landscape or portrait orientation How do I print on a custom paper size How do register custom paper sizes How do print lines thicker How do modify how colors are printed How do use printer driver settings again in subsequent jobs Can use the printer in combination with a Color imageRUNNER How do print enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER 548 Troubleshooting
191. F Free Layout window repeat steps 1 7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic 272 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu Q Note e For details on Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout Enhanced Printing Options 273 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Roll paper banner Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows P 275 e Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X P 277 274 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Prin
192. G CUS oianak aa kaaa a aeaa 79 Printed colors are inaccurate 560 Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printing 569 Printer Driver iseti 333 379 Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X eee 379 Printer Driver Settings Windows c eeeee 333 Printer Hard Disk Operations ceeeceeseeeeees 439 Index 601 Index Printer Menu Operations cccceeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 31 Job Management Menu Operations 32 Main menu operations during printing 31 Main menu operations when no print job is in Progro SS seeren eaer A r 31 Submenu operations cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 32 Printer Modes 2cc ccceeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeaes 24 Menu mode and state of the Control Panel 28 Modo tra mStthon cccvicss aunecenisdacvcees Sunncedvent aadereesitieee 25 MOG OS siset si A 24 Offline and state of the Control Panel 27 Online and state of the Control Panel 26 Submenu mode and state of the Control PAIN Oli ances ee de awe es daemexe tid execeeianieeceeetvieseesevutacee 28 Primer Panta oere eerhscecanenttecievcast Ageetetnaeetetevites 13 Printer Specifications sccccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 74 Printhead heissan einer iaaa 515 Printhead CrrOr scsoduresnaniisnnniiiaiain nnen 589 Printhead S ecien eanna ada ianea na 515 Printing a List of Saved JODS 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 464 Printing
193. G commands you will need to know the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel 1 Check the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Ethernet Driver and then press the gt button 4 Press A or W to select MAC Address and then press the gt button Note e You can investigate the MAC address by printing a Status Print report 2 In Windows open a command prompt or in Mac OS X start Terminal 3 Execute the following command to add entries to the ARP table for managing IP addresses and corresponding MAC addresses arp s IP address the printer s MAC address you have verified Example arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX 00 00 85 xx xx xx Q Note e In Mac OS X when using Terminal enter the arp command in the format arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX 00 00 85 xx xx xx For details refer to the help file for the command line 4 Execute the following command to send the IP address to the printer and configure it ping IP address as specified in the ARP command I 479 Example ping xxx xxx xxx xxx 479 Q Note In I the P is the letter I e In Mac OS X when using Terminal enter the ping command in the format ping s 479 XXX XXX XXX XXX For details refer to the help file for the command
194. Information button to display this information one after another the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels paper information and printer information Each time you press the Information button the following submenus are displayed 0 Note e Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode e After you display a submenu the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels Maint cart Capacity 100 The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is shown on the top level of the Display Screen The remaining level of each ink is shown on the bottom level of the Display Screen Ink levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the color labels on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the ink level if ink is low x if no ink is left and if you have deactivated ink level detection Remaining ink is indicated as follows Full E None Remaining ink levels Information of the loaded paper Here the paper size type and related printer settings are displayed HiMedia Info X X Glossy Photo ISO A2 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint Printer Parts 65 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Printer information Dis
195. Job page choose the mail box Q Note Remote UI FFP rran Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX xx End User Mode ert etn B eiii v Job Manager E 01 Box1 5 English language Print Job j St ob an Box2 0 Print Log a 04 Box4 0 Support Links os Box5 0 e Enter a password if one has been set Remote Ul E or English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode Inbox No ol eee ee DR ee Print Job Print Log gt Device Selection E Support Links 2 Select the print job in the list and click Print 466 Hard Disk l Remote UI fz English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXXX XK End User Mode es eo Date Saved _ Job M r ziot eais o E samples jpg XXXXXXX l XXXX NX KX KX XKXK Print Stored Job m E samples jpg XXxxxxx l XXXX XX XX XKCXK XK Print Log E sample3 jpg XXXxxxx 1 XXXX XX EX XXCAX XK o E sample2 jpg 1 XXXX RX XX XXCXXXK Support Links Oo E samplet jpg XXXxxxx l XXXX XX XX XKXX XK Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 3 On the Print Saved Document page enter the quantity to print in Copies and click OK Remote UI English language End User Mode FFP eran Print Saved Document Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX XK Printing will resume with the foll
196. Layout Favorites Utility Support aw a Page Size Letters 5x11 B Borderless Printing v Enlarged Reduced Printing D Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width FiO scaling Letter 8 5 x11 y 3 inx11 00in E E Pope size Match Page Size ta 00 8 50 in x 11 00 in w Aj Pott D AJ O Landscape Pa TAT y eA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 n Roll 431 8mm W Cr B Ss Gutput Method Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel J Apply J Help 6 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Enhanced Printing Options 275 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 7 Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing OK Cancel Defauts Help 8 Select the B Banner Printing check box 9 Click OK 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 276 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages I
197. Method dialog box Output Method Output Method O Print Print auto delete Save in mail box Save data before printing Name of data to be saved Use file name O Enter name Mail box Inbox no Inbox name Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Row x Acquire Mail Box Name Cancel _ Defauts Hep 3 Choose an Output Method e Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format Print auto delete Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer without printing them If you choose Save in mail box also specify the destination Personal Box in the Mail box list Q Note Click Acquire Mail Box Name to display Personal Box names in the Mail box list as acquired from the printer Save data before printing This option is available in combination with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed 4 In Name of data to be saved specify how to name saved print jobs To use the file name choose Use file name e Otherwise choose Enter name and enter a name in Name 5 Click OK to close the Output Method dialog box 446 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Using the printer driver M Hard Disk ac OS X 1 Access the Additional Setti
198. Mode Host ICM Mode Off Auto Perceptual Colorimetric Saturation other Choose whether to print in color or monochrome P 172 You can adjust the levels of cyan magenta and yellow as well as the brightness contrast saturation and gray tones If you choose Monochrome or Monochrome BK ink in Color Mode only Brightness and Contrast can be adjusted Image Graphics and Text are available as Object Adjustment options In Windows and Mac OS X 10 5 only Choose the color matching mode Other color matching modes may be provided by the computer operating system such as ICM and ColorSync Choose the color matching method The available options vary depending on your selection in Color Matching Mode 1 Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Color Mode 2 The order of options displayed varies depending on the operating system Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 181 Adjusting Images Enhancing printing quality Setting item Description O Unidirectional Printing Choosing unidirectional printing can improve printing results if lines are printed crooked or images are uneven However this takes more time than regular printing Thicken Fine Lines Windows Choose this option to make fine lines clearer in CAD drawings or Thicken Fine Lines Mac OS X similar documents Sharpen Text 1 Choose this option to print intricate text more disti
199. OPEN cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeseeeeeaes 595 TrOoUDIGSHOOTING ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetetaeeeeneeeeeees 547 Turning the Printer On and Off aeee 22 Turning the printer Off ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 23 Turning the printer ON eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 Types Of Papais nenesinin ea nen ns 96 Updating paper information eceeeeeees 99 Viewing the Paper Reference Guide 97 U UNKNOWN Mecco 595 Updating the Firmware sisinsisivinisisisiis inier 546 Confirming the firmware version 546 Updating the Firmware sereen 546 Use another paper ccccceeecseeeeeeesneeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaas 587 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Using Favore wieteceecseseteedevants eee sash a eageeaertee 325 FAVOMMCS aerer hives ceteevetenee ovinecraieatencereece 325 Using Favorites Mac OS X 328 385 Using Favorites Windows s s 326 341 Printing using the favorite 327 342 Registering a favorite eeeeeeeeeeee 326 341 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals 374 Edit Using PosterArtist 0 0 0eceeeeeeeereeeeee 374 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals WWINGOWS J asiri aisses ES vane E S 375 Using Remote css teenaged eevee ie 407 Using the Output Stacker 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeees 140 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER 168 Utility Pane Mac OS X siiisiiaiisi rendini 397 Utility Sheet WiNdOWS ceeeeeeseeeteteeeeentee
200. Off Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source 2 Cut Sheet lamp Green e On Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source 18 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts f Feeder Selection Button Switches the paper source Each time you press this button the paper source switches between the roll and the sheet and the corresponding lamp on the Paper Source Section is lit g Display Screen Shows the printer menu as well as the printer status and messages h Color Labels These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors The labels correspond to the ink levels on the Display Screen i lt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level higher j A Button Offline mode Press this button to rewind the roll manually gt P 118 Menu mode Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value k W Button Offline mode Press this button to feed the roll manually in the direction of ejection as needed P 118 Menu mode Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value gt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level lower m OK Button In Menu mode press this button to confirm or execute the selected item or setting Press this button if the Display Screen indicates to do so n Information Button Displays printer submenus Press this key to display in
201. Output Tray Remove the foreign object obstructing the Cutter Unit You are not using the printer under the recommended Use the printer only where the recommended environmental conditions for the paper environmental conditions for the paper are met Note that various environmental conditions are recommended for various types of paper For details on the recommended environmental conditions for paper see Types of Paper P 96 You are using paper that is not compatible with Cut the roll manually automatic cutting P 122 The Cutter Unit stops in the middle of cutting Move the Carriage to the left remove the paper and return the Carriage to the right If the roll cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit cut the roll manually P 115 P 122 526 The Cutter Unit is not installed Install the Cutter Unit P 526 In other cases the Cutter Unit may be damaged Contact your Canon dealer for assistance End of paper feed You are pressing the A button on the Control Panel Release the A button and trying to rewind the roll to the edge Rel lever is in wrong position Corrective Action The Release Lever is pushed back Pull the Release Lever forward Error Message 583 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper Borderless printng not possible Check roll position The paper is loaded askew The paper loaded is not compatible with borderless printing Because pap
202. P 299 Enlarged reduced printing You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing P 196 P 202 P 208 Free Layout function Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other gt P 268 80 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure Sheet printing Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Insert the sheet between the Platen and the Paper Retainer e Enlarged reduced printing You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing P 196 P 202 P 208 e Free Layout function Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other gt P 268 Basic Printing Workflow 81 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure s Loading and Printing on Rolls These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls Follow the steps below to switch to a new roll or a roll of a different type or width before printing Q Note e Before printing banners or other long documents spread a clean cloth or paper on the floor Otherwise use the optional Output Stacker Otherwise long sheets that touch the floor after printing may become dirty e If you prefer to w
203. P Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 377 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN 378 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X For instructions on accessing the Mac OS X
204. PDF v_ Preview Cancel Print Setting tem escription A Media Source Choose how paper is supplied Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in A Media Type in the Main pane B Roll Paper Width Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer Unknown is displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width C Page Size Displays the size of the original as specified in the page settings of the application For details on page sizes available in the application see Paper Sizes P 101 D Enlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 196 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 202 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 208 E Fit Media Size Resizes the document image to match the paper size F Fit Roll F Fit Roll Paper Width Width Resizes the document image to match the roll width oe Scaling Resizes the document image based on a specified scaling value Enter a value in a range of 5 600 H Borderless Printing Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the A Media Source list Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width of the paper Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 232 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 239 Borderless Printing at Actual Siz
205. Paper i Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Borderless Printing Match Page Size x Aj O Landscape Roll Paper x 17 in Roll 431 8mm v N farina S Defaults Output Method Size Options _ OK Cancel J Apply Ll Help Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list Click Custom Size in the A Page Size list to display the Custom Size Settings dialog box Complete the following settings in the Custom Size Settings dialog box 1 Select mm or inch in Units 2 Enter 430 16 9 in in both Width and Height Click OK to close the Custom Size Settings dialog box Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 263 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing by using Custom Paper Size This section describes how to print using Custom Paper Size based on the following example First register a non standard paper size called 430 mm Square as a Custom Paper Size e Document Scanned image e Page size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in Load the square paper 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in in the printer Choose Print in the applica
206. Paper in the L Paper Source list 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 Enhanced Printing Options 203 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box O Note If the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the B Borderless Printing check box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A z Page Size a Borderless Printing Method DOF Media Size JE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 11 lal 8 50 in x 11 00 in ef Borderless Roll Width Borderless Printing 24 in Roll 609 6mm JE Orientation 24 00 in x 31 22 in m Aj Portrait i Aj O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper xj B Media Source Roll Paper I Rol Paper width 24 in Roll 609 6mm MC a Ss __ Defauts Output Method Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply Help 10 Click E Fit Roll Paper Width OQ Note After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width the Information dialog box is displayed Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list and click OK e Make sure the roll paper width you specify matches the width of the loaded roll 11 Confirm the pr
207. Paper size not CSIC CS Oct chess asec cans Peaaleade ces tnctstaraciceececensitindeten cettenncenceteeuteh tere muaacterbieatetans 579 Insufficient paper for job ccccccccccecceecececcceceeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeceeeeecceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeneess 579 This paper cannot De Used nnsrisriciniinaii aak aaan E a ARE AEE EASI e 579 Roll printing IS Selected sisri niarainn a aA EEE a inana N RAES aA SEEEN 580 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded nnossnnssnosseesenesseeeerrtnrrrrrrtrrerrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrene 580 TRE TONS OMP carii AE a AE EAA E EE 580 Cc ae E A ee ee ee EE E See 581 Sheet printing is selected sececens eaciasceloucecantedeovascsanacen Seen addcasaecamedanse oopanaeasobenganysears pacuiasaeiaaters 581 Regular printing is selected but a roll is loaded 22 eececeeeccnce eee eeeeeeeeceeneneeeeeeesseneneeeeeeeenes 581 Cannot feed paper ree iece chi seedetasateceatephsactensgittebaaataennsctctacteaeanianeeetpeeseetatncecGnteecetaniuptneasegeteeces 581 Faper 2 Renee ee ne eee nee eee eee ene ee ee ee ee eee ee E eee eee 582 PODS erelo cle IS SW E E a A 582 Cannot detect papr atcradpece tees ceca see leccas aateresinctecects yeah nas tan detensseuaaisecaeee actigteeteieci EEEn ensen eenen 582 Leading edge detection Orr ccececeecseeeeeeneceeeeeeeaeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaaeeetscaaeeeeeaaeeeeees 583 Cannot feed paper sictesisaracesisecicezatsincumetaacetncn acticin eas sinccectdu
208. Printer 2 ccccecscsececeeeeseeesceccceneneeseensesenstcenereeseeesenseceeees 403 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility ee 404 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel cceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeees 405 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 406 Using PSTN a itawisieccatenid dates ienaiputhe ce rasta odie nade seinatsadiwaawaineaselbddatletaieabantcabivebadraaGaataxssdtbeeastease 407 Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings ccccccccccccseercceesesensesserectereeneessseeeeenee 408 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings cc ccccceeseseeseseeeeseeeeeeeseeeneceeees 410 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SettingS ccccecsseccieeseeeeseseececeeeneneeseeneneeees 411 Specifying Printer Related Information ccccccceeeesccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeneneeeeeenaes 413 Configuring the Communication Mode Manually ccccccscssccenecceeseseesesseeeseeeeenenseeeereenes 414 Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeeees 415 Initializing the Network Settings ccccccceessceeeeeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaceeeeenaaaeeeeesaaeeeseseeeeeeeeaaeeeenaas 416 vipgentenis a from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Network Setting Windows ssc cricivictccceonnsecee nanaslesnusans
209. Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Information Description Instructions System Info Displays the version of the printer and firmware cE Boot Displays the version of the boot ROM Po MIT Displays the version of the MIT database format Ext I F Displays the name of interfaces compatible with the expansion slot Displays the printer s serial number Displays the MAC address HDDSpace Displays the space available on the printer s hard disk Enorcos nee Job Log Choose from Document Name es HDD HDDSpace Displays the space available on the printer s hard Information disk Printer Parts 63 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Job Mgmt Menu Job Queue Job List Choose a print Priority Print the job first after the current Ope job print job is finished P 449 Delete Delete the current job or queued jobs P 449 Com BOX Job List Choose a print Print Print jobs in the Common Box b me IDB Delete Delete Delete jobs in the Common Box in the Common Box Print Job List Pc Print a list of jobs in the Common Psnl BOX Folder List Enter a Job List Prit Print jobs in Personal Boxes if Ope passer one Delete jobs in Personal Boxes has been set Print Job Print a list of jobs in Personal List Boxes 64 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel ss Submenu Display Press the
210. Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Fit Roll Paper Width Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width as desired For instructions on resizing originals to match the roll paper width refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 203 e Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 205 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size 202 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Ty
211. Set Displayed if Chk Remain Roll is On If a barcode is not printed on rolls specify the roll length The roll length is displayed in meters or feet depending on the setting in Length Unit 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 The types of paper indicated in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel are updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you update paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh Printer Parts 51 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Paper Details Setting item Description Instructions The type of paper is Roll DryingTime Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet displayed here 1 Scan Wait Time Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing in consideration of how quickly the ink dries Note that printing will take longer if you specify a wait time Feed Priority Specify exact paper feeding if desired Normally select Automatic Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount However note that choosing Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning Adjust Length Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length Adjustment relative
212. Slide the Roll Holder into this guide slot Holder Stopper Secure the roll on the Roll Holder with this part Roll Holder Load the roll on this holder Accessory Pocket Holds printer manuals assembly tools and other items Expansion Board Slots Install an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board as desired Ethernet Port Connect an Ethernet cable to this port The lamp is lit if the Ethernet cable is connected correctly and communication is possible between the computer and printer USB Port Connect a USB cable to this port Compatible with USB 2 0 High Speed mode Paper Feed Slot When loading a roll insert the edge of the roll here Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts u Top Cover Inside a Top Cover Roller Prevents paper from rising when ejected b Paper Alignment Line Align paper with this line when loading it c Carriage Moves the Printhead The carriage serves a key role in printing P 16 d Carriage Shaft The Carriage slides along this shaft e Paper Retainer Important in supplying the paper This retainer holds paper as it is fed f Platen The Printhead moves across the platen to print The Vacuum holes on the platen hold paper in place g Borderless Printing Ink Grooves These grooves catch ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing h Cleaning Brush When cleaning inside of the Top Cover use this brush to sweep away pa
213. Status Monitor Windows Remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor as follows 1 2 3 From the Windows start menu select Programs gt imagePROGRAF Status Monitor gt Uninstaller imagePROGRAF Status Monitor to start the wizard In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Windows Remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility as follows 1 2 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From the Windows start menu select Programs gt imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility gt Uninstaller imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to start the wizard In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next 568 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals HP GL 2 problems HP GL 2 problems With HP GL 2 printing is misaligned Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was printed Corrective Action The memory is full Check the size of the data in the print job An HP GL 2 command not supported by this printer Check the print job and settings was received The printer has received print data that includes HP Set Auto Rotate to Off before attempting to print RTL commands when Auto Rotate is On Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 Printing The Line Width setting in the main menu is incorrect Con
214. Submenu operations P 32 Main menu operations when no print job is in progress Access the main menu by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel O Note The main menu will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed Switches to Menu mode after the problem is solved The following operations are available from the main menu Paper settings e Print settings e Printer settings e HP GL 2 settings For a description of specific items available in the main menu see Main Menu Settings P 50 For instructions on selecting and setting main menu items see Main Menu Operations P 33 Q Note By default main menu settings apply to all print jobs However for settings that are also available in the printer driver the values specified in the printer driver take priority Main menu operations during printing Selecting Menu Durng Prtng on the Menu Selection screen displayed by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel during printing will display only the menu options you can execute during printing specifically Head Cleaning Fine Band Adj and Information Q Note e The Menu Selection screen will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed Switches to Menu mode after the problem is solved The following operations are available from the main menu during printing
215. Support Pane Mac OS X P 399 You can view support information and the user s manual With the imagePROGRAF Free Layout feature you can arrange originals from various source applications on a single page before printing For details see Free Layout With the imagePROGRAF Preview feature you can check the layout before printing and adjust layout or size settings while viewing a preview screen For details see Preview With the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy feature you can automatically enlarge and print scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Mac OS X Software 379 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver s Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes zs B Format for _ iPFxxxx Bg Canon iPFxxxx B Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 By 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation iy fa E Scale 100 E Cancel 0K Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh amp NY Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard E3 Main A H 8
216. Switching the printer online offline ee 29 Switching to Menu mode ce eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeees 30 T The back side of the paper is dirty eeeeee 560 The contrast becomes uneven during printing 562 The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not KOOTUD S aneeeiated 555 The Display Screen indicates the system is filling WIA INK season aannaaien epsenndvnaces 555 The edges of the paper are dirty eee 559 The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed COMO Cty sisssecccithetves irinin 567 The length of printed images is inaccurate 563 The printer consumes a lot Of ink ceeeeeeeeees 572 The printer does not GO ON eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeees 571 The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs ar Seieren nna eiiiai ana aiaa 555 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper 556 The printer stops during a print job eee 556 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops Moving 556 570 The roll iS CMPty serececrenenicnninunssiuns 580 The surface of the paper is dirty cceeeeeeee 560 Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing MOE sssri dni tiedvveest sans 564 This paper cannot be used 579 This type of paper is not compatible with PSG EE ta estan ate ET sateen 593 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 0 268 Top Cover Inside eeceecccceescseeeeeesteeeeeesntteeeeeees 15 TOP cover iS
217. The printer will not go online in the following situations Take action as needed The Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover The Ink Tank Cover is open Close the Ink Tank Cover The Printhead is not installed Install the Printhead For the instruction see Replacing the Printhead gt P 518 Ink Tank is not installed Install the Ink Tanks For the instruction see Replacing Ink Tanks P 508 If ERROR is shown on the Display Screen Turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer The Online lamp and Message lamp are not lit even once and nothing appears on the Display Screen Make sure the printer is plugged in correctly Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet No paper is loaded Load paper P 82 P 86 O Important e Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may cause the computer to start up at the same time To prevent this disconnect the USB cable before starting the printer Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue 22 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Turning the printer off O Important e Never turn the printer off or unplug it during a print job This could damage the printer 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress If the Message lamp is flashing check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 576
218. This guide includes information for paper sold in North or South America Some paper in the guide may not be available locally depending on your location gt Printer Operations For instructions on loading or cutting paper or other printer operations refer to the User Manual gt Updating the Paper Reference Guide The Paper Reference Guide is automatically updated when you update the Media Configuration Tool To download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool access the imagePROGRAF website from imagePROGRAF Support Information gt Genuine Canon Paper The media types with marked in the product name are those specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media gt Handling the Media e Handle all media carefully being careful not to rub or damage it We recommend wearing gloves when handling media e Handle media so as to keep the print surface free of sweat and grease from hands This may affect the printing quality After printing allow ink to dry before handling After printing handle prints carefully and avoid touching the print surface Due to their nature pigment inks may flake off if rubbed or scratched Panar mav ctratnh ne chrink from channmas in hiwnidite ar anther annironmantal fantore A flare amnla tima faor tha nanar ta adinct ta the amiernonmant hafara nea 1 My Computer R 100 H
219. Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Responding to Messages Error Message Responding to Messages Responding to Messages Error messages Check the message and take the appropriate action P 576 Other Messages These messages do not prevent printer operation Check the information on the Display Screen and take action as necessary Messages requiring special attention are as follows Q Note e Messages are also displayed in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Canon iP Pox Paper jam Follow instructions in printer manual to remove paper jam Ink Levels oO M M MBK MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space 80 Job Information Owner Document Name Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray Empty Roll 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper Q 80 0 m 2624 ft 8 in Error Message 575 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Responding to Messages Error Messages Error messages Check the message and take the appropriate action Borderless printng not possible P 584 Cannot adjust band P 587 Cannot adjust printhead P 587 Cannot cut this paper P 583 Cannot detect papr P 582 Cannot feed paper P 581 Cannot feed paper P 583 Cannot print as specified P 587 Carriage Cover is open P 595 End of paper feed P 583 ERROR Ex
220. View settings dialog box Printer iPFxxxx xs Presets Standard B Main E B Easy Settings re IE Print Target E Default Settings Printer Driver on the Main pane to display Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document b Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image 4 POP 7 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EC View set B Printer PDFv Preview Cancel Print Checking a print preview You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed Confirming the image of print jobs beforehand helps prevent printing errors For details on print previews see Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 311 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Mac OS X Software 383 Printer Driver ss Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Printer _XXX XXX XXX XXX B Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages iz Copies m Collated Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 Preview CD ave as PDF Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF OGRA ee la Canon imagePROGRAF Preview e PU Omp Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to
221. Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed 00e Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp o A s c O B a Ni ibd o Print Enlarge Reduce Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help SERALAR o Bia SOREL ARES 182 8 ie EA POI e Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper 2 g Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings rs Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm g g Automatic Cutting Printer Default E A Copies 1 x copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print Update Printer Info rt eee Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information M4 TO vA 4 Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu Q Note For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions refer to Preview 384 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Using Favorites Mac OS X You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite based printing Q Note e In the printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a standard feature o
222. X XXX 7 Complete and valid address Queue D Location No Selection Print Using id More Printers Add 7 Make sure the printer has been added and then close the Printer List window 808 Printer List 5S Ona 2 G Add Status Kind J XXX XXX XXX XXX Canon iPFxxxx Important e If imagePROGRAF Generic is indicated in Kind the printer information is not properly acquired Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network P 565 Network Setting 437 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh In Mac OS X 10 2 8 and later use Bonjour functions to easily connect the printer to the network Follow the steps below to configure the destination if you use the printer on TCP IP network Important e Bonjour and IP Print Auto do not support printing to a printer on other network groups that require a router for connection Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network For information about network settings ask your network administrator By default Bonjour is activated on the printer The printer name as displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X is predefined as the Multicast DNS Service Name You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using RemoteUl For instructions on changing it see Using RemoteUl P 407 Choo
223. XX XXXX XXXXKX Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XXKX ao eee eee Box 1 or gt Device Selection 5 Support Links 2 Click Edit Remote I NEE Stored Job End User Mode Select Document Name Jw Job Manager Job Manager g 5 x samples jpg O E samples jpg Print Log B O j sample3j ga O sample2jpg Support Links O _ samptet jpg 456 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX XX Edit To Inbox Page XXXX XX XX XX XX XX XXXX KX XX XK XX XX XXXX KX XX KXKXKK XXXX KX XX XXXXKX Hard Disk 3 In the Set Register User s Inbox dialog box enter the personal box name in Inbox Name and click OK l Remote Ul f gt am English language End User Mode Set Register User s Inbox Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxxx xx eiia alc Inbox No 01 Sos Print Job Y Set Password anes Password esse Fixed to 4 digits gt Device Selection Confirmation Number eeee Fixed to 4 digits Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUl help Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a listed personal box to identify and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help A Printer Status TEAS Information ib Maintenance B Support Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 9 Hard disk Information Status Free Space
224. XXXXX XX XX KXXXKX Support Links gt XXXX XX XX KX KX XX For details refer to the RemoteUl help Hard Disk 485 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help 2 Printer Status B sa reais ILD Information h Maintenance R Support Mail Boxes Inbox name Common Box r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No M Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Ca 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job in the list and click Delete Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Media Size RERRRRK Plain Paper sampled jpg KAKKRNK Plain Paper sample3 ipg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample2 jpg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample1 ipg RRRRRKK Plain Paper Print Move Properties st For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file 486 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs e008 XXX XXX XXX XXX Printer Ready i Ready Driver HardDisk Utility Support
225. a ee o OOO prse es o 42 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel seston fo Ooo O w C ee oo pee a C Oooo fem o e Oooo pe Treze forne O eee oo a a a a a e a CC a a e rain a a a rt Se a a Printer Parts 43 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel ey ee e eo Date Format Date amp Time Date o yyyy mmi dd 8 English SC RF Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 Reset PaprSetngs No Yes Erase HDD Data Secure gh Soa No Language 44 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Coo To S s f O fOutputmethod Print pT Print autoDety po ee O Swenden fons Cd O o l A e e Sae Shared Box ot f C e e E e Test Print Status Print no a ee ee ee E Media Details no Cd Oooo ST M S S O O Printyobtog fno ooo o Coo oa o e l i O Menumap fno o o Oooo T M e O Nemechek fno o Cd Oooo ST M S S O Information Systeminfo o Errorog atime Job Log Choose from Document Name information about the latest three print jobs a Ooo o pee S a a a a a a oo o pe S a a a a e 1 Available only if a roll is loaded 2 Available only if Chk Remain Roll is On Printer Parts 45 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel 3 4 t5 6 T 8 Q Available only if Feed Priority is Print Length Avai
226. a before printing This option is available in combination with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed f Note e The option in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X cannot be specified during HP GL 2 printing The option in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X is Print 442 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Storage destination The storage area on the printer s hard disk is divided into a temporary storage area and a permanent storage area Print jobs in the job queue or Common Box are saved in the temporary storage area Jobs in Personal Boxes are saved in the permanent storage area lt Permanent storage area gt Personal mail boxes 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 lt Temporary storage area gt Common mail box Job queue 00 e Job queue Print jobs in progress 1 are temporarily saved in the job queue a storage space where jobs are saved in the order they will be printed Up to ten jobs can be stored in the queue Subsequent jobs are treated as standby jobs to be processed when possible 1 Jobs that are being saved received processed printed or deleted or jobs that have been interrupted or are waiting to print Common Box If you have selected Print in Output Method in Windows or Send j
227. able for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FFL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauits j 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing if V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling f E J Papersize Match Page Size JH Orientation Aj Portrait E AJ O Landscape nA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm m N Car S _Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list select the size of the original as specified in the application 7 In the L Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 192 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper for Printing 8 If you have selected Roll Paper in L Paper Source select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll Paper Width Q Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing c
228. ackground images to documents that require special handling Watermark Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document O Important e Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout The following watermarks are provided e CONFIDENTIAL COPY e DRAFT e FILE COPY e FINAL e PRELIMINARY PROOF e TOP SECRET You can also create your own watermarks Specify the following options to customize your watermark e Watermark string Specify the font size color and so on Surround the watermark with a frame if desired e Watermark position Specify the position on the page the angle and so on e Watermark printing method Specify whether to print the watermark superimposed or under the document image You can also print the watermark only on the first page if desired Q Note e Watermarks are supported in Windows e In addition to the provided watermarks you can create up to 50 original watermarks in Windows For detailed instructions on printing with watermarks refer to the following topics e Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows P 317 316 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows This topic describes how to print office documents with a watermark in this case FILE COPY based on the following example Document CAD drawing e Page size
229. aded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Pao Layout By 2 2Penes Sheet Gl se DA watermark JE conripentiat v a Edit Watermark E E JH s5 O Rotate 180 degrees P E me No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 1 1 999 Reverse Order Page Options Special Settings Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply at Help 11 Select the A Page Layout check box 12 Click 4 Pages Sheet in the B Page Layout list Note e You can select the layout order for placing four pages on a sheet and a frame border in the Page Layout Printing dialog box by clicking C Set 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 281 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A3 297
230. aes 34 Executing menu COMMANAS eeeeeeeeeeetees 36 Specifying menu iteMS cceeeeeeeeteeesteeeeeees 35 Specifying numerical values 36 Main Menu SettingS ccccccccecseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeee 50 AQJUSt PINIO ssas 57 GE2 SENGS yet vasestextsateetaateadeeceasetiegdeeteandtteenees 55 ITO MMA ON essa 61 Interface Setup ierisinde a 58 Job Managameni ssas 54 NWaAINtTCNAN CC assassin 59 Paper Detallarni iin Minne 52 Paper M NU tints seisteiatierchi esis ae 51 Systemi SetU nnie a 59 Main Menu Settings During Printing 00 62 INTOMMALNON ninica aaa 63 Job MOME MENU scinni inaa 64 Main Pane Mac OS X ceceeeeeseteeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 387 Configuration using Advanced Settings 388 Configuration using Easy Settings 387 Main Sheet Windows c cccseeeeeereeeeteeeeeeees 347 Configuration using Advanced Settings 348 Configuration using Easy Settings 347 Maintenance ccccceeeceeceeeceeceeeeeeeeceeeeseseeeeeeeeeeees 507 Maintenance Cartridge 0 ccccceceeeeeeeeesteeeeeneees 528 Maintenance cartridge full eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 590 Maintenance cartridge problem cceeeee 590 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper OMne Nntatlonerrv sched haste itera keira wt 319 MITO Sa E 319 OrientatlO Msie iaaa 319 Rotate 180 degrees 319 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X esisssssss iuss
231. ageRUNNER Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER refer to the following topic e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 168 e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X gt P 170 u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned origin
232. ails 0 Note e You can also save the favorite settings as files Using these files is a convenient way to print under the same conditions on another computer In Windows For instructions on using favorites to print refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Using Favorites Windows P 326 e Using Favorites Mac OS X P 328 Enhanced Printing Options 325 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Using Favorites Windows This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favorite Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box gt P 343 3 Complete the print settings 4 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details e B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graph
233. aintenance Troubleshooting Error Message Appendix Canceling Print Jobs fom the Control Panel Canceling Print Jobs fom Windows Canceling Print Jobs fom Mac OSX Access to the HTML for printing internet The topics in Basic Printing Workflow are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing gt iP Foo User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DAR ie File Edit View Favorites Tools Help d ee Erro User Manual Contents Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Canceling print jobs Working With Various Print Jobs iPF xxxx 1 Basic Printing Workflow Instruction Manual Display selected zoup Apply Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Error Message Appendix tA 1 1 Printing procedure Printi tions Using Rolls and Sheets Loading and Printing on Rolls Loading and Printing on Sheets in the P Printing from Mac OSX Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows Feed Slot Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel Canceling Print Jobs from Windows Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of
234. ait for the ink to dry after printing and simply eject the document you can deactivate automatic cutting and cut the paper manually P 122 1 Turn the printer on P 22 82 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure 4 Load the roll in the Roll Holder Slot gt P 109 6 Select the paper type P 105 Basic Printing Workflow 83 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure 8 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 192 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 194 Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type lain Paper J Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 8 50 in x11 00 in a Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Color Settings Unidirectional Printing Ye i Sharpen Text a Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About Defautts OK Cancel lI Apply iat Help O Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do
235. alog box and then display the printer driver 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Pox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Mecia Type EEES z dialog box gt P 343 Get Information la Advanced Settings J I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About Defaults 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type Help E Advanced Settings B Get Information Dy Advanced Settings E Print Priority E Print Quality x Line Drawing T ext Draft 300dpi S Color Mode Color v a5 coe Seas Letter 8 5 x11 J 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts Ss it Status Monitor _ About Defau
236. als Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size O Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Mecia type EN v Get Information La Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Pint CZES Draft zo Dffice Document a nati Poster Photos ERS Poster Text Ilustrations QEA CAD Line Drawing 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Mi Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IAAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N 5 Status Monitor About __Detauts
237. als from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 345 168 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER 2 Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance tinthead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel JI Apply Help 3 Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility 4 Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility Completing the scanning settings on the Color imag
238. alsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox E Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation To fe IE scale 100 i E Cancel Cok 14 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the H Borderless Printing check box This ensures that F Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in D Enlarged Reduced Printing 16 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 245 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular type
239. alues in C Between Pages and D Between Scans in B Drying Time and then click OK P 351 Media Detailed Settings Media Type A Media Type a Drying Time Plain Paper Between Pages Printer Default Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade D Between Scans All Plain Paper_Conserve MBK Printer Default Coated Paper Recycled Coated Paper 4 Roll Paper Margin for Safety Coated Peper Near End Margin Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Pape Printer Defauk Premium Matte Paper Colored Coated Paper IE cut Speed Photo Paper Proofing Paper Printer Default Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Pape a en Heavywaht SemiGlos Photo Pap Pl id Satin Photographic Paper 190gs Proofing Paper gt Mirror OK Cancel Defaults 120 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Mac OS X 1 Choose Print in the application menu Handling rolls 2 Select the Main pane and click C Settings in A Media Type Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main B L n Type Plain Paper By Cet information aC D Easy Settings B Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size E Print Target Draft Office Document Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image 4 POP M Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F
240. an check an image of the original just as it will be printed When you activate this feature imagePROGRAF Preview or PageComposer is started before printing Confirming how documents will be printed this way helps prevent printing errors For details on print previews see Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 311 338 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Avec type Get Information ic Advanced Settings Acti CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 F Poster Photos pao in x 11 00 in Poster Text Illustrations 4 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mo A About 4 Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box 5 After you click OK when you print a job the imagePROGRAF Preview window will be
241. anced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target J Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About S J Help Defaults 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences n Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Cc Letter 8 5 x11 Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing G 4 Paper Size fA Orientation m a Portrait a5 Borderless Printing v Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 inx11 00in Match Page Size e AJ O Landscape ta 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Fan a Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm IN C Ranao Opos S L ox cance Amy J Helo __ Gutput Method Size Options _ Defaults 7 Inthe A Page Size list cli
242. and press the Enter key 2 Enter the name of the new print server the new printer and the queue Q Note e The print server name will be required when configuring the printer s protocol settings Write down the print server name for future reference 4 Specify the printer type 1 To use the printer in queue server mode choose Other Unknown in Type To use remote printer mode set Printer Type to Parallel and Position to Manual Load 2 Press the Esc key 3 After the confirmation message is displayed choose Yes and press the Enter key 5 Set a password 1 In Available Options select Print Servers and press the Enter key 2 Select the print server created in step 2 and press the Enter key 3 Select Password and press the Enter key to display the password input dialog box 4 Enter the password and press the Enter key 6 Press the Esc key several times to display the dialog box for confirming that PCONSOLE is finished 7 Click Yes to exit PCONSOLE 426 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Specifying NetWare Protocols Follow the steps below to configure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI Q Note e For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUIl P 407 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Examp
243. andard iz 1 _ iz images size lAlmedia Type Plain Paper my BC Get Information Bi Set D Easy Settings E E Print Target z Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fr View set S Printer G M PDFw Preview Cancel Print 9 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 10 Click C Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box Media Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper Bovina Time Geetween Pages Printer Default wy Disetween Scans Printer Default E JE Roll Paper Margin for Safety _ IF near End Margin Printer Default iz Ecu Speed Printer Default B Automatic Cutting Printer Default ix mra C Mirror Reven Ccc E 11 To enable automatic cutting click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline O Important e If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer change the auto cut setting on the printer Control Panel 12 Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box 13 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 38
244. andling Paper 97 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper e Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock The online support window is displayed 2 Select Paper Reference Guide imagePROGRAF Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage User s Manual SB View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide ew information about paper that can be used with the printer et the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide udes information on newly added paper The Paper Reference Guide is displayed This paper reference guide describes the types of media printable with Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Before using the printer and media read through this guide the instruction manual supplied with the media and the printer s User Manual for use in optimal conditions This guide includes information for paper sold in North or South America Some paper in the guide may not be available locally depending on your location For instructions on loading or cutting paper or other printer operations refer to the User Manual The Paper Reference Guide is automatically updated when you update the Media Configuration Tool To download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool access the imagePROGRAF website from imagePROGRAF Support Information The media types with marked in th
245. ane Choosing Paper for Printing Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup ke A Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 7100 GS O Scaling 100 3 5 600 PEI Gash H C Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size By gt af C Print Centered K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom sH Ms C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 9 In the A Media Source list select how paper is supplied 10 If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Media Source make sure the size as selected in Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed OQ Note in B Roll Paper Width If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B 2 D images Size MlMedia Type Plain Paper iz BO Get Information a Set D Easy Settings ER E Print Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP X Suitable for prin
246. aning and then press the OK button Head Cleaning A Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink It takes about three minutes to complete Head Cleaning B Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem It takes about four minutes to complete The printhead is cleaned and the printer goes online 4 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles P 516 Q Note e If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A try Head Cleaning B If this does not solve the problem repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times If this still does not improve printing the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life Contact your Canon dealer saion Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning Maintenance 517 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads Replacing the Printhead When to replace the Printhead Replace the Printhead in the following situations e Ifthe printing quality does not improve even after two cycles of Head Cleaning B from the printer menu e If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the printhead e If your Canon dealer has advised you to replace the Printhead Compatible Printhead For information on the compatible Printhead see Printhead P 5
247. anntnaaistecdsatstsioeaiudasthigaleaembeauacbiyantouecans 583 Cannot cut this paper sz cctssinatanceadaccvesncdncnsdganaduardecnasictesnentecnanisecuedaneuldeckuaadueteaamtbeeetuassteceaandactmes 583 ENO Aer iello E A 583 Rel lever is in wrong position 0 0 2 cceeeeecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaeeesseaaeeeseaaeeeeees 583 Borderless printng not possible 0 cceeesteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeesaaaeeeseeeeaeeeeesaaaeseeneeeees 584 Messages regarding MAK vecssces oct eecenccwsssteeecncencanedhonnnidaniibendaddeontdoemuedeoedseccen 585 MK INSU GIG Ceieteere ce cute cee eecateee nner onteudens teeta us tevaneud moenderandeswubeuetencatens ndedei wiv esuaveed ween setwudesvusvenenys 585 a eee ee en es eS a Pen arene ee ee eee eee Per ee eee e eer ee 585 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected ccccsesserceesssscreessssneessosseneeess 586 K Level CNECK ar eer ne ee ae Oa ere ee ee eam ene ee ee eee ee 586 No ink tank OIG eiin nioena a oe a a aE aaae 586 Ink tank ertor qs cceatcceccnecenstexssntenntccis dadraecatueecuesecdennecunducandeeuacituun ad EAR EEEE 586 Messages regarding printing or adjusment eeeeeeeseeeseeeseerseerseereerrrerrreeet 587 Use nother PAS assisia a iE aa aias Ea Eaa E aaaea a E 587 Cannot print as specified 2 2 ee cee cee ce cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaseeeeseeeseaeaaaeaeeaeeeaeeeeeeeaeees 587 Ca n tadjust band isa aa
248. anuals Hard Disk u Setting Passwords for Personal Boxes By default no passwords are set for personal boxes For greater security you can set passwords for each personal box After you set a password it will be required to modify the personal box settings as well as to display print delete move and modify jobs saved in the personal box Personal mail box Modify settings yy Print jobs in the personal mail box Display Print Delete Move Enter the password Modify settings Q Note e A password cannot be set for the common box Enter a four digit number as the password in the range 0001 9999 e Even if you have set passwords they are not required to access personal boxes in Administrator Mode in RemoteUl You can set a password for a personal box as follows e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 452 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page select the personal box for a password 2 Click Edit g Remote UI FF pron BSNS Stored Job End User Mode x gt Select Document Name samples pg ee E samples jpg Print Log O j sample3 jpg gt Device Selection B sample2jpg Support Links O _ samptet jpg 3 In the Set Register User s Inbox dialog box specify the password and click OK e Set Password Select the ch
249. anuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Large Posters Windows You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer This topic describes how to enlarge an A2 original for printing it in sections on four sheets based on the following example Document Poster e Page size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in e Paper Sheets Cut Sheet e Paper Type Glossy Paper e Paper size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type EEES v Get Information la Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft 44 8 Office Document Peters eat 14 001 Poster Photos 2 meee Poster Text Illustrations e c z CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About L Defauts 4 Inthe A
250. aper Orientation Mac OS X This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the following example e Document An original in landscape orientation e Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx a Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation 1 ta IE scale 100 E Cancel E 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 in D Orientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 5 Click F OK to close the dialog box 6 Choose Print in the application menu T Access the Main pane Printer _ IPFxxxx RA Presets Standard Bi Main B E E images Size _Wiedia Type Plain Paper ey z BC Get information EJ B Set D Easy Settings Fs orem E Print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Lee Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text f photographs and graphics F View set
251. aper over slightly to the left or right up to 1 mm 0 039 in while keeping it parallel to the Paper Alignment Line 4 Lower the Release Lever toward the front and close the Top Cover The printer now starts feeding the paper After the paper is advanced the printer automatically goes online and starts printing If no print job has been received from the computer beforehand the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen In this case select the type of paper P 132 Handling Paper 135 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Manually Loading Paper to the Position for Printing You will need to advance the paper manually to the starting position for printing after selecting the type of paper in the Control Panel menu when rolls or sheets are loaded in the following cases which require a different paper feeding method than usual e Rolls If you select a type of paper for which Width Detection is Off when Chk Remain Roll is also Off e Sheets If you select a type of paper for which Width Detection is Off In these cases printing starts from the position at which the paper has been loaded so you must load the paper as far into the Paper Feed Slot as possible Manually advance paper as follows 1 When Width Detection OFF OK to continue is shown on the Display Screen press A or V to select Leave OFF and then press the OK button If you select Width Detecti
252. ard Adj and Advanced Adj Advanced Adj offers a wider range of adjustment than Standard Adj If using Standard Adj does not eliminate streaks or if streaks are quite noticeable try Advanced Adj Follow the steps below for standard automatic adjustment of the feed amount When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported you must adjust the feed amount manually For instructions on manual adjustment see Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually P 501 OQ Note e To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount P 504 e This may take some time depending on the type of paper Important e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing e To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing you must first set Feed Priority to Band Joint Note that if you select Automatic the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Office Document P 180 Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Sto Loadieject see ORE 2 Press A or YW to select Paper Details and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of paper and then
253. ard disk space by pressing the Information button three times H System Info X X Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n XXXXXXXXXX HDDSpace xx xGB IPS XXX XXX XXX XXX Using RemoteUl To view the box list select Stored Job in Job Management On the Stored Job page the free hard disk space is shown in the upper right corner when boxes are listed i Remote Ul f gt ame English language End User Mode Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx Inbox List Inbox No Inbox Neme Document Count o Common mail box 6 oaee 801 Box1 5 Print Job Stored Job 02 Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 04 Box 4 0 Support Links qos Box 5 0 For details refer to the RemoteUl help 488 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor The Hard Disk sheet shows the free hard disk space mHard Disk Sheet in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Canon iP Poox Option Help Pinter Status E Job G Hard Disk Information fA Maintenance E Support Mail Boxes Inbox name Common Box m Hard disk Information Status Usable Free Space xx x GBI For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor The Hard Disk pane shows the free hard disk space mHard Disk Pane in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Kek XXX XXX XXX XXX Dy Printer Ready a Driver Hard Disk Uti
254. ased on the type of paper E Print Priority Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 F Print Quality Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 G Color Mode Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 Depending on the Media Type setting some Color Mode options may not be available H Color Settings Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 348 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Setting item escription O I Thicken Fine Lines Activate this option to print fine lines more distinctly J Unidirectional Printing Although unidirectional printing is slower it can help prevent misaligned lines and ensure better results K Sharpen Text Activate this option to print text more sharply T Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on screen previews of document
255. at full SiZ 2 eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneees 218 Printing at Full Size Mac OS X 222 Printing at Full Size Windows 220 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 253 Printing CAD DrawingS ccceeeeseeteseeeeeeneeeees 151 Printing does not Start sessssorsssdasssa 555 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER 0 ccccccceeessteeeeeeees 168 214 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 65 170 216 Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 171 217 Registering a hot folder on your computer 170 216 Scanning the original and print an enlargement ou eeecececeessceeeeeseceeeeesseeeeees 171 217 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 6 168 214 Completing the scanning settings on the Color image RUNNER cceeeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeees 169 215 Registering a hot folder on your COMPUTED insae E 168 214 Scanning the original and print an enlargement Arians tannsa ninini oanien 169 215 Printing enlargements or reductions 196 Printing from Mac OS X sessus isaisa iaieiiea iaas 90 Printing from the application software 91 Registering the printer cccceeeeeseeeeeteeeneees 90 Printing from WiInNdOWS iseseisana niiina 89 Printing IS faint csias neniani 557 602 Index Do
256. atabeanvauandoraveeceenaveatenuesl Uecvenualaniens 191 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows ccccceceeseececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeees 192 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X sssssessssnnesosrrneerrsnnrsrnnrssrrrrnorrrnnnrrnnnnesrne 194 Printing enlargements or reductions edge cocexesats5c secectadboeexnesteverecctoreetenciaumiieee 196 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size sccicsccccccsicenccdeczeedccnscsccesnetsscdeecnndacsecterdventenscantananane 196 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows sssssssssssseesssnrrsssrrnneernnrnsrnrressrrrnnee 197 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X ssssssesssseesssnrrsssrrrneerrnresrreressrrrnnne 199 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width 00 0 0 eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeaaaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeee 202 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 203 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X eeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeas 205 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling ValUC ccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeeee 208 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value WiNdOWS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeetenneeeeees 209 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeteeeeeee 211 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals fr
257. atch Page Size HMJ f D a ni Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom m go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i EL iz images size Almedia Type Plain Paper i ena B Get Information es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 223 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size 12 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Oversize A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 1 I orientation UE U IE scale 100 Cancel
258. ating images with smooth gradations and colors closer system to those as displayed on the screen Colorimetric Color matching with adjustment to remove color from white area Colors in data are reproduced accurately Colorimetric No Color matching without white adjustment to Wht pnt Corr reflect the profile of original data Colors in data are reproduced accurately Without white adjustment colors are added to white areas Color matching optimized for graphics This option emphasizes color saturation Q Note Be sure to calibrate your monitor colors correctly if you adjust the colors for printing If monitor colors are not calibrated correctly you may not obtain the desired printing results For instructions on monitor calibration refer to the documentation for your monitor and operating system For instructions on color adjustment refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows P 174 e Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X P 177 Enhanced Printing Options 173 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune the color tone of photos before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the di
259. atures Color Yes Paper available Double sided No Letter 8 5 x11 Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution xxxx dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page OK Cancel Apply e Device Settings Sheet Windows P 370 You can display settings for optional equipment installed on the printer and see the printer driver version imagePROGRAF Free Layout is a feature for freely arranging originals from various source applications on a single page as desired before printing For details see Free Layout Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 334 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver i Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver O Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Me
260. atus Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Using RemoteUl Mac OS 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box Remote UI English language End User Mode FF recs Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx o Common ax 6 Ere 280 Box 5 as a Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 4 Box4 0 Support Links 05 Box 5 0 Note Enter a password if one has been set Remote UI English language End User Mode gt Device Manager v Job Manager Print Job FF eras Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx200xx ton team corte cen Ae Inbox No ol Inbox Name Box 1 L pira to 4 digits Password Lo Print Log gt Device Selection IE Support Links 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Details Remote UI English language End User Mode v Job Manager Print Job g gt Device Selection Support Links Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Stored Job Last Updated XXXX XX XX XXXX KX Edit To Inbox List Page Feet Re XXXX XX XX XK XX XX XXXX XX XX XX XX XX XXXX KX XX XK XX XX Hard Disk Hard Disk 475 Hard Disk The Details of the saved document page is displayed Remote Ul English language End User Mode Details of the saved document Last Updated xxxx xw xx xx xx xx Document Name
261. awing CAD Fast zy CAD Monochrome Line Drawing L Details CAD High Accuracy P i sai Photo from digital camera Sores ettings Poster Notice Announcement Print Priority Image 3D GIS Map Print Quality Standard Scanned Image Color Mode Color Highest Quality Color Adjustment Brightness 0 Contrast 0 Saturation 0 Object Adjustment All Matching Mode Driver Matching Made Matching Method Perceptual Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On OK Cancel Help A Note e To display the View Settings dialog box on the Main sheet click View Settings by Print Target P 347 Setting item Description O A Print Target Shows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon C Details Here you can confirm detailed settings values for each listed item for the selected Print Target 352 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching X ABCDEF 1234567 IA Sample Type Standard IBO view Color Patter IEO Appl to Sample D Contrast High High High Warm Black w I Light Qa High i Saturation j High Object Ad
262. ay Screen Here the remaining ink level is indicated gt P 513 Control Panel e Online lamp Lit when the printer is online e Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received or processed e Message lamp Lit when warning messages are displayed 26 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Offline and state of the Control Panel Offline Not printing Printing is paused Offline Pause Glossy Photo Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll ISO A2 Roll Display Screen e Top Level of the Display Screen The printer status is displayed here The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper right corner Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2 4 Take action as needed P 576 e Middle Level of the Display Screen The first and second lines display the paper type and size Bottom Level of the Display Screen Here the remaining ink level is indicated P 513 Control Panel Message lamp Lit when warning messages are displayed Error Messages If action can be taken If no action can be taken HH Ink tank is empty H Paper loaded H Hardware error PRERROR Exo Press OK and askew XXXXXXXX XXXX replace ink tank Press Load Eject Ti ff print and reload the um On prInten paper wait then turn on again Call for service Top and Middle Levels Top and Middle Levels Top and Middle Levels Display Screen of the Display Screen of t
263. ayout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling G 4 Paper Size JE Diientation Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Match Page Size 00 Letter 3 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in i aj Portrait E AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Roll Paper T 8 9 10 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Defauts 1 Rol Paper width __Dutput Method Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply J Help In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B A 2 Pages Sheet Le JE conribentia v JE Edit watermark Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in 14 1 999 Reverse Order _ Page Options _ Special Se
264. ber In the following situations turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power If the message is still displayed write down the error code and message turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer for assistance e ERROR is displayed followed by the error code and Call for service HRERROR Exnc00x Call for service Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number In the following situations turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power However keep the printer off and remove the roll if the last portion of roll paper was used during a print job and paper could not be advanced because the trailing edge is taped to the roll If tape and the Belt Stopper have not been removed from inside the Top Cover turn off the printer open the Top Cover and remove the tape and Belt Stopper before restoring power If the message is still displayed write down the error code and message turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer for assistance The error message is displayed with the following instructions Turn off printer wait then turn on again H Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX Turn off printer wait then turn on again 594 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other Messages Top cover is open Corrective Action The printer has detected that the Top Cover is open Open the Top Cover fu
265. button Q Note e For details on types of paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 By factory default Plain Paper is selected If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to the previously selected paper e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality If you select a type of paper for which width detection is Off when detection of the remaining roll paper is also Off you will need to advance the paper manually to the starting position for printing P 136 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Handling Paper 105 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Specifying the Paper Length Roll When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the length as follows Q Note e When you specify the roll length in the printer menu Chk Remain Roll must be set to On If it is Off the Roll Length Set menu is not shown After you specify the roll type the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the roll length on the Display Screen if no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper Select the roll length and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stop LoadiEject 1886 Pre
266. cation mode with the hub Although the printer normally detects the hub communication mode and transmission rate automatically in auto negotiation mode sometimes the hub settings cannot be detected In this case configure the connection method manually specifying the communication mode in use P 414 Cannot print over a TCP IP network The printer s IP address is not configured correctly Make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly P 378 The printer s TCP IP network settings are not Make sure the printer s TCP IP network settings are configured correctly configured correctly The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s TCP IP network settings configured correctly are configured correctly P 417 Troubleshooting 565 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cannot print over a network Cannot print over a NetWare network The printer s NetWare settings are not configured Make sure the printer s NetWare settings are correctly configured correctly In particular make sure a valid frame type is selected For details see Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 411 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s NetWare settings are configured correctly configured correctly For details see Configuring NetWare Network Settings P 429 The NetWare server and services are not co
267. cations and cancel other print jobs jobs are interrupted during transmission In the printer menu Print Length is specified in Selecting Band Joint may improve printing results Feed Priority Adjust the feed amount in the printer menu by specifying Band Joint in Feed Priority and try printing again P 498 The Printhead is out of alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment P 491 Streaks may occur if you set the Print Quality too Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the low Advanced Settings of the printer driver and try printing again P 180 Troubleshooting 561 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality Colors in printed images are uneven Line Drawing Text is selected when printing images Specify Image in the printer driver in many solid colors You are printing on paper that curls easily Printed colors may appear uneven on the leading edge of paper that is susceptible to curling Increase the level of vacuum holding the paper against the Platen or specify a margin of 20 mm 0 79 in or more for the leading edge P 506 Printed colors may be uneven if you set the Print Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the Quality too low Advanced Settings of the printer driver Color may be uneven between dark and light image Select Unidirectional Printing in the Advanced areas Settings of the printer driver When using Borderless Printing the edge of the
268. cel For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Hard Disk 477 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs XXX XXX XXX XXX Printer Ready i Ready Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info gt E a Status Usable zE Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1 Box 1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper X sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 Ee a Mmiinih ja gt Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 moo C Cancel OD For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file 478 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Renaming Saved Jobs You can rename stored print jobs as follows e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box Remote UI yam English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode Inbox List i re Space xB o Common ax 6 mon Manager 280 Box 5 St T G02 Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 4 B
269. chaasashawiadinaceeitacecuansaasdiepietendecease 542 Preparing to Transfer the PM sissie ipa lative 542 Updatingthe Firmware eae eee ee ee eee erene a EE Ea ey en eres ee 546 Troubleshooting 547 Frequently Asked QUESTIONS cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeaaaeas 547 PreQUently Asked QUESTIONS cacucciaccrdionisick e e n EEE NE 547 Problems Regarding Paper snccccisctscesvuninnwencueccesdsouiianssaancesesamnndeninnensentecens 549 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper secsccocsccarssccesescastcecedaccnadesvatiecetescchsecassateavsecsachexesuccnsdaniereedavanenss 549 Clearing a Jammed Sheet ccccccccecceeeeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeaaaeeeseaaaeeeeeeeeaeesnegeeeeneneeeees 552 Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot ssnsseeeesnnneseerrnneernnerrrnrerssrrrrserrrn 554 Cannot Load SHES caicacccsnnsaccnenacarnacceucsneesseiwstomesean ectagestinenadvsmuaasiethsetdesanstecammieenraalaitecameiaecans 554 Paper is not cut neatly sess sciccsisuzetniaasnentavaisouccaddyiniteiettnenechananssedeaddaetsudsdatiecadhatbadvaasieenshivarorasiease 554 Paper cannot De C t esminio nanan naana aine aeaa AEE eaaa iaaa aii 554 viib Gontents from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Printingidoes eo ic ce g osiensa eee ee eee eee ere eee ee ee 555 The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light Up sssssesssssseessnrrsserrnnerennnrsrnrreserrrnnee 555 The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent
270. chrome printing you can adjust the brightness and contrast Color Settings Color Adjustment SM ABCDEF aP 1234567 A Sample Type Standard v B View Color Pattern fl Brightness Kol Apply to Sample B Contrast D Object Adjustment Defauts OK Cancel Help Q Note To display the Color Adjustment sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 347 A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image D Cyan Not available E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Not available H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Not available K Object Adjustment Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box in which you can specify objects subject to color adjustment S Defaults Click t
271. ck the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Enhanced Printing Options 295 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals 9 Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list 10 Click F Scaling and enter 50 11 Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list 12 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout B B 2 Pages Sheet BCs Watermark JE conriventiat JE Edt Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in E 5 K ta 00 p i bel No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper I Copies 1 2 1 999 Reverse Order Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help 13 Select the G Print Centered check box 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 O Important e If you have selected Cut Sheet as the paper source follow the instructions on the printer control panel to enter the paper size 296 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X Thi
272. d documents to appear as vivid as possible We recommend using Advanced Adj for printing at a higher level of image quality Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment This function is not available for CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film or CAD Clear Film If adjustment is not possible as expected using highly transparent film or similar media try another type of media or adjust the Printhead alignment manually P 493 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 491 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the Printhead 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 30C Stop LoadiEject 1886 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the button Press A or Y to select Auto Head Adj and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Advanced Adj and then press the button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment After reading the pattern the printer automatically adjusts the Printhead alignment Oo of 492 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the Printhead Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually If printed vertical lines are warpe
273. d or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern You can adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually Normally choose automatic adjustment If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced adjustment try manual adjustment For instructions on automatic adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically P 491 Follow these steps for standard manual adjustment of the Printhead Q Note a fk amp N O If Manual Head Adj is unusable although displayed in the menu choose Advanced Adj in Auto Head Adj Manual Head Adj is available in the menu after you try Auto Head Adj once When using sheets have an unused sheet A4 Letter sized or larger ready When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 OQ Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper e We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to sel
274. d print as desired e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Working With Various Print Jobs 147 Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example e Document Photo image from a digital camera e Page Size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper Type Glossy Photo Paper e Roll paper Width 10 inches 254 mm 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for _ iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Ke Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID orientation To fa Biscale 100 Cancel E Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh WN Access the Main pane Printer Presets H w Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 O PDF wv Preview 148 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Select the printer in the B Format for list Inthe C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 iPFxxxx iz Standard EJ Main E Wueaia Type Plain Paper HJ B Get Information BC Set IDH Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Offic
275. de NDS PServer the NDS print server is used for printing In bindery queue server mode Bindery PServer the bindery print server is used for printing Note that if you use queue server mode a NetWare user license is required for each network interface e Remote printer mode In remote printer mode the printer is controlled by the NetWare print server Thus a NetWare print server is required In NDS remote printer mode NPrinter the NDS print server is used for printing and in bindery remote printer mode RPrinter the bindery print server is used for printing 424 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the print server Use NWADMIN to set up the print server if NDS queue server mode or remote printer mode is used 1 Log into NetWare as Administrator or with equivalent rights and then start NWADMIN 2 Run Quick Setup 1 Choose Print Services Quick Setup in the Tools menu 2 Enter a desired name in Print Server Name To use an existing print server click the button at right and choose the name from the list 3 Enter a desired printer name in Name 4 To use the printer in queue server mode choose Other Unknown in Type To use the printer in remote printer mode choose Parallel in Type click Communications and set Ports to LPT1 and Connection Type to Manual Load oi Enter a desired queue name in Name 6 In Volume enter the volume
276. ded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 248 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing BD Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width F O Scaling jF Letter 8 5 x11 x 8 50 in x11 00 in E Jy Pope size Match Page Size 009 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Diiertation 8 50 in x 11 00 in E Aj Pota D AJ O Landscape f a uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing i Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 8 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the source application In this case click 10 x12 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size E Borderless Printing Method ID O Fi Media Size E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 G AL 8 5
277. dia Size Iso A4 File Size xxx KB Pages 1 Date Saved BR RK ERRR XKR For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable FF oo SD gt E x Free space xx xx GB Move _ __ Set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper X sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper e2 aon castial jal Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 C cance OGD 482 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Set e098 XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready s Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info gt R pree space ex CB C Move C se D 3 In the Settings dialog box enter the new job Documents cannot be renamed unless a password has been set In this case specify a Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper name and click OK password After renami
278. dia Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FFL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauits 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing if V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling f E J Papersize Match Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 JH Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in Aj Portrait B Aj O Landscape nA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm m N Car S _Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list select the size of the original as specified in the application 7 In the L Paper Source list select how paper is supplied Windows Software 335 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com
279. displayed E Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iP Poox File View Options Help Fitto Width yy PP pA Gees Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Layout Selection 8 C Center Originals Across Roll Painter Information Printer Status Online iS Feed Information Roll 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Paper Type Plain Paper Paper Remaining 3280ft 10in Update Printer Infomation Status Monitor _ Output Size 16 5in x 11 7in Note If PageComposer is running access the Special Settings dialog box from the Layout sheet and clear Enable Preview Switching Windows Software 339 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver 6 On the main window you can check the layout and change settings as needed T To print click Start Printing in the File menu Q Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions see Preview 340 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Using Favorites Windows This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favorite Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Complete th
280. dows P 375 374 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals PosterArtist ss Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows This topic describes how to use PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications creating a poster layout for printing O Important e PosterArtist sold separately must be installed to use this function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Meda Type Get Information ka Advanced Settings Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing s Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Moo A About So Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B EJ 2 Pages Sheet a Watermark IE conribentiat v E Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 nxon E E A 009 ll Li 8 5 x11 da ea i inx11 00in A G_J5 Rotate 180 degrees fae Ld No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper
281. drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired 246 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Print Image with Actual Size Prints originals at actual size without enlarging or reducing them Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm 0 12 in on each side ty Note Not all page sizes are available e Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size This may affect image quality When image quality is most important make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows P 248 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X P 250 Enhanced Printing Options 247 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Ean m m n Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document
282. e 104 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Selecting the Paper Type Roll When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Important e For best printing results the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper Be sure to select the type of paper to use correctly before printing e Because the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used If margins and the size of images are not as you expected adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height P 498 P 497 Q Note e After you load the roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper Select the type of paper and then press the OK button If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper specify the roll length after the paper type P 106 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Roll Media Type and then press the button AON Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK
283. e P 225 I Media Size Choose the size of the paper you will print on Click Display all selections for Paper Size to list available sizes For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 101 Mac OS X Software 395 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Setting tem Cescription J Print Centered Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 288 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 294 K No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above Bottom and below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 305 L Rotate Page 90 degrees Activate this setting to rotate the original 90 degrees before printing Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 299 396 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Utility Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Utilitypane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Utility B images size Perform printer maintenance N Set Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 Configure AutoLayout and Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
284. e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 343 346 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Main Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Main sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file O Note e On the Main sheet choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the particular printing application or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Configuration using Easy Settings Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type EEES Get Information Ld Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target md 4 Office Document Petena Sat Poster Photos Ac et Poster Text Ilustrations WES CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Detauts Setting Item Bescription O A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the
285. e Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 184 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets As an example this topic describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible with sharp lines and text 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for _ iPFxxxx mq Canon iPFoox oA Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 Es 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I gt Ie B Orientation E Scale 1100 E Cancel E Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh WN Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx ry Presets Standard E3 Main EZ images Size W vedia Type Plain Paper a B Get Information E Set IDH Easy Settings Ry E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document b Poster Graphic Image POP Y Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text i TAT photographs and graphics BC Printer PDFw Preview Cance
286. e Document Poster Graphic Image s POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics iF View set BC Printer Cancel Printing Photos and Images 7 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer Q Note e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Photo in the E Print Target list Q Note e For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images see Printing Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X P 144 You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Bi Page Setup B S z 5 A Media Source Roll Paper ag B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D M Enlarged Reduced Printing r re E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 JE O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 3 5 600
287. e Navigator 6 0 or later Internet Explorer 5 01 or later or Firefox 1 5 or later as a web browser In Mac OS X you can also use Safari 1 32 or later or Safari 2 03 or later e Access is not possible via a proxy server In environments where a proxy server is used add the printer s IP address to Exceptions addresses accessed without a proxy server in the web browser proxy server settings Settings may vary depending on the network environment e Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser e If you access Remoteul with the printer name instead of its IP address make sure the DNS settings are correctly configured Network Setting 407 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the TCP IP network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the TCP IP group to display the Edit TCP IP Protocol Settings page Refer to the TCP IP Settings Items table to complete the settings oa Ff GQ N TCP IP SS Items Default Setting
288. e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 154 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 156 Working With Various Print Jobs 153 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example e Document CAD drawing e Page size A3 297 0 x 420 0 mm 11 7 x 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About __ Defauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD
289. e Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X P 272 Enhanced Printing Options 269 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences D E Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Mecia Type ETRE x Get Information la Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Print Targ Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics HEL_ViewSetings e Open Preview When Print Job Starts S Status Monitor About HI Defaults E Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B B 2 Pages Sheet v L B B Elsa Watermark JE conFiDENTIAL v E Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 13 1 939 Reverse Order
290. e Size e 100 Auto Scale Letter 8 5 x11 fA Orientation 8 50 in x 14 00 in MW A Opoa W A O Landscape ae K fal Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm v N Caren S Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply Help A Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Click N Auto Cut to display the Automatic Cutting Settingsdialog box ol Automatic Cutting Settings Automatic Cutting A ok _ Cancel Defaults 6 To enable automatic cutting click Yes in the A Automatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline Click OK to close the Automatic Cutting Settings dialog box Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 CON Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing 330 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically using the auto cut function after printing as well as how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually Note e The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed Follo
291. e UI English language Last Updated XXXX XK XX XXXX KX End User Mode Inbox List Hard Disk Free Space xx xGB Inbox No Inbox Name Document Count EW Common mail box 9 v Job Manager 01 Box1 z Print Job Stored Job 02 Box2 0 Print Log a Box3 0 gt Device Selection 04 Box 4 0 Support Links 05 Box5 0 470 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Note e Enter a password if one has been set l Remote UI fJ English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXIXK Poon Payee eee rare End User Mode Inbox No 01 gt Device Manager Inbox Name Box 1 ma O Print Log gt Device Selection IZ Remote UI English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode m a Print Job n 7 S J Ola sample4jpg XXKXXXx l KXXX XX XX KKXKKX Print Log o B sample3 jpg xxxxxxx l XXXX XX XK KK XKKX o B sample2jpg xxxxxxx l XXXX RX EX XXXX XX sampleljpg xxxuax 1 XXAW XN RK XXIXXIXN 3 On the Move Document page select the name or number of the destination Personal Box in the Destination mail box list and click OK 4 Remote UI 3 a English language End User Mode Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXXX KX ox cone Document to move sample4 jpg gt Device Manager Destination mail box 02 Box2 v v Job Manager Print Job a Print Log Supp
292. e front O Important Do not force the roll paper into alignment with the Paper Alignment Line a This may prevent the paper from being advanced straight The amount of paper pulled from the roll corresponds to the margin of the leading edge 116 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls 8 Close the Top Cover 9 Turn the printer on P 22 The roll is now advanced After it is finished being advanced you can resume printing OQ Note You can ensure that the edge is cut neatly by following the steps below 1 Press the Online button to bring the printer offline 2 Hold down the W button to advance the paper 3 Set Paper Cutting to Yes in the printer menu and the edge will be cut Handling Paper 117 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Feeding Roll Paper Manually You can bring the printer offline by pressing the Online button When the printer is offline and roll paper is selected as the paper source you can feed or retract the roll paper by pressing A or V esse ty Ste joadsEject 7508 O Press A to retract the roll paper manually Press W to feed the roll paper manually If you hold down A or for less than a second the roll paper will move about 1 mm 0 04 in If you hold down A or for more than a second the paper will move until you release the button Release the button when the Display Screen indicates End of
293. e print settings 4 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details e B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics Bal a 6 Apply Favorite c Add m v Application Settings Priority ok Cancel App Help 5 Click H Add to display the Add dialog box 6 Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box e Enter a desired name in Name such as Photos for Presentations or Monthly Report Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list e In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 7 Click OK to close the Add dialog box The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites Q Note To save a favorite as a file click J Export and specify the file to save Windows Software 341 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Printing using the favorite Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered 1 Choose P
294. e product name are those specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media Handle all media carefully being careful not to rub or damage it We recommend wearing gloves when handling media Handle media so as to keep the print surface free of sweat and grease from hands This may affect the printing quality After printing allow ink to dry before handling After printing handle prints carefully and avoid touching the print surface Due to their nature pigment inks may flake off if rubbed or scratched Paper may stretch or shrink from changes in humidity or other environmental factors Allow ample time for the paper to adjust to the environment before use After use remove paper from the printer if environmental changes are expected and store it in the bag s s s 98 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper Updating paper information You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide and on the printer by downloading the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website For information about the Media Configuration Tool see the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh Follow these steps to access the imagePROGRAF website O Important e When you update paper information by using the Media Configuration Too
295. e settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 146 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 100 Autos Letter 8 850inx11 00in Support A a Page Size if V Enlarged Reduced Printing D Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing GS E Paper size JE Diientation ui A Portrait af a Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Borderless Printing Match Page Size fe AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper x 17 in Roll 431 8mm v N Car S __Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 Roll 254 0mm and then click OK Specify additional printing conditions 10 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list In this case click 10 in For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 333 11 Q Note Confirm the print settings an
296. e sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor About L Defauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Office Document in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setupsheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaing Letter 8 5 x11 5 8 50 in x 11 00 in E Jy Paper size Match Page Size a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in A Portrait Bw AJ O Landscape K ide
297. e the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Pox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type ETRE vs Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings P E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Letter 8 5 11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts __Status Monitor _ About al Defaults Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ay Mecia Type Mi Get Information e Advanced Settings Dy Advanced Settings x E Print Priority E Print Quality Kej Color Mode Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in rg Line Drawing Text Draft 300dpi Color F H Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts About al _ Status Monitor
298. eRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder O Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Working With Various Print Jobs 169 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Using the Printer W
299. eans saxendccecaumeieadtseetneyed 417 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination WindOWS c cceceeseseseecerceeeeeneseceenneneeeenne 417 Sharing the Printer in Window sssiccsisssrinvesastewsssincceweratactneranisennnathetedettaiedstacatecbenaatanteanasciatees 418 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SettingS c cccceesecssseseeeerceeeeneeeenenneneeeeees 420 Specifying the Printer s Frame TyP sceseeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeaeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeees 422 Specifying NetWare Print ServiCes cccccccceecsseeenceeeeeeecsseeeaaeeeeeeeesseceeeeeeeeeeseeseesneaeeeeees 424 Specifying NetWare Protocols cccccceceececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeecsecnaaaeeeeeeeseseceeceeeeeeeseessnesseeeeess 427 Configuring NetWare Network SQQInGS visicsssei cede catsicesser teanevacasienndvenetanentatuiscbarneneneadennanieeceateans 429 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 0 eee cece eeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeetenaes 430 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility ee 430 Network Setting Mac OS A secceccppcticcccctecceseneetvertncecce scans soscestdenepnebugteereerees 431 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh 2 cccceccceseseeecnseeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeees 431 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings cc cceceeeeecescsecensseeeeseseeenenneeeeees 432 Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Networ
300. earch J Home Home gt Basic Printing Workflow E Basic Printing Workflow r Acces tothe HM for painting Printing procedure Canceling print jobs gt Printi tions Using Rolls and Sheets E Working With Various Print Jobs me BE Printing Opti gt Loading and Printing on Rolls gt Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Windows Software Internet 8 Introduction Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals How to use this manual The topics in Printing Procedure are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer lt gt E x ty X Live Search Jie File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ew PF xox User Manual om gt Gl v iPage G Tools Contents _ iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow P 1 1 Printing procedure Canceling print jobs Working With Various Print Jobs Display selectes topicd APPIY Windows Software Z Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Mac OS X Software 3 L and Printing on Rolls Handling Paper Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Printer Parts Z Printing from Mac OSX E Maintenance Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Troubleshooting Error Message E Appendix 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The pri
301. eck box Last Updated xxxx Xxx xx XXXX KX Owner Number of Total Pages Date Saved XXKXXXx l XXXX KX XX KXXXKX XXXXxxx l XXKX XX XX XX XXKX XXXXxxx 1 XXXK XX XK XXXXKX XXXXXXx l KXXK XX KX KXKXKK XXXXXxXx l XXXX XX XX KK KXKX Hard Disk e Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 Confirmation Number Re enter the password to confirm it g Remote UI FF ie English language End User Mode Set Register User s Inbox Last Updated xxxx xx xx Xx Xx xx aaa a Inbox No ol Inbox Name Boxt 1 Print Job Set Password Print L aa eves Fined to 4 digio og ees n Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUl help Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 453 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a listed personal box for a password and click Open amp Canon iPFrx0x Option Help 2 Printer Status B saf reais fo Information M Maintenance R Support Mail Boxes Inbox name Common Box Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No M Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number c
302. ect Adjust Printer and then press the button Press A or V to select Manual Head Adj and then press the button Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment Press A or to select D and then press the button Press A or F to select D 1 and then press the button Adjustments for Better Print Quality 493 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the Printhead 8 Examine test pattern D 1 for printhead adjustment After you determine the pattern with straight lines press A or W to choose the pattern number and then press the OK button Q Note e If lines seem straightest in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better 9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 to specify the adjustment value for D 2 to D 5 and D 7 to D 11 10 Press the lt button 11 Press A or to select Register Setting and then press the gt button 12 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button The printer now goes online 494 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the Printhead ss Adjusting the Printhead Orientation If printed lines are misaligned try adjusting the angle of the Printhead Even slight misalignment can be corrected Adjust the Pr
303. ed Maintenance Cartridge for disposal 8 Close the Top Cover The Carriage is moved and the printer goes online 534 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity The Maintenance Cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing printhead cleaning and other processes You can confirm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the Maintenance Cartridge capacity shown on the Display Screen Press the Information button to display the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge on the Display Screen Hiinformation X X Maint cart Capacity 100 If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Maintenance Cartridge replace the Maintenance Cartridge Ifa message is displayed indicating to check the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge or before tasks that deplete much of the capacity such as head cleaning or preparations to move the printer check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and replace the Maintenance Cartridge as needed gt P 528 Maintenance 535 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge ss When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge Replace or prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge in the following situations If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen When the Maintenance Cartridge capacity i
304. ed Reduced Printing IE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width _ Auto Scale 100 E O Scaling 100 J 5 600 Leter Gareti H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size ka m a Print Centered R K r C No Spaces at Top or Bottom sH iis C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF Y Preview Cancel E Print 17 Click Cut Sheet in the A Media Source list 18 In D Easy Settings make sure 430 430 is displayed as registered in Page Setup 19 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 267 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other By arranging originals from word processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser screen shots next to each other on single sheets you can create highly expressive presentation materials easy to understand meeting materials and a variety of other printed documents Free Layout Windows Besides combining multiple pages in a single page layout you can combine originals from multiple files even multiple source applications in a single page layout g imagePROGRAF Free Layout Canon iPFxxxx Fie Edit view Object Help
305. ed Sheet If a sheet jams follow the steps below to remove it 1 Turn the printer off P 22 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 4 Push the Release Lever back 138 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets 5 If the paper is visible grasp the paper and pull it forward After removing the paper make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer T If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops O Important Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 8 Turn the printer on P 22 Handling Paper 139 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Output Stacker Output Stacker w Using the Output Stacker The Output Stacker can be held at two positions as shown e When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker Use position 1 e When the Output Stacker is not used Use position 2 Important e When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker always use it in position 1 If you do not printed documents may not be dropped into the Output Stacker and the printed surface may become soiled e The Output Stacker can hold one sheet When printing multiple pages remove each sheet after it is printed 140 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPri
306. ed from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Print Quality Choose the print quality The printing mode is determined by a combination of the print quality and resolution Print Quality 7 Print Priority A setting for printing at the highest resolution when quality is most important Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in other modes but this mode offers superior printing quality Choose this setting to print at high resolution when quality is most important Image Line Drawing Text Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in Standard or Draft modes but this mode offers exceptional printing quality Standard Choose this setting to print at standard resolution when quality Image and speed are both important Line Drawing Text Printing takes less time than in Highest or High mode Office Document Choose this setting to print faster Printing in draft mode can help you work more efficiently when checking layouts Image Line Drawing Text 1 Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Print Quality Color settings Setting tem Options J Description Color Mode 1 Color Adjustment Color Matching Modes Color Matching Method 2 Color Monochrome Color CAD Monochrome BK ink Monochrome Bitmap Cyan Magenta Yellow Gray Tone Brightness Contrast Saturation Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM
307. ed from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper When originals are printed in portrait orientation the original is rotated 90 degrees before printing if it fits within the roll width This enables you to conserve paper O Important e If the page would exceed the roll paper width after rotation use this function with Scale to fit Roll Paper Width to print rotated pages For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows P 300 e Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X gt P 302 Enhanced Printing Options 299 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper Windows Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees This topic describes how to conserve paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 11 7 in original in portrait
308. ed in the list at left in the Custom Page Sizes dialog box and enter the paper name in this case 430 430 9 Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 10 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 430 430 the size you registered 11 Click F OK to close the dialog box 12 Choose Print in the application menu 266 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 13 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard _ H Main By a 8 IBC Get Information EC se E rri Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 TUO Pi Suitable for printing normal documents ae that contain a mixture of text gt photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer E _ H PDF YW Preview Cancel Print 14 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 15 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 16 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSREES Page Setup A Media Source Roll Paper By By Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D Al Enlarg
309. ed with the installation ss Configuring the IP Address Using inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings e For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 377 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway NO oh WD 430 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Printer
310. eeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeteneeeeeeesaaeeees 266 Tiling and multiple pages per Sheet cee ceeeesecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 268 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other sscccccscssiececevea see sctivecdinavdareie casi teecoustreredecears 268 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows ccceessceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaeeees 270 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeensaaeeees 272 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously cctsscceshercseceadecetbewscndcee ina ternevecicuvelspemadveedpeadstendia 274 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously WiNdOWS cccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeteenaeeeeeeneeeeetenaaaeees 275 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X ccccecseeeeeeececeeensaeeeeeeenaeeeetenseaeeneeeaeeees 277 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet onnnnnonnseneeeenneneonrneoeernnrrrnenrererrnererrnnrrrenntsttnrsserennnren nnet 279 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet WindOWS cceesecceeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeenaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeees 280 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X u eeccceeeeseeeeeeeseeceeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeesseeeeeenaneeees 282 Printing Posters in es ING es Fis cc eet a ice Deeg tei ae cee ert 285 Printing Large P sters UV ING OWS eessen ei naia ear rE aE Ees 286 C ntenng originals esssereceeo aen eE e eE EEEE aAA AEn eaa 288 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls ssssseesssneessnnes
311. eeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaeeeeaaaaeeeseaaeeeeeeeeaaeeneees 570 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops MOVING cceeeee 570 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents ix Contents Other problems es ates crue catechins eerie EEEE RAAE AEEA KERERE DE EEEE 571 The printer does not go On scarieseciecicsiicnecasyarcnascid ciemsceabecuacnalyaracusidedcaiccaiteiac Suaweag dudeddasadebanascbanenaseass 571 If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound cccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaaeeeeeaaaaeeseesaeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaas 571 Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not Cleared cceeseeeeees 571 The printer consumes a lot of INK o oo eee ee ctee ee eeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeaaaaeeeseaaaeeeeeeeaaaeeenaes 572 Ink Level Detection ceeccecceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaeeeesaaeaeeeeseaaaeeeeeaaaaeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeenaaeeeesaas 572 Error Message 575 Responding to Messages aa sic west ss es Sis pa eate sven kaccan nih dceenissomnkebeddedseuecdaaseee 575 Responding to Messages cesrnritnrirn aeiae e eia Ee iea Aa EENE E E EERE 575 Eror RGSS Sc Satria era a state ncn dad cee eateries 576 Messages regarding paper wvaiinsnsnnciiacsiverniewenninntecndendeimwkenndiadnavidiidvanniwnannannnlbatuns 578 Paper MISMAILCH reier nee E RE A EE E E aa a Eaa 578 Papr Type MismatChecisiisiiseisirseas ieas EER EE E a Ea e ait 578 Papir Siz Mismat h vrenin eiea e A EA EEE arae ienaa 578
312. eeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeaaeeeseceeeeenenaeeees 330 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeceeeeneneeees 331 Windows Software 333 Printer I WON o 2cccecetutrseceencaseacnctscenassqanenasedeetercdeceosceesetecesseccesciensee caceee ee 333 Printer Driver Seting si WINdoWS Joerres e e n E E E 333 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows ccs ceeeecccceeeeseceeeeeesaeeeeensseeeetenseaeeee 335 Contirming Print Seuss VV INOW S aoe cece sects peeare reece edcespaicdaeeeievedrareseenevedoconaduiees 337 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows c eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 Using Favorits 4 VW OWS scsi ase eaten ae a E a ec 341 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows ceeeeeeeeeeees 343 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 345 Main Sheet VII OS a cece acto ae eee tod ie cca eee te sate nce Fa r adeeb 347 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Windows esccceeeeesseeeeeeeneeeeeteneeeeeeeesaaeeeeess 350 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeeeeesseeeeeeeeaeees 351 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows ssssseesserssserrneererenesnne 352 Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows sssssssssssessreessrrrssrrrnnrrnntnstntrssntrnnnennnnnsnnnn
313. eeeees 479 Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAG OS iresi tiae aaa hated 482 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor VV INGOWS feir 481 Using Remoteul cnrs 479 Replacing Ink Tanks c ceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 508 Compatible Ink Tank 508 Precautions when handling an Ink Tank 508 Replacing an Ink Tank 509 Replacing the Cutter Unit ce eeeeseseeeeeerees 526 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 00 528 Compatible Maintenance Cartridge 528 Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridges nnti 528 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 529 Replacing the Shaft Cleaner oo 533 Replacing the Printhead 0 eens 518 Compatible Printhead 518 Precautions when handling the Printhead 518 Replacing the Printhead ccccseeseeeees 519 When to replace the Printhead 0 ce 518 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value 208 Enlarged Reduced Printing s es 208 SCAU Gass sctesey ian ea aE a e TAREN 208 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value MAC OSX aissein anaa ds 211 Index 603 Index Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value VVINGOWS aaran N 209 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width 202 Enlarged Reduced Printing 202 Fit Roll Paper Width cecceesseeeeeeeestteeeeeees 202 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X irsisirincrieningsds nresnain 205 Resizing Original
314. ees 368 V View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application MACOS X ics sidepedsitace ned sent glaciation Ghats davsaunast aani 391 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application WAINGOWS oea 352 When to Replace Ink TankS ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 514 Before print jobs and maintenance that consume ENOL OT MAK srcccvvcecsceuineeedecntiveveseuerredueessbtinedscsties 514 If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesneeeeees 514 If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Sere Nasriin 514 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge 536 If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen 536 If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen 536 When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted sisses 536 Windows Softwar e ccccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeeeeeeaes 333 With HP GL 2 printing is misaligned 00 569 Working With Various Print Jobs eee 142 Index 605 CANON INC 2008 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals
315. eet and then print is loaded Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded A print job for rolls was received when a sheet is Press the OK button and remove the sheet loaded P 137 f Load a roll and try printing again P 110 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing s The roll is empty Follow the steps below to replace the used roll with a new roll of the same type and size 1 Remove the roll P 113 P 114 gt P 114 2 Load the new roll P 107 P 109 P 110 3 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the paper type P 105 4 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the paper length P 106 580 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper n No sheets Corrective Action A sheet is not loaded Load paper of the type and size you have specified in the printer driver Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing LLL Sheet printing is selected Corrective Action You have attempted to print a test print sheet or other Load a sheet and try printing again i OR ai EEN UERR To print on a roll instead hold the Stop button for more than a second to cancel printing load a roll and then print Regular printing is selected but a roll is loaded A print job for printing on sheets was sent when a Hold down the Stop button for a second
316. elect If Requested by Server If Requested by Server to use packet signature Bindery File Server Name Specify the name of a file PServer server that has a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 15 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters 420 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Printer Number NDS Tree Name PServer Context Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval Print Server Name Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 Specify the name of an NDS tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 255 seconds Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 254 T Click OK to display the Network page Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Set
317. elected and the setting is confirmed 4 Feed Priority Y Automatic Band Joint Print Length 4 Feed Priority _ Automatic M Band Joint Print Length After two seconds the display reverts to the upper level menu 3 Press the Online button to bring the printer online O Note e If a confirmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered press the OK button The setting is applied and the printer goes online Printer Parts 35 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Specifying numerical values Follow the steps below to enter numbers for items such as network settings Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or to select TCP IP and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select IP Setting and then press the gt button Press A or to select IP Address and then press the button ah ON Press lt or gt to move the cursor _ to each field for entering numbers IP Address 000 000 000 000 lt P UR AY Up Down OK Stop 6 Press A or YW to select the number and then press the OK button Q Note Hold down A or Y to increase or decrease the value continuously e Make sure the IP address you enter for the printer is not the same as any computer IP address in your network J Repeat steps 2 and 3 to continue entering numbers foe Pr
318. ement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box either double click the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane Printer _iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard mw Utility i Emages Size jesi Size Perform printer maintenance Cy e A Set Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 Configure AutoLayout and Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy B Set PDFY Preview Cancel C Print 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 216 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the
319. en out the wrinkles or curls and reload the paper Do not use paper that has been printed on previously P 110 If this function is not needed deactivate CutDustReduct through the printer menu In Head Height choose Automatic P 497 When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest P 506 P 497 When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or film based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Standard Strong or Strongest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest P 506 P 497 Clean the Ejection Guide P 537 Troubleshooting 559 Problems with the printing quality ss The surface of the paper is dirty The Paper Retainer is soiled Clean the Paper Retainer P 540 You are using a paper that does not dry easily Specify a time of about a minute in Roll DryingTime The back side of the paper is dirty The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen or printing on small paper P 538 The Paper Retainer is soiled Clean the Paper Retainer P 540 Printed colors are inaccurate Color adjustment has not been activated in the In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver Advanced Settin
320. ent Type and Printing Conditions WindOWS cccecceeeseeeceeeeeetteeeeeees 183 Cleaning Inside the Top Cover sessie 538 Cleaning the Paper Retainer eee eee 540 Cleaning the Printer c ccecceeeeeseeeeeeteeeeteeeeeees 537 Cleaning the Printer Exterior s a s 537 Cleaning the Printhead 517 541 Cleaning the Printhead ccseeeees 517 541 Clearing a Jammed Shee t 0 cccceceeeeee 138 552 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper nsss 115 549 Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows 353 Object Adjustment dialog DOX eeeeeeee 354 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows 357 Object Adjustment dialog DOX eeeeeeeee 358 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X 06 392 Color Adjustment pane color s s s 392 Matching PAINS iicecctat acd isieeetees as 393 598 Index Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X 394 Color Adjustment pane monochrome 394 Colors in printed images are uneven 562 Configuring NetWare Network Settings 429 Configuring the Communication Mode Manually 414 Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network MaciMOSh Joosian e ae ieni 433 Activating AppleTalk on the printer 433 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X 434 Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network MAGCINTOS I areia a ideeenesae 438 Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Netwo
321. eps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Working With Various Print Jobs 171 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver Color settings specified in the application for your documents are essentially given priority over other settings for each print job but further color adjustment is possible in the printer driver Color Mode Choose how the printer driver processes color as desired The available options vary depending on the color mode Color Mode Color Adjustment Color Print in color You can adjust the color balance and color matching method Print in grayscale You can adjust the color balance
322. er and print page boundary lines as desired O Important e This function cannot be combined with the following options Borderless Printing e Resizing to Fit the Roll Width Windows Scaling Originals Windows e Banner Printing Windows For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows P 280 e Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X P 282 Enhanced Printing Options 279 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A3 297 0x420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fa
323. er com Manuals Printer Driver Setting item Description O Click to move the selected favorite up in the A Favorites list Click to move the selected favorite down in the A Favorites list Windows Software 367 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Ean age m Utility Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Utility sheet For details on the utilities refer to the relevant utility help Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel a Apply Help Baton Corresponding Utility A Maintenance Click to start the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which offers the following maintenance for the printer e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet check e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet cleaning e Head alignment adjustment e Feed amount adjustment B Color imageRUNNER Click to launch Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 1 iR Enlargement Copy enlargement copy which enables you to create hot folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and assign print settings to hot folders Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 168 1 For details see Color
324. er connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 Specify the name of an NDS tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 255 seconds Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 254 T Click OK to display the Network page 412 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Specifying Printer Related Information Follow the steps below to specify device information and security settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Information in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Information page af GN To display the relevant settings page click Edit in the upper right corner of Device Information or Security depending on what information you want to specify Refer to the table of settings for device information security and email notification
325. er driver Follow these steps to ensure the paper type matches on the printer and in the printer driver 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Either change the type of paper specified in the printer driver settings or replace the loaded paper and change the paper type setting on the printer Press the Online button to resume printing However this may cause a paper jam or printing problem Printing will continue if you have set Detect Mismatch to Warning or None Papr Size Mismatch The paper size as specified on the printer does not Adjust the paper size setting in the printer driver to match the size specified in the printer driver match the size loaded in the printer as follows 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the paper size setting in the printer driver to the size loaded in the printer and try printing again Replace the loaded paper with paper of a size that matches the size setting in the printer driver as follows 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Replace the loaded paper to match the paper size setting in the printer driver and try printing again Press the Online button to resume printing However this may cause a paper jam or printing problem 578 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper Paper size not detected Corrective Action Paper
326. er driver is located 5 Click OK Important e When installing the printer driver on client computers select Network Printer on the connection type screen in the printer wizard and then select the printer shared from the computer set up as the print server Network Setting 419 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the NetWare network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page oa Ff GQ N ep Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings NetWare Settings Items e e E Frame Type Specify the type of frame to Disabled use in NetWare NCP Burst Mode Activate this setting to use NCP Burst Mode This mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally leave Print Application Choose the print service NDS PServer Bindery PServer e RPrinter e NDS PServer NPrinter Packet Signature S
327. er expands or contracts depending on the environment of use it may become narrower or wider than the supported width for borderless printing Press the Load Eject button and reload the paper Insert the roll firmly until it touches the flange of the Roll Holder P 107 P 109 P 110 If you press the Online button and continue printing the document will be printed with a border Load paper compatible with borderless printing and try printing again Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide Use each type of paper only where the recommended environmental conditions are met For details on environmental conditions for various paper see the Paper Reference Guide Check supported paper The print job received specifies a type or width of Follow these steps to change the settings of the print paper that is not compatible with borderless printing job to enable borderless printing 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Make sure the correct printer driver for the printer is selected and try printing again For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 If you press the Online button and continue printing the document will be printed
328. er for either the length or width of the document from the A Page Size list G Paper Size Choose the size of the paper you will print on Available when Fit Paper Size For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 101 is selected Paper sizes compatible with borderless printing are shown in the list C Enlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated a ar Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 196 E O Fi Rol Paper width Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 202 pO sin Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 208 4 Paper Size Match Page Size Windows Software 359 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver D Fit Paper Size E Fit Roll Paper Width F Scaling G Paper Size H Orientation K Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper L Paper Source M Roll Paper Width N Roll Paper Options P Output Method O Size Options S Defaults 360 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Scales the document image to match the paper size Scales the document image to match the roll width Resizes the document image based on a specified scaling value Enter a value in a range of 5 600 Choose the size of the paper you will print on For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes gt P 101 Choose the printing orientation Making the Original Orientation Match the Pape
329. er for assistance nnn The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving The printer is analyzing the print job Either wait a while for printing to resume or on the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi P 50 556 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality Problems with the printing quality nnn Printing is faint Corrective Action You may be printing on the wrong side of the paper Print on the printing surface The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged Because the printer was left without Ink Tanks After the Ink Tank has been installed for 24 hours installed for some time ink has become clogged in run Head Cleaning B the ink supply system P 517 Paper is jammed inside the Top Cover Follow the steps below to remove the jammed piece of paper inside the Top Cover 1 Press the Online button to bring the printer offline 2 Open the Top Cover and make sure the Carriage is not over the Platen 3 Remove any scraps of paper inside the Top Cover 4 Close the Top Cover For tips on clearing paper jams refer to the following topics Clearing Jammed Roll Paper P 115 Clearing a Jammed Sheet P 138 During borderless printing the ink was not dry Specify a longer drying period in the printer menu in enough before cuttin
330. er parts su Front a Top Cover Open this cover to install the Printhead load paper and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer as needed P 15 b Ejection Guide Supports paper as it is ejected to prevent it from rising c Maintenance Cartridge Ink used for maintenance purposes such as head cleaning is absorbed Replace the cartridge when it is full d Maintenance Cartridge Cover Open this cover to replace the Maintenance Cartridge e Control Panel Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status P 18 f Ink Tank Cover Open this cover to replace an Ink Tank P 17 g Stand A stand that holds the printer Equipped with casters to facilitate moving the printer h Output Stacker A cloth tray that catches ejected documents i Stopper Locks the Stand casters Always release the Stopper before moving the printer Moving the printer while the Stopper is locked may scratch the casters or the floor j Accessory Box For storing printer accessories Printer Parts 13 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts Back 14 Printer Parts Release Lever Releases the Paper Retainer Push this release lever back before loading paper or cleaning inside the printer Carrying Handles Four Positions When carrying the printer hold it by these handles under both sides Power Supply Connector Connect the power cord to this connector Roll Holder Slot
331. er sizes see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 261 e Borderless printing is not supported on sheets Handling Paper 103 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Handling rolls Selecting the Paper Source When advancing paper press the Feeder Selection button and select the source You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit either the Roll Media lamp a or the Cut Sheet lamp b e Roll Media lamp Selected when printing on Roll Media e Cut Sheet lamp Selected when printing on Sheets Stor Load Eject 738 OO O Note e If any paper is loaded that will not be used a message is shown on the Display Screen either Remove roll or Eject sheet when you press the Feeder Selection button When removing the paper press the OK button e You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations If the Message lamp is flashing Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 575 If the Data lamp is flashing Select the paper source after printing If a printer menu operation is in progress Select the paper source after the menu operation When in the process of loading paper Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source If the Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper sourc
332. erennnt 109 Loading the Roll in the Printer ssssssososssrsnnssssssnrrnnneeeseeeeneserssnorrnrnrnnnnneoonnnnnnnnsonnnnnnneeeneeeee 110 Removing the Roll from the Printer 2scocccicccscendcvonsspenssscecescasetsccninselsdpendsnommdedecceedaniadenseneastenesas 113 Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder Slot cccccccceceessseeceeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeenaeeeesenseeeeeeseeaeeees 114 Removing a Roll from the Roll Holder ccecccceeeeesceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeesaaaeeenenaeeesteneeeeeees 114 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper scciissceavectackedesacincreiaci dh candeccaretnndetenseweaned candedsachaxeteteasteicdaeneeedaionrs 115 Feeding Roll Paper Manually ote 25occeacensatecocacdeestacacsontwbaperacidealcddbedacaupenavonmdotececaageestectesiagediedss 118 Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper siiecccveeceicctcscscssesnteecestvearscecceetenaveeecicneeteeacecsescessenezcueds 119 Specifying the Ink Drying Time for ROllsS ccccceeeescceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeesnsnaeeeseeeaaes 120 Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls sssssesssssnesssnesesnrrsssrrrnneeennrrstnrrnssrrnsrennnnrtnnnnsssrnrnnee 122 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically ccccceceeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeteeenees 126 Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls cies ccacecctaccntutcicctteccqcucnevanactnten ciareneatioinacenadsttimireae 127 Rol Holder Se tiersen aa seis a E A E 128 Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder ses
333. ering originals 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSCS Bes f Page Setup A Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O Scaling 100 3 5 600 PROTEASE H C Borderless Printing J Media Size Match Page Size By C Print Centered KE ca Ms Rotate Page 90 degrees R 4 C No Spaces at Top or Bottom M PDFv Preview J Cancel J E Print 9 Click Cut Sheet in the A Media Source list 10 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 JA Settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx Bg Canon iPFxxxx a Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 k 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation icy fa E Scale 100 E Cancel 0K 11 Select the J Print Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 O Important e If you have selected Cut Sheet as the paper source follow the instructions on the printer control panel to enter the paper size 298 Enhanced Printing Options Download
334. erless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size EJ va E plea eer am at _ Print Centered f K ee L No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm 8 eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF Y Preview Cancel Print 186 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images 14 Confirm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 187 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper for Printing Choosing Paper for Printing Choosing a Paper for Printing Choosing the right paper for your particular printing application will give you the best printing results Media type The printer and printer driver offer print settings optimized for various paper characteristics Note e For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool For information about the Media Configuration Tool see the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows
335. erless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 234 e Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X P 236 Enhanced Printing Options 233 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size O Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Mecia type EN v Get Information La Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings x E Pint CZES Draft r Office Document better S611 Poster Photos T Poster Tee Ilustrations QMEZIEEZ CAD Line Drawing 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochr
336. ervice Name Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor Frame Type Node Number Print Service IPX External Network Number Depending on the NetWare print service settings information on one of the following four items is printed 70 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Bindery PServer Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt Bindery PServer is selected File Server Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval RPrinter o O Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt RPrinter is selected Print Server Name a Printer Number Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt NDS PServer is selected Name Print Server Password Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt NPrinter is selected Print Server Name Printer Number Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor AppleTalk Current AppleTalk settings O peme Ohe C nie Ope Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor Printhead lot number ee PARTS STATUS Utilization status of replacement parts that require servicing lee COUNTER A V Printer Parts 71 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Utilization status of the cutter media and other items indicating how much they have been used Loo CUTSHEET AFTER INSTALLATION 72 Printer Parts Downloaded from Manual
337. ervices Before printing in a NetWare network you must configure print services such as print servers print queues and so on You can configure the print service settings from a computer using any of the following software e NWADMIN e PCONSOLE from Novell provided with NetWare Important If you use NWADMIN to configure the print service settings Novell Client the Novell NetWare client software must be installed as the client software application e NetWare networking is unsupported in Windows Vista This topic gives instructions for configuring NetWare print services The order of this procedure may vary depending on the environment Choosing the type of print services Before completing print service settings choose the type of print service Refer to the following descriptions as needed G Note In NetWare 5 1 or 6 0 NDPS may also be used as the print service If you use NDPS use the Novell printer gateway included with NetWare For details on configuring NDPS refer to the NetWare documentation e NDS Novell Directory Service and bindery NDS and bindery are both supported Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment e Queue server mode and remote printer mode Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported Queue server mode When using queue server mode all print server functions are supported so there is no need for other print server software or hardware In NDS queue server mo
338. erving roll paper 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CRC SEC Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Ji Size o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 f O Scaling 100 5 600 H C Borderless Printing ff Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 Match Page Size HMJ f D a ni Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom m go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel Print 9 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 10 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width in this case ISO A3 A4 297 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard is En i images size lAlmedia Type Plain Paper i aaa B Get Information es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M PDF v Pre
339. esets Standard A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main Page Setup Utility and Additional i i Main Settings panes By checking images and numerical values in the preview you can confirm current settings for By Wedia Type Plain Paper ko Get Information a D Easy Settings H E Print Targe Set t Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics PDF v View set Preview Pane displayed when the H Images tab is clicked Printer Pane with printer and paper illustrations Pane displayed when the I Size tab is Paper size details are indicated numerically clicked Illustrations indicate the paper source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information 382 Mac OS X Software T Cancel Display Area Information Displayed On top illustrations indicate the page size of the original the paper size orientation layout borderless printing selection color mode and other settings information Under this the page size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals G Note To confirm the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click F View set the
340. ess the button Press A or to select IP Address and then press the gt button After pressing lt or gt to select the input field press the OK button to enable numerical input NO oR WN Press A or to select the number and then press the OK button OQ Note e Pressing the A button increases the number by 1 The maximum value is 255 after which 0 is displayed e Pressing the W button decreases the number by 1 The minimum value is 0 after which 255 is displayed Hold down A or Y to increase or decrease the value continuously foe Repeat steps 3 4 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer 9 Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any of the settings are changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button Ste LoadiEject 38E O Important e Be sure to complete step 9 This will activate the values you have entered e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway on the Control Panel Q Note e If an error message is displayed check the settings and correct any invalid values e To cancel the setup process hold down the Stop button for a second or more Network Setting 405 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands This topic describes how to configure the IP address using ARP and PING commands To use the ARP and PIN
341. ess the Online button to bring the printer online Note e If a confirmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered press the OK button The setting is applied and the printer goes online Executing menu commands Follow the steps below to execute menu commands 1 Press A or to select a menu and then press the gt button Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed 2 Press A or Y to select the action to execute and then press the OK button Paper Cutting Paper Cutting No C Yes After two seconds the menu command is executed After commands are executed the printer commonly reverts to the state before the menu operation either online or offline 36 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Menu Structure Main Menu The structure of the main menu is as follows Values at right indicated by an asterisk are the defaults For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Operations P 33 For details on menu items see Main Menu Settings P 50 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Paper Cutting es ce ee Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A Media Menu Cut Sheet Type The paper type is displayed here 5 Roll Media Type The paper type 1 is displayed here 5 Roll Length Set HHH m 2 Paper Details The paper type is displayed here
342. et Type Choose the LAN transfer rate Spanning Tree Choose whether spanning tree packets are supported over the LAN MAC Address Displays the MAC address Ext Interface Choose the expansion interface Return Defaults Return Defaults Execute is displayed if you press the Vv button Choose OK to restore the network settings to the default values 58 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Control Panel Setting Item Description Instructions Repl maint cart Replace P head Repl S Cleaner Change Cutter Move Printer System Setup Keep Media Size Detect Mismatch Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals When replacing the Maintenance Cartridge choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 528 Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When replacing the Printhead choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 518 When replacing the Shaft Cleaner choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 528 When replacing the Cutter Unit choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 526 You can also reset the cut counter after the Cutter Unit is replaced Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When transferring the printer to another location choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 54
343. etter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Auto e 100 Auto Scale 10 Letter 8 5 ae 8 50 in x 11 00 in Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W cories 12 1 999 Reverse Order __ Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 10 Select the A Page Layout check box 11 Click Poster 2 x 2 in the B Page Layout list Q Note Follow the steps below to print only a portion of the poster as divided for printing 1 Click C Set under B Page Layout to display the Pages to Print dialog box 2 On the Pages to Print dialog box clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print 3 Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 287 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls When using originals smaller than the roll paper width you can center them relative to the width when printing Print Centered Aligns the center of the original with the center of the roll relative to the width For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating
344. euisebaiacsetaahasbedeeaddsendhixanwrsieade 385 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X cccseeeeeseeeeeeeees 386 Maiti Pame MaG IS XY E 387 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Mac OS X eeceecececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeees 389 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X eececeececeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeceaeeeeeceneeeeeeeneeeeeetsaaeeees 390 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X ceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 391 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X cccccceeesccceeeeseeceeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeeenaeeeseenaaes 392 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X ccceccseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeeesenaeeeeeneeaes 394 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X scrceesacsececscassicratsncnpctdasoun chcnattstenntdvncetagabscanehtzasteedeaciieriacahineastraas 395 Uili Pane Mac OS XA esee eee ee een ei ie eee cae E 397 Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X sssssnssseneeesnneeornnnorennrnrernrrerrtnnrrennnneennnerenenerernn nnee tcch 398 SU rT AI I OSX hereni a E E E E ees 399 PAoMMONION eiee e e E a EE E E 400 imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MaGintOsh wccccsccca access cievesesabteanseessdieenvsd demvasasenennidencdieensneecete 400 Network Setting 401 Network Setting acnnsniccsccvrsenunnntinntataevertecranvnnennteqcndenutneaaaeabraannetheenemranencne 401 Network ENVIrONMEM niorse nonnai Ti eA ai EE E a A EaR 401 Configuring the IP Address on the
345. evels of each color D Magenta E Yellow F Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen G Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images Adjust the color intensity as desired Increasing the Saturation setting makes colors more vivid and reducing the Saturation makes colors more subdued I Gray Tone Adjustment Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool Black tinged with blue Warm Black tinged with red and so on 392 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver G Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 Matching pane On the Matching pane you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Aw Mode Driver Correction ICC Correction ColorSync No Correction B Matching Method Perceptual Photographic Es Cancel OK O Note e To display the Matching pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced
346. f specific items displayed in submenus see Submenu Display P 65 32 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Main Menu Operations Press the Menu button to display the main menu For details see Main Menu Settings P 50 e Main menu when no print job is in progress GMAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Job Management e Menu selection if you press the Menu button when printing is in progress M Menu Selection Menu Durng Prtng Job Mgmt Menu SELECT 0K Q Note e The main menu will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed You can access the Menu mode after you have solved the problem To access each function menu from the main menu and set or execute menu items use buttons on the Control Panel The following section describes menu operations and how they are presented in this User Manual e Accessing Menus gt P 34 Specifying menu items P 35 e Specifying numerical values P 36 e Executing menu commands P 36 Printer Parts 33 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Accessing Menus Printer menus are grouped by function Menus are displayed with the upper line selected Use the buttons on the Control Panel to access each menu MAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu
347. f the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation Mac OS X Software 385 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions QO Note e This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list Presets Standard iz Copies amp Pages Copies 1 M Collated Pages All 3 From 1 to 1 PDFw Preview Cancel Print 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Printer iPFxxxx A Presets Standard B v Copies amp Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling Pages f ColorSync Cover Page Copies Page Setup RTA PDF e eG I a Additional Settings ae Grand Support Summary 386 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Main Pane Mac OS X Printer Driver The following settings are available on the Main pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help O Note
348. feUigiteige ereemine g igle e secr 8 01 Aiea memeamene te nee eeee ene enn ne ren eer ep ey ere eee oe ere 590 Maintenance cartridge full eicere e a iu EREE Eaa 590 Maintenance cartridge problem sssssssssssrrrnessssrrrnrnneseeeeesensrnnanrerrnrrnnnnnnornnnunnnnuounennneeeeeeee 590 Messages regarding the hard diSK esseeeeeeeneseereersserrsersserrrerrerrrrerrrrrreet 591 Hard diSK enor retera E E E E E eee oe eee 591 Filersad erori aera ever PnP ar n a AA EE ENARA aA ere ee 591 Malbork aeee E E oe te eae EE eee 591 Mail box full Now printing without saving data esseeeseseeessneeessrrrreeerrnterennrsssrrrsserrnnerrrnne 591 Mail box nearly f llen a a R E E EE EEEE 591 Mail box full Delete unwanted data nneeeeeeneeesneressttrreennttstntressrrrnnetnnntetnnnntntnnnsennnn ennnen 591 Mail box full Cannot save static cscs ds cance Racclacepeavaaiceastede cansasuacacaesaseanetexcsde cansadearhageschceucaseielens 592 Messages regarding HP GL 2 irr ccentcensacs cianaicedsenniextexmnainetecctaeubeneannamaedeocens 593 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 sisiiiccsanccgccrranaseaadgnceeysenuxtaneesiancevemessesevedans 593 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 ec ee eee ceeeeetesteeeeteeeeeeees 593 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range cn cvcccrecteicecteehis see liseeieseceelateetsminereicenhs 593 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported ssssessseesstrrssrr
349. firm the selection in Line Width If fine lines are printed faint setting ThickenFineLines to On in the main menu will print the lines more distinctly P 50 3 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome or color The color mode is incorrect On the printer Control Panel check the color mode setting For optimal printhead performance the printer consumes trace amounts of color ink even in monochrome mode Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printing AdjustFaintLines in the main menu is set to On Selecting Off may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken Troubleshooting 569 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals HP GL 2 problems HP GL 2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than specified Corrective Action The page size of the HP GL 2 print job as created in the source application is incorrect In MAIN MENU set PageSizeProcess 1 to On P 50 nnn HP GL 2 jobs are printed at maximum size even if a standard size is specified Corrective Action The page size of the HP GL 2 print job as created in In MAIN MENU set PageSizeProcess2 or the source application is incorrect Conserve Paper to On The layout will be changed to the optimal layout nnn u HP GL 2 printing takes a long time Corrective Action Large print jobs with a lot of data take longer to print On the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi
350. formation about ink paper and so on P 65 You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead Head Cleaning A o Power Button Turns the printer on and off P 22 p Load Eject Button By pressing this button you can check instructions on loading and removing paper Instructions for loading paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded q Stop Button Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period Q Note In Sleep mode you can press any button except the Power button to bring the printer online again Printer Parts 19 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel a Online Button Green Switches the printer online and offline P 29 e On The printer is online e Flashing The printer is switching modes Off The printer is offline b Menu Button Displays the main menu of the printer P 50 c Data lamp Green e Flashing During printing the Data lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs This lamp flashes when the print job is paused or the printer is updating the firmware Off There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off d Message lamp Orange e On A warning message is displayed e Flashing An error message is displayed Off The printer i
351. ft and then enter a name for the page size you want to register Here enter 100 500 If the Untitled size is not listed at left click below the list 6 Under Page Size enter 10 in Width and 50 in Height Here measurements are entered in centimeters T Specify the margins by entering 0 3 in Printer Margins Here too measurements are entered in centimeters 8 Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 258 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 9 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 100 500 the size you registered 10 In D Orientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 11 Click F OK to close the dialog box Print the banner Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx hed Presets Standard iz Main he a E Bi Get Information Set D Easy Settings het E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document b Poster Graphic Image s POP y Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BC View set J B Printer H PDFv Preview
352. g Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Specifying the Frame Type Using the Printer Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU su LoadEject see Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the button Press A or to select NetWare and then press the gt button Press A or V to select NetWare and then press the gt button oF WN Press A or to select On and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu Press A or YW to select Frame Type and then press the gt button NO Press A or to select the frame type to use and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu foe Press A or to select Print Service and then press the gt button 9 Press A or to select the desired print service and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu 10 Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any of the settings is changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button O Important e Be sure to complete step 10 This will activate the values you have entered Q Note e If an error message is displayed check the settings and correct any invalid values e To cancel the setup process hold down the Stop button for a second or more Network Setting 423 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows u Specifying NetWare Print S
353. g Roll DryingTime in Paper Details P 50 Printing may be faint if Print Quality in Advanced In Advanced Settings in the printer driver choose Settings in the printer driver is set to Standard or Highest or High in Print Quality Draft P 180 Troubleshooting 557 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality Paper rubs against the Printhead The paper type as specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer 1 in the printer driver P 110 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the paper type in the printer driver and try printing again Paper has been loaded incorrectly causing it to Reload the paper wrinkle P 110 The Printhead is set too low In Head Height choose Automatic P 497 You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest If the paper is still scratched try setting the Printhead level in Head Height to Highest P 497 When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or other film based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Standard Strong or Strongest If the
354. g Office Documents Windows 164 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes 4 261 Registering non standard paper size in the printer CIIVON setts setae neaebccetnessctietedesestactiebsviedi 261 Specifying custom paper sizes for temporary USC aoirean aaa AEE Eag ealada 261 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes MACOS X veceh sce saessapienzeveinelocestcigiedeats a 266 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes VVINGOWS essais n tend anenee teint chee tind 262 Printing by using Custom Paper Size 264 Printing by using Custom Size eeee 262 Printing on Oversized Paper 0 cccceceeeeeeeeee 218 OVCISIZG investi ei ae eae 218 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets 80 Roll Printing scissor ei ae 80 Sheet printing ies wssieiwtees Gee 81 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls 0 00 288 Print Centered 0 cceeeceeeceeeeeteeeeneeeeesaeeesenees 288 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X 291 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows 289 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets 0 294 Print Centered iin eeiiiteaten iene 294 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets WAG OS X rnini teaa neede canines ad dopa tase 297 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets VIG OWS pasisir an a AE 295 Printing Photos and Images s es 142 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X a se 148 Printing Photos and Images Windows 142 146 Easy Settings
355. g Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X P 144 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Mac OS X P 153 Printing Office Documents P 163 Click to display the View settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the order of items listed in E Print Target Click to display the Printer dialog box which indicates the ink levels and gives other information about the printer Mac OS X Software 387 Printer Driver Configuration using Advanced Settings Printer _iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Main E3 images Size A media Type Plain Paper iB B Get Information CJ Sets D Advanced Settings R Hamami E Print Priority Image HJ US Letter F Print Quality Draft 300dpi Actual Size US Letter H Color Mode Color By i Set Mode Driver Correction a C Unidirectional Printing N C Economy Printing B Printer C PDF Preview Cancel E Print A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 B Get Click to display the Get Information dialog box which shows media types specified Information on the printer for each media source When you select a media source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media source and media type C Set Click to display the Media Detailed Setting
356. g a Bindery Print Server 1 In Print Server Name enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 2 In Printer Number enter the same printer number specified in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 Network Setting 427 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows e If you have selected NDS PServer Queue Server Mode Using an NDS Print Server 1 In Tree Name and Context Name enter the tree and context name of the print server 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue e If you have selected NPrinter Remote Printer Mode Using a NDS Print Server 1 In Print Server Name enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 Usually the advertising name is the same as the name of the print server 2 In Printer Number enter the same printer number specified in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 11 Click OK to display the Network page 12 Click Reset to activate the settings For a list of NetWare protocol settings items see Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Setting
357. g rolls Installing the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment When loading a roll with a 2 inch paper core remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment from both the Roll Holder and Holder Stopper and then attach the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Holder Stopper 1 Push the tips a of 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 1 in and remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment from the Roll Holder 2 Push the tips a of 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 2 in and remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment from the Holder Stopper 3 Align the tips a of the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment with the holes b of the Holder Stopper and insert it firmly 130 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Handling sheets Selecting the Paper Source When advancing paper press the Feeder Selection button and select the source You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit either the Roll Media lamp a or the Cut Sheet lamp b e Roll Media lamp Selected when printing on Roll Media e Cut Sheet lamp Selected when printing on Sheets Stor Load Eject 738 OO O Note e If any paper is loaded that will not be used a message is shown on the Display Screen either Remove roll or Eject sheet when you press the Feeder Selection button When removing the paper press the OK button e You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations If the Message lamp is flashing Chec
358. gasletex 86 Printing tom WV MOO WS esi nincahd odadasuaticouazatcinexeat Guna haveasiecees E E E EO N 89 Printing trom Mac OS Xeesrocsirorneisiein n E EREE EE REEE A TEA 90 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents i Contents Canceling Print allele cgeeerreeet meen ne ee enn aE RAEE EEEE EA meet eee reer rer 92 Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel cceccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaaaeeeseenaeeeenenseeees 92 Canceling Print Jobs from WiNdOWS c ccceeesceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeesneneesseeneaeees 93 Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X ceececcceeeeenceceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaaeeesnenaeeeseenneeees 94 Handling Paper 96 FUN rec ce ee soe grec ae ean ete enna e dot seen cee erea EE ESS 96 Types a id co 2 gana ae rere ener meee mee Oey ee eee oe ene One ee ere tee gr ee reer re ee 96 Paper Sizes ee E ee POE ee ee roe ea ern ne ee Ce me verre ere ee 101 FEU IG OMS eeren E aE A Eaa 104 Selecting the Paper SOUPS iisipin aiiai i a a E o Ra i adaa 104 Selecting the Paper Type Roll scccincrdsrutectsvaseceevavannetratiebbruchasdecenetapaveapuandedieuataotatdente dion tabines 105 Specifying the Paper Length ROM i cisccscicentescessaccndventone deansecenieceaeceneveudetedeardovebiweesdedeanvawean 106 Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder sesser noaa eE i 107 Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot nnneeeeneennneesenrnsseernrerennnrssrrrrssrrnnrennnnesrnnrsssrnnn
359. gements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A A Media Type GEMES v Get Information Ic Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft es Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 eet ate Poster Photos i nx tI UU Poster Text Illustrations a ze CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About _ Defauts TD r 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display
360. gs Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for office documents Office Document Settings optimized for clear printing of office documents such as handouts Q Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 For instructions on printing office documents refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Office Documents Windows gt P 164 e Printing Office Documents Mac OS X P 166 Working With Various Print Jobs 163 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Office Documents nnn m m Printing Office Documents Windows This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example e Document Office document created using word processing software or spreadsheet programs e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Mak
361. gs of the printer driver access Color Settings in Color Mode to adjust colors Colors have not been adjusted on the computer or Refer to the computer and monitor documentation monitor to adjust the colors Adjust the settings of the color management software referring to the software documentation as needed The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged P 516 In the printer driver Application Color Matching Click Special Settings on the Layout sheet of the Priority is not selected printer driver and select Application Color Matching Priority in the dialog box Printhead characteristics gradually change through Adjust the Printhead alignment repeated use and colors may change P 491 Color may change slightly even on the same model Follow these steps to prepare the printing of printer if you use a different version of the firmware environment or printer driver or when you print under different 1 Use the same version of firmware printer driver settings or in a different printing environment and other software 2 Specify the same value for all settings items 560 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems with the printing quality Banding in different colors occurs The paper feed amount is not adjusted correctly Adjust the feed amount P 498 Printing does not proceed smoothly because print Exit other appli
362. h Various Printing Photos and Images Sheets 5 Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings 2nd soon Output Stacker and soon R Adjusting the Printhead and reduction Adjustments br Better a Enhanced Printis derless printing Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount ore ping on Non Sad Paper Sizes CAE AES Conserving paper and soon Control Panel Printer Driver Main Menu Print Plug In int Plug In for Word Windows Sofware Status Monitor Netw i Free Layout Network Setting Windows and soon Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Preview and soon Hard Disk Optional accessories and soon Printer Driver Print Plug In Pri z Eree Color i UNNER Preview andsoon Mac OS X Software How to use this manual Introduction 7 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals How to use this manual 2 Under Basic Printing Workflow click Printing Procedure iPPooo User Manual Windows Internet Explorer 7N e ae mese ae File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ww Z PF rox User Manual gt Gl mh Pae Gtoos Contents Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search E Home Hoze gt Basic Printing Woddiow Fem emi oat Access to the HTML for printing gt Printi 3 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area iP Fooocx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w a ZE PF xxx User Manual Contents _ Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual S
363. hard disk E Print F Print auto delete e G Save in mail box H Save data before printing Jobs are printed after they are saved on the hard disk 398 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Support Pane Mac On the Support pane you can view support information and the user s manual OS X Printer iPFxxxx ra Presets Standard B Support B Support Information Accesses the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for driver updates and browse other information User Manual Displays the printer user s manual J This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer lof Settings Di About PDF Preview Cancel Prin Printer Driver Button Corresponding Utility A Support Information Click to access the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information B User Manual manual to be installed on your computer C Settings D About Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s The settings can be saved as a file Click to display the Export dialog box which enables you to specify where to save the file You can display version information for the printer driver
364. have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx BB Presets Standard HA Main B _ Wimedia Type Plain Paper i ee C cet information _ gC se D Easy Settings ER E Print Target 3 Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FC View set B Printer e PDF Preview Cancel Print O Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS XY P 379 Mac OS X Software 381 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X There are two ways to confirm what printing conditions have been specified as follows e Checking a preview of the settings gt P 382 e Checking a print preview P 383 Checking a preview of the settings the page size orientation paper source and so on Printer _ iPFxxxx Pr
365. he paper area to be printed on Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings P E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEI viewSetns Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About __ Defauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 227 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing BD Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width F O Scaling jF Letter 8 5 x11 x 8 50 in x11 00 in E Jy Pope size Match Page Size 009 Letter 8
366. he A Media Type list select the type of pap er that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 199 Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard Page Setup CSREES Media Source Size JB Roll Paper Width Roll Paper Fey 17 in 431 8mm o Page Size fo v Enlarged Red JE Fit Media si Letter 8 5 x11 Auto Scale 100 O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 H C Borderless Pri jj Mediasize cy af Print Ce K p O No Spac F O Fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 uced Printing ize 100 5 600 nting Match Page Size By ntered es at Top or Bottom cm OK go C Rotate Page 90 degrees 2 C PDFY Preview 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list M 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the prin ter information Printer iPFxxxx E Presets Standard i ____ _f Main E A wo oan size l Ml media Type
367. he Display Screen of the Display Screen ERROR is displayed Error messages are Error messages are The error message followed by the error displayed displayed is displayed with the code and Call for Bottom Level of the Bottom Level of the following instructions service Display Screen Display Screen Turn off printer wait Here the remaining The corrective actions then turn on again ink level is indicated are displayed here gt P 513 Data lamp Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received Flashes when print jobs are being received Message lamp Message lamp Flashes when error messages are displayed Flashes when error messages are displayed Take action as needed P 576 Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power If the message is still displayed after this write down the error code and message turn off the printer and contact the Canon dealer for assistance Printer Parts 27 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Menu mode and state of the Control Panel Mainmenu Menu items and settings Main menu during printing MAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Job Management e Display Screen Pressing the Menu button when printing is not in progress displays the main menu The title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menus immediately under the current menu are disp
368. he Paper Source 104 131 Selecting the Paper Type Roll 0 0 105 189 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet 0 132 190 Setting Passwords for Personal Boxes 0 452 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor IMAG OS esc cssicets cllasis iy ioe a eaaa aaa aa 455 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINGOWS oostessse senesced ed einaste 454 Using Remoteull cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneetees 453 Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows 371 Sharing the Printer in WindOWS n 418 Sheet printing is selected cceeeeereeeesteeeeeees 581 604 Index Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Special Settings Dialog Box Windows 365 Specification Sees side 74 Hard DIS koera e E 77 AK eian rE 75 Merni Ea A 75 Papelaan E Aa 76 EE A EEE A A 74 Printing performance cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeenaaes 74 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings 159 Color Compatibility 2 2 00 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeees 159 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings VVINGOWS ct eacetuerieettcuactseeruketead audi cleeneeteer eget 160 Specifying NetWare Print Services 0ccc 424 Choosing the type of print services 5 424 Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the PIINUSOIVON so vest seeec tein E ee eeedari ceed 425 Specifying NetWare Protocols 427 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver 4 191 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver
369. he Paper Source supported by the printer as well as information about the loaded paper To update the Paper Source and media type settings in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK 350 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Media Detailed Settings Media Type 3 Media Type Plain Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade All Plain Paper_Conserve MBK Coated Paper Recycled Coated Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Pape ABI diving Tine o Between Pages Printer Default D Between Scans Printer Default Roll Paper Margin for Safety Near End Margin Printer Default Premium Matte Paper Colored Coated Paper 3 Photo Paper Proofing Paper Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Pape Gru Speed Printer Default ify Ow Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Pap d Mirror Satin Photographic Paper 190gs Proofing Paper 3 gt OK Cancel Defaults Help Q Note e To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box on the Main sheet click Settings by Media Type P 347 Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the paper type For informat
370. he Stop button during printing Holding down the Stop button for a second or more during printing stops printing immediately The printer stops immediately e If you press the Stop button when printing is paused Holding down the Stop button for a second or more when printing is paused cancels the print job The print job is canceled and the printer ejects paper 92 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Windows You can cancel print jobs in the printer window 1 Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the printer window Q Note You can also display this window by double clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder accessible through the Windows start menu 2 Right click the job to cancel and select Cancel amp Canon iPFxxxx Printer Document View Help Document Name Status Owner Pages Size Printing XXXXXXXX XX xxx MB xx x MB 8 55 Pause Restart Properties Cancels the selected documents Q Note e The print job is displayed on the printer screen during the transmission of print data from the computer When the transmission is finished the job is not displayed even during printing To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel follow these steps 1 If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues flashing
371. hoto ISO A2 Roll Menu key Please Wait a Power Saving Information key Submenu mode H ink XIX Maint cart Capacity 100 T 1 Sleep mode 1 When submenus are displayed you can press any button other than the Information button to return to the previous mode 2 The printer automatically enters Sleep mode if it is idle for a specific period by factory default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed However it does not enter Sleep mode while error messages are displayed 3 In Sleep mode the printer can be restored to the previous state by pressing any button Sleep mode is also terminated if a print job is received or a command is issued from RemoteUI Printer Parts 25 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Online and state of the Control Panel fas Printing in progress receiving or Online Printing Glossy Photo Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll ISO A2 Roll TEID c M YMM s K k k Display Screen e Top Level of the Display Screen The printer status is displayed here The selected paper source is indicated by an icon in the upper right corner Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2 4 Take action as needed P 576 e Middle Level of the Display Screen The first and second lines display the paper type and size Bottom Level of the Displ
372. ialize the network settings press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU and then press A V and gt to select Interface Setup Ethernet Driver Init Settings Yes in this order and finally press the OK button 416 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Network Setting Windows Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Windows This topic describes how to specify the printer driver destination if the printer s IP address is changed or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection The procedure described below is the configuration based on the LPR or Raw protocol using the standard TCP IP port in Windows Standard TCP IP Port Important e If you will use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly e Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 403 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window Right click the icon of this printer and choose Properties to open the printer properties window Click the Port tab to display the Port sheet Click Add Port to display the Printer Ports dialog box In the Available Port list select Standard TCP IP Port Click New Port After the wizard starts a window is displayed for the Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Click Next In Printer Name or IP Address enter the printer s IP add
373. ics Bal a GE Apply Favorite c Add m v Application Settings Priority ok Cancel App __ Help 5 Click H Add to display the Add dialog box 6 Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box e Enter a desired name in Name such as Photos for Presentations or Monthly Report Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list e In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 7 Click OK to close the Add dialog box The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites Q Note To save a favorite as a file click J Export and specify the file to save 326 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Printing using the favorite Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details Default Settings Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 E Comme
374. ied c0 570 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome OP COl sith ierisinde anini ia aaas 569 APEGO PAANO droee inais ieat eangen aaaea 162 HP GL 2 printing takes a long time cce 570 Index 599 Index HP GL 2 probleM cccscceceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeseneees 569 HTML Version of the Manual for Printing 0 5 Printing a group of individual topics in the mandle tnie aaaea aana E 7 Printing a group of topics in the manual 5 Printing selected topics eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee eneen 10 IEEE 1394 FireWire Expansion Board 73 If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound 08 571 Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding OCCU VS ieina a aeaa ai 562 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 377 imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh 400 imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 372 Improving the Print Quality cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 515 Initializing the Network Settings cceeeeeeee 416 INK INSUFFICIONK 2 2 2 eee cece ee eeeceeeee eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeteaaeeeeees 585 Ink Level Detection cccccceecsesceeeeeeseeeeteeteneees 572 Disabling ink level detection 573 Ink level detection cccceeeesccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 572 Ink L VEl CNeCK ssis sus teannain aenean antea oi 586 Ink Tank Cover INSIQE irssi saranen aiaiai 17 MK TANK OTOL eistetade toned ences etieedy tae ieee laniatcedemiae atid 586 K TANKS cinien E N 507 Installat
375. imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 368 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Support Sheet Windows On the Support sheet you can view support information and the user s manual Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences nnm Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Support Information f A Accesses the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest printer information check for software updates and browse other information User Manual Displays the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer BO e E Baton Corresponding Utility A Support Information Click to access the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information B User Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer C Settings Summaries Click to display the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets Windows Software 369 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Device Settings Sheet Windows Many settings items on the printer properties sheets are controlled by Windows applications However the Device Settings sheet is for configuring the printe
376. inals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Scaling Enlarge or reduce originals by a particular amount as desired 80 For instructions on entering a scaling value to resize originals refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows gt P 209 e Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X gt P 211 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size 208 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paperr width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important e In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dial
377. ing Mode Driver Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off B Input Profile Settings V Use the Same Profile for All Objects Image Matching Method Perceptual Input Profile sRGB v3 0 Canon Graphics p Matching Method Perceptual Text ABCD Matching Method Perceptual 1234567 GS Piinter Profile Settings Auto Settings OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Matching sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click the Matching sheet P 347 Setting item iescription O A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired B Input Profile Settings You can select Image Graphics or Text You can choose Matching Method and Input Profile Various options are available depending on your selected Matching Mode To apply the same input profile automatically for Graphics and Text select Use the Same Profile for All Objects To apply separate input profiles to Graphics and Text clear Use the Same Profile for All Objects and specify the individual settings C Printer Profile Settings Specify the printer profile as desired Normally select Auto Settings Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 356 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows On the Color Adjustment sheet for mono
378. ing Options 189 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper for Printing Selecting the Paper Type Sheet When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Q Note e After you load the sheet the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen In this case select the paper type and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Cut Sheet Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Plain Paper is selected by factory default If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to Plain Paper AON e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality e If you select a type of paper for which Media Width Detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing gt P 136 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online 190 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper
379. int a list of jobs in Personal Boxes Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel GL2 Settings Setting tem f Description Instructions Conserves paper when printing Line Cap Choose the shape of the end point determined by Software or Rounded e If you choose Software Operation is determined by the application If nothing is specified by the application the result is as shown in the figure If you choose Rounded Choose whether to print arcs as smooth curved lines or as multiple connected line segments If you choose Software Operation is determined by the application If nothing is specified by the application the result is as shown in the figure Note By default this is a 72 sided figure If you choose Smooth Line Width Choose the width for printing lines if no width is specified in the data Dots in the line width are 300 dpi each ThickenFineLines Select On to print fine lines more distinctly AdjustFaintLines If fine lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes selecting Off may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken Printer Parts 55 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Auto Rotate If the long side of an original is shorter than the roll width the original is automatically rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper Similarly if the long side of an original in landscape orientation is longer tha
380. int settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 204 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPPoox I Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation tis Tle bami Sa IE scale 100 E Cancel OD 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard B Mai g H m jain f Images Size Wmvedia Type Plain Paper HJ B Get Information B Set D Easy Settings i eae int Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Graphic Image Letter 8 5 x11 POP S
381. inted on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size e In the case of sheets paper size refers to the actual size of the paper loaded in the printer In the case of rolls paper size is an imagined size set as the printing area for a single page Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Printing Rolls aRU 2 Specify conditions as needed and then click Print Windows or Print Macintosh e Windows Select Printer Add Printer iPFxxxx Status Ready Location Comment Page Range Selection Current Page O Pages _ Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 12 Print to file all Number of copies 1 OEEEGH Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Introduction 11 How to use this manual e Macintosh Printer iPFxxxx S B Presets Standard i Copies amp Pages Copies fl M Collated Pages All O From 1 to 1 PDFY J Preview C Standard Cancel O Note e To print only individual topics that are displayed use this method 12 Introduction Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts Printer Parts Print
382. inthead orientation by printing and reading a test pattern 1 When using sheets have an unused sheet A4 Letter sized or larger ready When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 e Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 O Note e When loading paper specify the correct paper type Using paper that you have not specified on the printer may cause feeding problems and affect the printing quality e We recommend loading a type of paper that you use often Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU st LoadEject 138E Select Adjust Printer Head Inc Adj Yes and press the OK button After the Printhead is moved a message is displayed prompting you to open the Top Cover At this point open the Top Cover A test pattern is printed for adjustment Adjustments for Better Print Quality 495 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the Printhead Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 6 Examine the test pattern for adjustment Determine the straightest set of lines i Mi iNi i i 6 2 4 6 MANAN i OQ Note If no single set of lines is perfectly straight choose the two sets of lines that are least misaligned 7 Open the Top Cover and move the Angle
383. inting 142 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images A cuir e Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available ts Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 e For instructions on printing photos and images refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Photos and Images Windows P 146 Working With Various Print Jobs 143 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for photos and images a Print Target Highest Quality Setting optimized for printing at the highest level of quality Setting optimized for printing photographic images from digital cameras Settings optimized for printing posters mainly composed of photos Setting optimized for printing vivid eye catching store posters combining images and tex
384. inting from Windows P 89 e Printing from Mac OS X P 90 Basic Printing Workflow 87 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure 5 Load the sheet P 133 Note e If you will load a sheet before sending a print job after you load the sheet the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen Follow these steps Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 132 APU D Start printing 0 Note e If you select a type of paper for which Media Width Detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing P 136 e For details on supported types and sizes of the paper see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 101 P 96 88 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure Printing from Windows Print from the application software menu Important e The Windows printer driver can be used in the following versions of Windows e Windows 2000 Professional or Server e Windows XP Home Edition or Professional e Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition e Windows Vista e We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for p
385. ion on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 B Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls P 120 C Between Pages Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the paper as needed Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until printing the next line as needed D Between Scans E Roll Paper Margin for Safety F Near End Margin G Cut Speed You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held firmly against the Platen Specify the length of the Near End Margin the leading edge margin of the roll as needed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used Specify whether to print a mirror image as needed Select this option to print a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted Windows Software 351 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows In the View Settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application View Settings Print Target Al Bi name Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Ad CAD Line Dr
386. ion problems isssnirsriiiiiiaiisiiinean 567 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup a E E E E E A T 377 430 Insufficient paper for job essssssssssssssessssrnsrnnrrnnssen 579 ia ieaiai n A heel ws 1 L Layout Sheet Windows ssseessseessseessesesessresses 362 Leading edge detection error 583 Line thickness is not uniform Windows 563 Lines are misaligned cccceceeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeneees 563 Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 PRUNING T E dyn tevielebetian asi cieceew hate ecnsetdeeees 569 Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that WaS printed ie cst idence 569 Loading and Printing on Rolls cceeeeeeeeeeeeee 82 Loading and Printing on Sheets cceeeeeeeee 86 Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot 06 109 Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder 0 008 107 Loading the Roll in the Printer scce 110 Loading the Sheet in the Printer 133 600 Index Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals M Mac OS X Software cictiiciineieesadiaiens 379 Mail OX TOI rean Getetuelncietenndecrn eseertteneaeehed 591 Mail box full Cannot Save cccceeeeeeeeeteeeeereees 592 Mail box full Delete unwanted data ee 591 Mail box full Now printing without saving data 591 Mail box nearly full sesasine 591 Main Menu Operations 0 ccccccecceeeeeeseeeeeeneeees 33 ACCESSING MENUS 0 0000 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeea
387. ions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge Holding the handles on both sides of the new Maintenance Cartridge a insert it completely keeping it level Close the Maintenance Cartridge Cover Press the OK button The printer now initializes the Maintenance Cartridge After about five seconds when initialization is finished a message prompts you to replace the Shaft Cleaner Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button After the Carriage is moved the Display Screen indicates Open top cover OQ Note If you select No the printer goes back online Maintenance 531 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge 15 Replace the Shaft Cleaner Replacing the P 533 The printer returns to the mode before replacement of the Maintenance Cartridge If a message is displayed advising you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge printing is not possible Make sure that the Maintenance Cartridge is installed correctly If a print job was in progress when the Maintenance Cartridge was replaced printing is resumed Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the first five seconds after the printer goes back online This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge e If you replace the Maintenance Cartridge when the printer is off do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the first five seconds af
388. is list specify Yes No or Print Cut Guideline Specify whether to print a mirror image as needed Select this option to print a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted 390 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X In the View Settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application jew Settings Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing B Default Settings CAD Fast 1G Details CAD B W Line Drawing Parameter Settings ee Print Priority Image 3 i i Photo Print Quality Standard 600dpi Poster Notice Announcer Color Mode Color Scanned Image Reduce Print Unevenness Off Highest Quality Color Adju Brightness 0 Color Adju t Contrast 0 Color Adju Saturation 0 Matching Method Perceptual e 2 Cancel GOK OQ Note e To display the View Settings dialog box on the Main pane click View Settings by Print Target P 387 Setting item Description O A Print Target C Details Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Shows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon Here you can confirm detailed settings values for
389. isplays the most recent error messages up to two Job Log Choose from Document Displays the document name in the last print job information Name about the latest three UserName Displays the name of the user who sent the print job print jobs Page Count Displays the number of pages in the print job Print Start Displays the time when the print job was started Time pmts perar ne rapers mmeo Ink Consumed Displays the ink consumption HDD HDDSpace Displays the space available on the printer s hard disk Information Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Printer Parts 61 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Main Menu Settings During Printing Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables For instructions on selecting or setting menu items see Main Menu Operations P 33 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structure P 37 Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning Printhead cleaning options P 517 Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Fine Band Adj Fine tune the feed amount manually Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs P 63 Job Mgmt Menu Manage print jobs on the printer s hard disk gt P 64 62
390. isseenneunndedicslonnsiedeasieuneoepvidnnsengaaees 373 Digital Photo FrOMt ACCeSS ic iisics srorasisssecechasssinsadisiswncdehsawe tanbanyeuddeddsincseacbvenecdthanbeeeeasaenetachanesiveake 373 SIS le arecctesdae ocneseeecr cnet ecco ss eaaa as ca EEEE EARE 374 Using PosterArtistto Compose Crees secs acnce ets seeded aa a eaa eE 374 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows sssssssssesesssrrssserrrneerennrerrrressrrrnserern 375 Device Setup Utility eisdinn e eea Eo eee Taaa aii 377 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility ccc cccceccessssccesescscsccensesenneeseacteeeevedaccnteesccemenetensncsnnessens 377 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility so ccccscccesscccncccnsscccsnsesscredsessncenmeescrccenseecnenecense 377 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 000 eee 378 Mac OS X Software 379 Printer Drive fosei AE RE T E OTEP ERE 379 Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X caiiececwsiscdeceasvaewectenssne chisbadinntiasietecades seneetabacbedunestseceivadesiiveass 379 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X 0 eccccccesessceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaaeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaes 380 Confirming Print Settings Mac OS Fi ciieiiaidetsntesntceatics sisi iteicueddattaesint Gece pauntieeyamatceeduduattibeasinetete 382 Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X eeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeieeeeeeenees 384 Using Favorites Mac OS X irvicis cotacassttectanssavsaddcnateceduasbarhinanachckniad
391. ith a Color imageRUNNER u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 To dis
392. ithout a margin at actual size use an oversized paper size For example to print a A4 sized original without a margin at A4 size print it on paper larger than A4 size and cut away the excess margin Q Note e If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size the image near the edge will not be printed Oversize The margin required by the printer is added around the outside of a regular paper size For example when printing a A4 sized original 210x297 mm you have the following options 210mm 210mm i 210mm q y f ooo i Mo oi n F 210 297mm 297mm a b a Regular paper size Gray area not printed b Page Size c Oversized paper size Print area matches the page size b Important e When printing on oversize paper load paper larger than the page size a size that includes the margin required by the printer Sheets Load paper that is at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 26 mm 1 in higher than the page size e Rolls Load paper that is at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 6 mm 0 24 in higher than the page size e Paper larger than the maximum size supported by the printer cannot be used as paper for oversized printing P 101 218 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Q Note e Oversized printing selecting Oversize in Page Size is only available in Windows For oversized printing
393. ivated black lines are printed at the leading and trailing edges of documents Q Cut position Printed lines for reducing cutting dust aa c O Important Do not activate the function to reduce cutting dust for paper that wrinkles easily such as Plain Paper or lightweight paper This may impair cutting and cause paper jams Borderless printing is not available when this function is activated Deactivate this function before borderless printing 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU su LoadiEject see Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select CutDustReduct and then press the gt button Press A or to select On and then press the OK button a GN The function to reduce cutting dust is now activated Handling Paper 127 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Roll Holder Set A set of parts comprising the Roll Holder Holder Stopper 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment and 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment To load a roll with a 3 inch paper core remove the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment from the Holder Stopper and then attach the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on both the Roll Holder and Holder Stopper To load a roll with a 2 inch paper core remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment from both the Roll Holder and Holder Stopper and the
394. iver dialog box P 343 kh OND Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFro0x Printing Preferences z z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type EEES Get Information c Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ai Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEI viewSetnss Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About _ Detauts J 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 6 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 262 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 11 12 Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in S 00 A 100 Letter s 8 50 in x 11 00 in f gt T aa Paa Support A a Page Size 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing G 4 Paper Size H Orientation I A Porat aS Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve
395. ject Adjustment Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box in which you can specify objects subject to color adjustment S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values G Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 Object Adjustment dialog box In the Object Adjustment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Object Adjustment g DE Graphics SPO Ten OK Cancel Defaults Help Q Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet Setting ttem scription O A Image Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos C Text B Graphics Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics such as lines and circles Select this option to apply color adjustment to text 354 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Matching Sheet Windows On the Matching sheet you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices Driver Matching Mode The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in the Matching Mode list Color
396. justing the Printhead Alignment Manually P 493 2 Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by printing and reading a test pattern There are two modes for automatic adjustment Standard Adj and Advanced Adj Standard Adj will fix most slight image distortion or color misalignment but if not try Advanced Adj If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced adjustment try manual adjustment For instructions on manual adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually P 493 Follow these steps for standard automatic adjustment of the Printhead m 1 Prepare one unused sheet A4 Letter sized or larger when Standard Adj is selected or five when Advanced Adj is selected When using a roll load a roll 10 inches 254 mm or wider e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 e Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 OQ Note Use Standard Adj if you have switched to another type of paper or if you want the boundaries between colors to appear as attractive as possible Use Advanced Adj to fine tune the space between nozzles or colors if you have switched the printhead or if you want printe
397. justment Defauts OK Cancel Help Q Note To display the Color Adjustment sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 347 Setting Item Description O A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of each color E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool Black tinged with blue or Warm Black tinged with red H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Adjust the color intensity as desired Increasing the Saturation setting makes colors more vivid and reducing the Saturation makes colors more subdued Windows Software 353 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Setting tem Ci scription K Ob
398. k Macintosh sesser 433 Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 436 Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 438 Hard Disk 439 Hard SU ooreen cats e a E EE E EA E E 439 Printer Hard Disk Operations sec ccicpieccececcecesiasascectaiest ce ctusedsaredenseiansavseiensaTacaseriaeteacasaeeredaad 439 Saved PNN JODS E E aE E cade E 441 Saving Print Jobs Sent from Sources Other than the Printer Driver ceeceeeeeeeeneeeees 444 Saving Print JODS seriinin menace ceed EAEE acacia aE Ear E EE R EES 445 Do Not Save Print Jobs in the Common BOX ssssssssssssnesssnrrnserrrnrerrnntssttrrssrtrnnnrrnnnntsnennssrrn rnnt 448 Managing Queued Jobs Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs sssssssssessesssrenssrrrrsserrrrerrre 449 Setting Passwords for Personal BOXES ccccccccessensceeeeeeeeceseeneaaeeeeeeeesseseneeeeeeeesessssseeeeeeeees 452 Naming Personal BOXES ssorsnird oirnn anaien AEn E AAEE apnea RNA Iii 456 Displaying a List of Saved Jobs sssseesssnnsssserererirrtstrresstrrnstttrnttttntetsstrtnstnnnnennnn testen nere ennet 460 Printing a List of Saved JOOS i cacsaicsseranisiacvenesaassnoraaneutheatalvauacnaaacedenasateedeanarctedstagatagedssancadasene 464 Printing Saved DODGE ccciicas cic asnde catsinds taciwaanstittazaateecu tales Costas ea sbenbiudsieeidsiedupateataicecetencteatacseus chayaius 46
399. k the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 575 If the Data lamp is flashing Select the paper source after printing If a printer menu operation is in progress Select the paper source after the menu operation When in the process of loading paper Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source If the Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source Handling Paper 131 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Selecting the Paper Type Sheet When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Q Note e After you load the sheet the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen In this case select the paper type and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Cut Sheet Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Plain Paper is selected by factory default If you move the Release Lever the setti
400. l E Print 7 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Enhanced Printing Options 185 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard E Main ins images Size lAlMedia Type Plain Paper as a BC Get information RE Cos E Print Priority mg B US Letter IE Print Quality Draft 300dpi Actual Size cai Set 3 Mode Driver Correction I O unidirectional Printing K _ Reduce Print Unevenness y N C Economy Printing CPDFv Preview a D 9 Click Line Drawing in the E Print Priority list 10 Click High 1200dpi in the F Print Quality list GQ Note e Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type 11 Click Color CAD in the H Color Mode list 12 To adjust the color click I Set Q Note e For instructions on adjusting color see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 13 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Page Setup E Media Source Roll Paper By Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 BD 4 Enlarged Reduced Printing ________ Bj Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 JE O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 f O Scaling 100 51 5 600 ARS Sia ae A C Bord
401. l the paper type setting on the Control Panel in the printer driver and in related software is updated e Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop Here iPFxxxx represents the printer model iPFxxxx Support The online support window is displayed 2 Select Stay Informed imagePROGRAF Support Information Windows Internet Explorer d http v4 X w he iimagePROGRAF Support Information A Gl Eees Toss Canon W ImagePROGRAF OO SSS imagePROGRAF Support Information iPFxxxx Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manual Visit the inagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage S _ View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide View information about paper that can be used with the printer B Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper Copyright CANON INC 2007 3 My Computer The default browser is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed Handling Paper 99 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper e Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock 3 imagePROGRAF Support Information The online support window is displayed 2 Select Stay Informed e080 L e file Canon _ imagePROGRAF Support Information W imagePROGRAF iPFXXxx Using Your ImagePROGRAF Printer
402. lable only if IP Mode is Automatic For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh Available only if NetWare is On Available only if Auto Detect is Off Follows the setting in Date Format Follows the setting in Length Unit 10 Available only if the Date setting is specified 46 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Submenus Control Panel Each time you press the Information button on the Control Panel printer information is displayed in the following order The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels alnformation of the loaded paper Printer information gHP GL 2 settings information Hiinformation X X Maint cart Capacity 100 HilMedia Info X x Glossy Photo ISO A2 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint H System Info X X Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n XXXXXXXXXX HDDSpace xx xGB IP XXX XXX XXX XXX FAGL2 Settings X X Color Mode Mono Print Qual Std Input Reso 600 dpi Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off
403. layed on the second and subsequent lines The lower level menus are available if gt is displayed at right gt P 33 4 Paper Cutting e Display Screen The title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menu items or settings are displayed on the second and subsequent lines P 33 The menu of options available during printing top figure can be displayed by pressing the gt button when the main menu is displayed left figure M Menu Selection Menu Durng Prtng Job Mgmt Menu SELECT OK e Display Screen Menus available during printing are displayed if you press the Menu button during printing If you select a menu the title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menus immediately under the current menu are displayed on the second and subsequent lines The lower level menus are available if gt is displayed at right P 33 Submenu mode and state of the Control Panel Information of the loaded paper the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacit Printer information GL2 Settings H System Info X X i XIX FAGL2 Settings X X Color Mode Mono Print Qual Std Input Reso 600 dpi Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off Endpt Shape Softwr Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj Faint Lines On Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 Glossy Photo ISO A2 Head Ht High Maint
404. le http xxx xxXx XXxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa fk WN Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page Make sure the Frame Type indicates the frame type used on the NetWare network 7 To use burst mode choose On for NCP Burst Mode Q Note e Burst mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally choose On o 8 In Print Application click the print service to be used Q Note Only one print service selected here will be enabled Multiple print services are not available at the same time 9 For packet signature click If Requested by Server in Packet Signature 10 Complete the following settings based on the selected service If you have selected Bindery PServer Queue Server Mode Using a Bindery Print Server 1 In File Server Name enter the file server name 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue e If you have selected RPrinter Remote Printer Mode Usin
405. lection button Important After changing rolls clean the Platen P 538 Basic Printing Workflow 85 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure Loading and Printing on Sheets These are the basic steps for loading sheets and then printing Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets 1 Turn the printer on P 22 2 Remove any loaded paper that will not be used e Roll gt P 113 e Sheet P 137 86 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure 3 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type and size of paper and other details Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 192 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 194 amp Canon iPFx000 Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utiity Support Media Type Nan Lape 7 Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image w Print Quality Standard 600dpi K Letter 8 5 x11 Color Made Color l 8 50 in x 11 00 in a ze Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text f z9 PF Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor JI About fi Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help 4 Send the print job e Pr
406. less Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 Borderless A settings B Format for E Paper Size I orientation E scale Page Attributes B B i iPFxxxx Canon iPFoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Te 100 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see 252 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X gt P 382 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing You can create vertical or horizontal banners by printing originals that are in banner format on rolls Originals created in Microsoft Word or other applications in your preferred size can be enlarged to fill the width of roll paper by completing simple printer driver settings Roll width Create an original 100 x 500 mm E aj a L is L 3 Automatically 3 3 About five times Enlarged 0 gt as long as n the roll width I Os Wa Fit Roll Paper Width You can easily create vertical or horizontal banners by automatically enlarging or reducing originals to fit the full width of rolls ts Note The maximum s
407. lick Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page oa Ff GQ N ep Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings NetWare Settings Items e e E Frame Type Specify the type of frame to Disabled use in NetWare NCP Burst Mode Activate this setting to use NCP Burst Mode This mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally leave Print Application Choose the print service NDS PServer Bindery PServer e RPrinter e NDS PServer NPrinter Packet Signature Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server to use packet signature Bindery File Server Name Specify the name of a file PServer server that has a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 15 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Network Setting 411 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Printer Number NDS Tree Name PServer Context Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval Print Server Name Printer Number Specify the number of the print
408. line Q Note The subnet mask and default gateway will be set to 0 0 0 0 Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask and default gateway to match your network settings For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUl P 407 406 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting m Using RemoteUl Enter the printer s IP address in a web browser to display the RemoteUI page After you log on to RemoteUI from the page you can check and change the status of the printer and print jobs and configure network settings To access Remoteul start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx xxx xxx For details on configuring printer settings for networks refer to the following topics e Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings P 408 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings P 410 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 411 e Specifying Printer Related Information P 413 Q Note e RemoteUl also offers many other features You can display the ink levels check error messages and other status information and cancel print jobs e By factory default the English screen is displayed To change the display language select the desired language under Language before logging on in administrator mode Important e Use Netscap
409. lity Support Hard disk info TE Status Usable gt e z Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 3 sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 O on ee pale For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help Hard Disk 489 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Erasing Data on the Printer s Hard Disk You can erase data on the printer s hard disk from the Control Panel There are three ways to erase the data as follows Erasure Method Time Required Deas O B Secure High Spd About 40 minutes About 20 hours Q Note Erases file management data for print job data stored on the printer s hard disk Choose this method for relatively fast erasure Because only the file management data is erased the print job data itself is not erased Note that it may be possible to read this data using commercial data recovery software Overwrites the entire hard disk with random data No verification is performed to check if the data was correctly written Choose this method to erase highly confidential data Note that it may be possible to read the overwritten data using specialized data recovery tools Overwrites the entire hard disk with 00 FF and random data one time each Verification is performed to check if the data was correctly written Choose this method to erase especially confidential data It is virtually imp
410. lly remove any foreign objects and close the Top Cover again If the error occurs again turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power Carriage Cover is open The Carriage Cover is open Close the Carriage Cover P 518 If the error occurs again turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power ann Prepare for parts replacement Corrective Action It is almost time to replace consumables for which If Parts replacement time has passed is displayed service is required you can continue to use the printer for some time Contact your Canon dealer for assistance Parts replacement time has passed It is past the recommended time to replace Contact your Canon dealer for assistance consumables for which service is required Unknown file Cause Corrective Action Invalid data format Check the print job and resend it nnn Multi sensor error Cause Direct sunlight or strong lighting may be shining on Take steps to ensure the printer is not used when the printer and causing the sensor to malfunction exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting The performance of a sensor inside the printer may Contact your Canon dealer for assistance be impaired Error Message 595 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 596 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Index Index A About This User Manual ccceeeeeesteeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaes 1 Accessing the
411. lows Printer Status When the Menu Button is Pressed Switches to Menu mode Online printing Either menus available during printing or a screen to manage print jobs is displayed If you select a menu the printer switches to that menu mode Switches to Menu mode Offline printing Menus available during printing are displayed Offline when an error You cannot access Menu mode until the problem is solved message is displayed Press the Information button to display the submenus Load Eject 138 Q Press the Information button to display the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels as well as information on the loaded paper and the printer Press the Information button repeatedly to change the information displayed P 65 Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode After you display a submenu the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer Q Note e You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more P 517 30 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Printer Menu Operations The printer menu includes a main menu and submenus e Main menu operations when no print job is in progress P 31 e Main menu operations during printing gt P 31 e Job Management Menu Operations P 32 e
412. ls Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X gt P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 231 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require
413. ls on available printing conditions box in this case 10 x12 Page Attributes iz iPFxxxx B Canon iPFoox Letter 8 5 x11 iE 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 1 100 E see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS Xy P 379 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 150 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings Using this printer you can print fine lines and text clearly and sharply It s easy to produce highly precise drawings from CAD applications Q Note In Windows you can print highly precise drawings using the provided imagePROGRAF HDI Driver for AutoCAD AutoCAD LT For details on the HDI driver see HDI Driver For instructions on CAD printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 154 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 156 Working With Various Print Jobs 151 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results
414. lsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size based on the following example Document Any Type e Paper Roll Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx EJ Canon iPPoox E Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 5 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation IE te Coy li IE scale 100 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets _ Standard Bi Main B H m images Size _Wimedia Type Plain Paper E e B Get Information E a Set D Easy Settings ey an E Print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fi View set BC Printer ee sx Q Q PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 7 Int
415. lts ok Cancel App Help 6 Click Color in the G Color Mode list 174 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images 7 Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching ABCDEF 1234567 A Sample Type Standard v View Color Pattern Apply to Sample D Contrast a Saturation Al Brightness High B High a High Warm Black X Light a High High Object Adjustment OK Cancel Help Defaults 8 On the Color Adjustment sheet adjust the color tones brightness and so on as desired G Gray Tone H Brightness I Contrast Description Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast J Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 9 Close the Color Settings dialog box 10 Click
416. ly Favorite Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel l Apply Help Setting ltem Ci escription O A Favorites Printing favorites you have created are listed with Default Settings favorites Using Favorites P 325 B Settings Details Displays details of the favorite selected in the A Favorites Displays notes registered in the favorite D Apply Favorite Click to change the current print settings to those of the favorite selected in the A Favorites E Application Settings Priority Activate this setting to use settings values specified in the source application in preference to favorite settings selected in the A Favorites when clicking D Apply Favorite For details on the settings items used in preference refer to the printer driver help F Delete Click to delete the selected favorite from the A Favorites list G Edit Click to display the Edit dialog box which enables you to change the name and icon for the favorite selected in the A Favorites list H Add Click to display the Add dialog box which enables you to add the current print settings as a favorite By ss5ePeB lt gt Comment I Import Click to display the Open dialog box which enables you to import favorite settings saved as a file J Export Click to display the Save As dialog box which enables you to save the favorite settings as a file OK Cancel j 366 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrint
417. m Paper Size height and width E Paper Size Specify the desired Width and Height You can make your selection from sizes that are compatible with Borderless Printing by selecting Borderless Printing Size To maintain the aspect ratio of the Width and Height as you resize the paper select Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height F Add Enables you to register the custom paper size you have specified or overwrite an existing custom paper size G Display Series You can limit the number of options shown in Page Size Paper Size and Paper Size List Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Windows Software 361 Printer Driver Layout Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Layout sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Page Layout B E 2 Pages Sheet Cc DF Watermark JE CONFIDENTIAL v F Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in f ce Le Auto le 100 Letter 8 5 Isp Coe 100 cage No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 1 99 Reverse Order _ Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help Setting tem Cescription O A Page Layout Activate this setting to select a particular page layout Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet
418. mark JE conFiDEnTAL v a Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 S 1 99 Reverse Order _ Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply at Help 11 Select the G Print Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 290 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 00 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox I Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation tis Tle io ee IE scale 100 E Cancel EB 2 Select the print target in the B Format for list 3 In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application
419. max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed 220 240 V 6 W max 11 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed Dimensions W x D x H Printer and Stand 1 507x 871 x 1 097 mm 59 3 x 34 3 x 43 2 in including Roll Holder and Output Stacker Weight Printer and Stand not 65 kg 143 3 Ib including the Printhead and Ink Tank Space for installation W x D x H 2 307 x 2 071 x 2 000 mm 90 8 x 81 5 x 78 7 in Applicable standards International Energy Star Program Law on Promoting Green Purchasing GPN RoHS The Eco Declaration WEEE U S presidential directives J MOSS Green Mark 1 The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off To stop all power consumption turn off the printer and unplug the power cord Printing performance Print method Bubblejet Printhead PF 03 Number of nozzles e MBK 5 120 e 2 560 nozzles each for BK C M and Y 1 Prints with a minimum 1 2400 inch dot pitch between ink droplets 74 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Specifications Interface Full speed 12 Mbps high speed 480 Mbps Ethernet Internal port Specification IEEE 802 3 10BASE T IEEE 802 3u 100BASE TX Auto Negotiation IEEE 802 3x Full Duplex Protocols IPX SPX Netware 4 2 5 1 6 0 SNMP HTTP TCP IP AppleTalk half duplex Data Strb differential serial Conforms to IEEE 1394 1995 6 pin no power supply 1 Use i
420. me IP Address Setting IP Address XXEXXIXXiXX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XX Usable iPFxxxx x Manual e Starting imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility will show a list of printers found on the network In this list select the printer specifically the printers MAC address that you want to set up and then configure the basic settings from your computer such as the printer s IP address and the network frame type e You can see which printers are online in the network by checking the printer list Communication between your computer and these printers is possible Note e We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility e For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer as follows Important In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the Administrator account Insert the User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive On the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation kh OND Windows Software 377 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Device Setup Utility Configuring the I
421. ments for Better Print Quality 503 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount f Note e If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper is fed P 501 O Important e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing e To apply the results of adjusting the measurement scale for better accuracy in printing you must first set Feed Priority to Print Length Note that if you select Automatic the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Line Drawing Text P 180 Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU LoadtEject 38E 2 Press A or YW to select Paper Details and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select the type of paper and then press the gt button 4 Press A or V to select Feed Priority and then press the gt button 5 Press A or V to select Print Length or Automatic and then press the OK button Follow these steps to adjust the scale for better accuracy 1 When using sheets load one unused sheet
422. method By adjusting the color matching mode and method you can make printed colors match the colors of on screen images more closely Driver Matching Color adjustment based on the original color This is the default color matching Mode profile of the printer driver method Normally use Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Color adjustment based on ICC color profiles an You can select the printer profile in Mode international standard using the printer driver the Printer Profile Settings list Driver ICM Mode Color adjustment based on the standard Windows Available when using Windows ICM function The printer driver adjusts the colors 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2 Wi Vist Wind Host ICM Mode Color adjustment based on the standard Windows WSA Sei iii ICM function Windows adjusts the colors i ColorSync Color adjustment based on the standard Mac OS Available when using Mac OS X ColorSync function Mac OS adjusts the colors 10 2 8 10 4 Off No No color matching Choose this option for Correction color matching by the software application or with your own color profile when you want to disable color matching by the printer driver Matching Method Description nos Auto Color matching optimized for images graphics The available options and their or text display order vary depending on our selection in Color Matchin Perceptual Color matching optimized for photos Print y g i Mode as well as the oper
423. mount If printed documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the feed amount Banding in different colors Line length is not accurate in the direction paper is fed To adjust the feed amount do the following in this order 1 Depending on the issue change the Feed Priority setting for the particular type of paper See Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority Based on the Feed Priority setting use Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length See Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length Adj See Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Adj See Ifadditional fine tuning is necessary after Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj use Fine Band Adj in the Menu Durng Prtng See Banding Adjustment During Printing Fine Band Adj Selecting Color Tones on Charts Before Printing Wi Basic Printing Workdlow gt Feed Slot Basic Printing Woriow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets e Internet To review multiple topics at once select the check box of desired topics and click the Apply button iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer held Go E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help E oe Bee Prox user Manual Contents IPF xxxx Instruction Manual Search _ Paper Type If p
424. mple4jpg Standby xxxxxxx 1 XXXX XX XX XX XXXX gt Device Selection Bg sample jpg Standby xxxxxxx 1 XXXX XX XX XX XX XX Support Links 450 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor On the Job sheet select the job and the desired function The following functions are available e Preempting other jobs e Pausing printing e Resuming printing e Canceling print jobs Canon iP Poox Option Help Printer Status E Job JE Hard Disk Information jh Maintenance E Support Document Name Status Owner Printing RRRKRRK Job Wait Executing RMRRRRHK Job Wait Executing REKRERRK Job Wait Executing RRKKAMKK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor On the Driver pane select the job and the desired function The following functions are available e Preempting other jobs e Pausing printing e Resuming printing e Canceling print jobs e098 XXX XXX XXX XXX k Printer Ready f Driver Hard Disk Utility Support u gt 2 5 2 Document User Status Size Page Copies E sample2 XXXXXXXX Printing xxxxK 2 2 q E sample3 XXXXXXXX Waitin xxxxK 2 2 C E sample4 XXXXXXXX Waitin xxxxK 2 2 C E sampleS XXXXXXXX Waitin xxxxK 2 2 Q e yay For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help Hard Disk 451 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com M
425. mportant e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes Ey B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx B Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D orientation ic fa E Scale 100 Cra OD 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Click the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the source application menu choose Print 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard mw Main zs H E mages Size _Aimedia Type Plain Paper By B Get Information B Easy Settings iB E E Print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image 4 POP M Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer S 2 C PDF Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list click the type of paper that is loaded 8 Make your selection in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 277 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter
426. n Windows Software 371 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Status Monitor Status Monitor imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows imagePROGRAF Status Monitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List shows a list of printers and Status Monitor shows details for each printer F imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List BENE Printer View Help SiE Ps zll el 2 3 Canon iPFxxxx Printer Ready Ink Levels MBK MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space 80 Job Information Owner Document Name Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray gt Empty Roll 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper 80 0 m 2624 ft 8 in You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer printers connected to your computer and printers found on the network Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor If a printer error occurs you can investigate the corrective action immediately Images of Ink Tanks are shown with different images for various types of ink An icon and warning message will notify you when ink levels are low The type of paper loaded in each media source is identified You can also check to see if paper has run out This way the utility enables you to check printer informatio
427. n Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button At this point open the Maintenance Cartridge Cover Oo a1 Maintenance 529 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge 7 Hold the handle a of the used Maintenance Cartridge and pull out the cartridge Grasp the handles on both sides b and keep the cartridge level as you remove it Important e Used Maintenance Cartridge is heavy Always grasp the cartridge handles on both sides firmly and keep the cartridge level during removal and storage If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or store it at an angle ink may leak and cause stains 8 Wipe away any soiling on the Maintenance Cartridge Cover 9 Keeping the used Maintenance Cartridge level insert it in the plastic bag of the new Maintenance Cartridge Expel excess air and seal the zipper After making sure the zipper is firmly sealed fold the bag in two 530 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 10 11 12 13 14 Maintenance Cartridge Confirm the Maintenance Cartridge is right side up put it in the box and store it so that it stays level O Important e Always put the used Maintenance Cartridge back in the box and store the box on a flat surface Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains e In accordance with its active and ongoing policy to protect the environment Canon collects used Maintenance Cartridge Follow the instruct
428. n Roll 609 6mm aper Type Plain Pay Paper Remaining 3280ft 10in Update Printer Infomation J Status Monitor Output Size 16 5in x 11 7in Note e Under some settings and in some environments PageComposer may be started Enhanced Printing Options 311 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Checking Images Before Printing Preview Macintosh While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust layout or size settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen e098 Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp S K al l 6 As B GF B HM Ni ibd Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help A 7 E Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper r f Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source RollPaper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B Automatic Cutting Printer Default B fa Copies 1 y copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print b Printer Information 0 Printer Status E Online Feed Information O Important The driver must be installed from the User Software CD ROM to use this function For instructions on how to check the layout before printing refer to the following topics e Checking the La
429. n USB 2 0 High Speed mode requires the following environment e Computer USB 2 0 High Speed compatible Operating system Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 Windows XP Windows 2000 or Mac OS X ver 10 3 3 or later e USB 2 0 driver Microsoft USB 2 0 driver available from Windows Update or the Service Pack e USB cable Certified USB 2 0 cable k Ink Tank BK Ink Tank Black Ink PFI 102BK MBK Ink Tank Matte Black Ink or black ink Pigment ink PFI 102MBK for matte paper C Ink Tank Cyan Ink PFI 102C In M Ink Tank Magenta Ink PFI 102M Y Ink Tank Yellow Ink PFI 102Y Capacity 130 ml 4 4 fl oz per color 1 1 The provided Starter Ink Tanks contain 90 ml 3 0 fl oz each Printer Parts 75 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Specifications Paper 1 RARP 1 6 m 1 7 yd Paper Size Roll width 36 in Roll 914 mm ISO A0 A1 Roll 841 mm 30 in Roll 762 mm JIS B1 B2 Roll 728 mm 24 in Roll 610 mm ISO A1 A2 Roll 594 mm JIS B2 B3 Roll 515 mm 17 in Roll 432 mm ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 mm 16 in Roll 407 mm 14 in Roll 356 mm ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 mm 10 in Roll 254 mm Sheets ISO AO ISO A1 ISO A2 ISO A2 ISO A3 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO B1 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS B1 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 34 x44 ANSI E 28 x40 ANSI F 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C 11 x17 Ledger 13 x19 Super B Letter 8 5 x11 Legal 8 5 x14 36 x48 ARCH E 3
430. n and take care of printer maintenance for optimal printing results You can also set up automatic email notification of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance Q Note For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help 372 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access is an application that links photos from Canon digital cameras and other image files on your computer with various other applications IB Digital Photo Front Access File Edit View Associations Help ao gt REBOE S E Desktop Ee HY My Computer Sg My Network Places S J My Documents My Music My Pictures 1611 KB 1697 KB 1974 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 11 10 2 img_002 jpg img_004 jpg img_022 jpg 5 gt TRSY 2009 KB 2011 KB 2124 KB 2308 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 1171072 Date Modified 2 6 2007 Date Modified 2 6 2007 img_014 jpg img_012 jpg img_005 jpg img_001 jpg ZE Number of Images 13 Number of Images Selected 1 Printer Name Canon iPFxxxx Simply select an image and click the icon of the application you want to start to launch the application You can also print from Digital Photo Front Access In short Digital Photo Front Access can help you manage images in many ways from editing to printing as
431. n attach the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Holder Stopper P 129 e Roll Holder Set RH4 32 for 2 and 3 inch paper cores 128 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls ss Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder The following attachments are provided with the Roll Holder Use the attachment that matches the size of the paper core of the roll you will use The printer is delivered with the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder Using the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment Using the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Roll Holder Side Holder Stopper Side Roll Holder Side Holder Stopper Side No Attachment Needed 2 Inch Paper Core 3 Inch Paper Core 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Attachment 1 Attachment 2 Installing the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment When loading a roll with a 3 inch paper core remove the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment from the Holder Stopper and then attach the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on both the Roll Holder and Holder Stopper 1 Push the tips a of the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment in and remove the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment from the Holder Stopper 2 Align the tips a of 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 1 with the holes b of the Roll Holder and insert it firmly 3 Align the tips a of 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 2 with the holes b of the Holder Stopper and insert it firmly Handling Paper 129 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handlin
432. n the Ink Tank and Printhead which may cause the ink level indicators to drop to 80 This does not indicate a problem with the printer u nk Level Detection Ink level detection will be deactivated if you load ink tanks once emptied Ink level detection Ink tanks specified for this printer feature an ink level detection function to prevent the ink from running out during printing which prevents printer damage P 507 This function will not work correctly if you use refill ink tanks As a result printing stops Thus before using refill ink tanks you must cancel the ink level detection Printing with the ink level detection canceled may lead to printer damage and printing problems Canon Inc is not liable for any damage that may occur as a result of refilling ink My caion e After ink level detection has been disabled this function cannot be reactivated for the currently loaded Ink Tank To use ink level detection again replace the Ink Tank with a new ink tank specified for use with the printer e Repeatedly removing and inserting an Ink Tank may damage the connection between the Ink Tank and the printer which may cause ink leakage from the Ink Tank and damage the printer 572 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other problems Disabling ink level detection 1 On the Display Screen a message indicates that the ink level cannot be detected After checking the message press the gt button
433. n the roll width and the short side is shorter than the roll width the original is repositioned to fit on the paper HP RTL print jobs are not rotated 1 Selecting On will store print jobs until multiple documents can be arranged to fill up the roll width instead of printing each print job as it is received Nesting WaitTime Specify a time to wait until printing as desired Select On to print cut lines between each document on the roll On the Fly Selecting On will start printing jobs sooner if you are printing only HP RTL print jobs and printing would not start until later However images may be omitted in some cases so be sure to check the printing results ProcessingOption PageSizeProcess1 Selecting On will print at the specified paper size However a 3 mm margin is subtracted from the paper size at each edge when printing this margin is left blank Normally the area available for printing excludes a margin required by the printer and images are positioned accordingly Selecting On in this setting eliminates any misalignment of the printing position if the image itself includes a border PageSizeProcess2 Selecting On will determine the paper size based on the image rendering area 1 Because HP RTL images are not rotated even if the paper is rotated 90 degrees images may be cut off or the blank paper may be ejected In this case set Auto Rotate to Off 56 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manual
434. na a a a ore e 50 Main Menu Settings During Printing sccotc as ctzeaxetcatedennstcuadeacsvexeavancanidennoceadsteanseunayaneedsieacnteuuas 62 Submenu Display 12h cisoncvcaiecieenevuatcateiy si e e E ER E ERE EERE Gea bamiaunbendeuicentecage 65 Status Prnt recarrega E E E E EEEO EAEE A E E OR 67 Optional ACCesSsSorieS serseri eene E EE E REEE E E EERE 13 ROIN THOM OS SET inmin r E E RTO E 73 IEEE 1394 FireWire Expansion Board fc icccci2 2 ccczecensatetcctecsettesscauccuridensddespepsianccteetiacavadeacezetes 73 Printer Specifications cisirccee eee seascecedccdosnnesatsasteqonaccssuneeeesoosoeleaab neous sae secs 74 Specifications ee cece cecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeaeeaeeeeesesaeeeeeeaacaeaeeeaesaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeas 74 Basic Environmental Performance cccccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaceeeeaaaeeeeaaaeeeseegeeeeeeeaaaenneaes 78 PUPAL A Od aron on an Scotia cele E EE E aoa cere bette ed ae ta tates 79 Basic Printing Workflow 80 Printing PROCS OS cites cs care cudeiceninsioiacanenensciedahevedvcasdeydcdedeantieedeidcadusteasebtececserts 80 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets cscccsccccscccesisescssccnieccessecenssovenaccncsoessestecesedsenteeessseneneednes 80 Loading and Printing om ROWS ccrsiconsestveadanccivapeslccransiteseuetanantetnenaateteaadbenayesvadacteleadackeustesaatanmenses 82 Loading and Printing On Sheets yasscctrccesveccsdvautivsocaniieanieceadudcbecentehedeaniveatieceadabendeetaenceasdune
435. nctly Reduce Print Unevenness 2 Choose this option to counteract uneven printing Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available 1 Displayed in Windows and Mac OS X 10 5 2 Displayed in Mac OS X Q Note To print at a higher level of quality in the printer driver choose High or Highest in Print Quality and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing For instructions on specifying the print quality and color settings before printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows P 183 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X gt P 185 182 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets As an example this topic describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible with sharp lines and text 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sur
436. nfigured Check the following points 1 Make sure the NetWare file server is running 2 Make sure there is enough free disk space on the NetWare file server Insufficient disk space may prevent you from processing large print jobs 3 Start NWADMIN or PCONSOLE and confirm that the print service is configured correctly and the print queue is available 4 If data transmission to a printer on another subnet fails deactivate NCP burst mode in that printer s network protocol settings 5 If the printer is used in queue server mode specify Other Unknown as the printer type The printer was turned off and on when not Leave the printer off for at least 30 seconds and disconnected from the server then restore power Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks The AppleTalk protocol is not enabled on the printer Activate AppleTalk on the printer P 410 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s AppleTalk settings are configured correctly configured correctly The computer and printer are not on the same Due to the nature of Bonjour you cannot print if network the printer is on another network behind a router Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network For information about network settings ask your network administrator 566 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Installation problems Installation problems The IEEE 1394 Dri
437. ng you can cancel the password as needed Settings Mail box Rename inbox Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password Verify Rename document Document title 4 digit number sample2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Hard Disk 483 Hard Disk Deleting Saved Jobs You can delete saved jobs in the box shared among all users and in each personal box Delete stored print jobs as follows e Using the Control Panel Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using inmagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loaatject 1856 2 Delete the saved job e To delete saved jobs in the Common Box f Press A or W to select Com BOX Ope and then press the button Press A or to select Job List and then press the button Press A or to select the saved job to delete and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Delete and then press the gt button 6 a kh WN Press A or to select Job Management and then press the gt button Confirm the print job for deletion and press the OK button e To delete saved jobs in Personal Boxes f Press A or W to select Psnl BOX Ope and then press the button Press A or V to select the folder and then press the button Enter a
438. ng Line Drawings and Text Windows Mac OS X Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for line drawings and text i Print Target CAD Line Drawing Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD Fast Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD drawings CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Settings optimized to print black lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD High Accuracy Settings optimized for attractive printing of highly precise documents such as CAD drawings with smooth lines and small text Poster Notice Announcement Settings optimized for printing announcements such as wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text 3D CAD GIS Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings perspective drawings and maps including GIS maps Q Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 For instructions on printing line drawings and text refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system
439. ng automatically reverts to Plain Paper AON e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality e If you select a type of paper for which Media Width Detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing gt P 136 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online 132 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Loading the Sheet in the Printer G Note For details on supported types and sizes of the paper see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 101 P 96 Remove any loaded paper that will not be used e Roll 3P 113 P 114 Sheet P 137 If the Platen is dirty clean inside the Top Cover P 538 After pressing the Load Eject button you can refer to instructions on the Display Screen as you load the paper 1 Remove the Roll Holder from the printer and remove Basket Fastener A a from the Stand Stay b Note e If you print on a long sheet longer than 914 mm 36 in the trailing edge may touch the floor and become dirty Before loading long paper remove the Roll Holder and spread a clean cloth or paper on the floor Handling Paper 133 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets 2 Open the Top Cover and push the Release Lever back O Important D
440. ngs pane Printer iPFxxxx ES Presets Standard B Additional Settings B Data Send Method cy Send Print Data Immediately to Printer O Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer a Send job to ISO A4 Print 4 Actual Size O Print auto delete ISO A4 O Save in mail box C Save data before printing PDF w Preview Cancel Print 2 Choose an Send job to e Print Save print jobs automatically at Print auto delete the same time they are printed Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing e Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer without printing them The Destination dialog box is displayed if you select Save in mail box Here specify the name and Personal Box number for saved print jobs Destination Mail box Inbox No Inbox Name 1 Box 1 2 Box 2 3 Box 3 4 Box 4 5 Box 5 6 Box 6 7 Box 7 8 Box 8 9 Box 9 si J 1 In Document title enter a name to identify saved print jobs 2 Select the Personal Box number in the Mail box list 3 Click OK to close the Destination dialog box Q Note e Save data before printing This option is available in combination with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 447 Hard Disk Do Not Save Print Jobs in the Common
441. ngth in Feed Priority in the printer menu and enter the amount for adjustment in Adjust Length You can adjust the feed amount in 0 02 increments Documents are printed crooked Corrective Action Skew Skew Check Lv has been set to Loose or Off Choose Standard in Skew Check Lv Width Detection has been set to Off Choose On in Width Detection Documents are printed in monochrome In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver Monochrome Monochrome BK ink or Monochrome Bitmap is specified in Color Mode The Printhead nozzles are clogged In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again Print a test pattern to check the color ink nozzles and see if they are clogged Line thickness is not uniform Windows In the Special Settings dialog box of the Windows printer driver Fast Graphic Process is selected Open the printer driver s Properties dialog box from Print in the application software s File menu and try printing following the steps below 1 Remove the check from Open Preview When Print Job Starts in the Main sheet 2 Remove the check from Page Layout in the Layout sheet 3 Click the Special Settings button in the Layout sheet to open the Special Settings dialog box and remove the check from Fast Graphic Process Lines are misaligned The Printhead alignment is not adjusted Adjust the Printhead alignment P 491
442. nhanced Printing Options 319 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the following example e Document An original in landscape orientation e Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EEES v Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Moritor About Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Targe
443. nk leak from the Printhead which may cause stains Q Note e Prepare a new Ink Tank when ink levels are low e Your hands may become dirty during Printhead replacement Use the gloves provided with the new Printhead for replacement Choose On in Auto Print to have the printer automatically adjust the Printhead alignment after replacement of the Printhead P 50 1 If the roll is not ejected because of the cutting method selected cut it manually and remove it P 329 Clean inside the Top Cover P 538 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU O N Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Replace P head and then press the button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button aon A Ink is now filled After about three minutes a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open the Top Cover 7 Open the Top Cover Instructions are now shown on the Display Screen regarding Printhead replacement Maintenance 519 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads 8 If the Printhead Fixer Cover or Printhead Fixer Lever is dirty use a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it clean O Important e Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b e Never touch the metal contacts of the Carriage This may damage the printer 9 Lift the Carriage Cover to open it fully
444. nners tend to be in non standard sizes so register a Custom Paper Size In this example 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in is registered 2 In the application create an original in the size you registered 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond to banners Registering a Custom Paper Size This example describes how to register a paper size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 345 2 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing O Scalin Letter 8 5 x11 z 00 Letter 8 5 x11 9 i i 8 50 in x 11 00 in A l Aj Port WW AJ O Landscape 7 K A Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper v 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm v JN Rol Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name My Horizontal Banner is used a fk O amp O in this example In Units click mm Under Paper Size enter 100 in Width and 500 in Height
445. not match an error message may be displayed and printing may not be possible e Papr Size Mismatch P 578 e Papr Type Mismatch P 578 e Paper Mismatch P 578 Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Rose Wine 84 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure 9 Send the print job Printing from Windows P 89 e Printing from Mac OS X gt P 90 Start printing G Note You can skip steps 6 and 7 if a barcode has been printed on the roll paper and you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll The paper type and amount of paper left are automatically detected The barcode will automatically be cut off after it has been read You can skip step 6 if you have deactivated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper If you have deactivated width detection you will need to enter the roll width after choosing the paper type in step 5 P 50 If you select a type of paper for which width detection is Off when detection of the remaining roll paper is also Off you will need to advance the paper manually to the starting position for printing P 136 For details on supported sizes and types of rolls see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 101 P 96 When printing on rolls after printing on sheets if the lit paper selection lamp does not switch from the Cut Sheet lamp to the Roll Media lamp press the Feeder Se
446. not solve the problem repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times If this still does not improve printing the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life Contact your Canon dealer saion Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tanks during cleaning Maintenance 541 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other Maintenance Other Maintenance Preparing to Transfer the Printer To protect the internal parts in transit always follow the steps below before transferring the printer to a new location Refer to the Quick Start Guide for details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer Q Note e It is not possible to prepare the printer for transfer if the Display Screen prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge or check the remaining capacity Replace the Maintenance Cartridge before transfer preparations P 528 Do not tilt the printer in transit Ink inside the printer may leak and cause stains If it is necessary to stand the printer up or tilt it contact your Canon dealer 1 Remove the paper Rolls P 113 P 114 P 114 e Sheet P 137 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU st LoadEject 138E Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or to select Move Printer and then press the gt button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button O Aa OU The printer now starts preparing for
447. nt Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K an misture of text photos and graphics Bl g G o B Default Settings Apply Favorite Add v Application Settings Priority t OK Cancel JI Apply Help 4 In the A Favorites choose the favorite you registered Q Note To import a favorite click I Import and specify the favorite file 5 Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 327 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Using Favorites Mac OS X You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite based printing Q Note e In the printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a standard feature of the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation 328 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Roll paper can be automatically cut after printing Q Note e It may not be possible to cut certain types of paper such as adhesive paper For details on types of paper that cannot be used with the auto cut feature see the Paper Reference G
448. nt Plug In for Word Status Monitor Eres Layout Color UNNER Preview end soon Printer Driver Print Plug In Printmonitor Free Layout Color UNNER Preview andsoon How to use this manual Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Troubleshooting Error Message W imagePROGRAF Roll paper Sheets Output Stacker and zoon Adjusting the Printhead Adjusting the feed amount Color adjustment and soon Control Panel Main Menu Hard Disk Optional accessories and s0 on Network Setting Network Settis Vindows and soon T Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printer and so on Frequently Asked ons Clearing jammed paper an soon Responding to Messages Error Messages and soon Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Internet Introduction 5 How to use this manual 2 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area iP Foo0cx User Manual Windows Interne N t Explorer E File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Pd Z PF rox User Manual Contents Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search Home Basic Printing Workflow Hoss gt Basic Printing Workflow E Printi Printing Options Using Rolls and Shests Loading and Printing on Rolis Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Canceli t jobs Mac OSX Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting M
449. nt data from the computer When the transmission is completed the job is not displayed even during printing Alternatively you can cancel print jobs as follows 1 Click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 00e iPFxxxx ct i Riv ae H Start Job Utility upply Levels Active Completed 4 gt Jobs Stopped Status Name sample txt 94 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Canceling print jobs 2 Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job e608 XXX XXX XXX XXX Printer Ready Ready Driver Hard Disk Utility Support n EJE 2 E sample txt XXXXXXXX Printing Copies aT The job sent to the printer is canceled QO Note e The print job is displayed on the inagePROGRAF Printmonitor window while the printer receives the print data from the computer It is not displayed before transmission of print data to the printer even if the computer has started the process of the data 3 Exit imagePROGRAF Printmonitor In the printer window click Start Jobs O Important e Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs If you do not restart job processing the next job cannot be printed To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel follow these steps 1 If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp co
450. nter com Manuals Output Stacker Use the Output Stacker in the normal position a However for some types of media you can use the stacker in the position for easy removal b To switch the stacker to the position for easy removal move the Support Rod to the position of b This position enables printed documents to be removed more easily For information on the position for easy removal refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Handling Paper 141 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos and Images Windows Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for photos and images Highest Quality Setting optimized for printing at the highest level of quality Photo from digital camera Setting optimized for printing photographic images from digital cameras Poster Graphic Image Settings optimized for printing posters mainly composed of photos Setting optimized for printing vivid eye catching store posters combining images and text Scanned Image Setting optimized for printing scanned images with accurate color reproduction to match the original images Setting optimized for high speed draft pr
451. nter in some cases e Screens depicted in this User Manual for the printer driver or other software may be different from the actual screens because of subsequent updates e Windows XP screens are used in explanations of Windows operations in this User Manual e Trademarks e Canon the Canon logo and imagePROGRAF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Canon Inc Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Inc in the United States and other countries e Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners Copyright 2008 Canon Inc e Unauthorized reproduction of this User Manual in whole or part is prohibited e May we request Thank you for understanding the following points The information in this User Manual is subject to change without notice e We strive to ensure accuracy of information in this User Manual but if you notice errors or omissions please contact us 2 Introduction Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Searching Topics How to use this manual You can find information in topics of this User Manual by searching for relevant terms 1 Enter a term and click the Search button Q Note To search for multiple terms at once enter a space between each term gt iP Fxxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer e v x Li
452. nter supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size internet 4 Clear the topics you will not print and click the Apply button iP Frooxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DAR go vitr x Live Searc er File Edit View Favorites Tools Help we ee GPF rox User Manual gt B fb Lp Page Op Tools I Contents _ Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search oMi Home Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow 1 1 Printing procedure Canceling print jobs Working With Various Print Jobs Windows Software Handling Paper i oading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Printer Parts i Printing from Mac OSX E Network Setting pecifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows E Maintenance Bpecifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Troubleshooting Error Message Abgake
453. nting 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSCS Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing 5 B Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 5 600 Eere H C Borderless Printing fi Media Size Match Page Size By f D af Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom ao C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel Print 11 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list here 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard is a iz images size Almedia Type Plain Paper i een B Get Information es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set a M Preview Cancel E Print 244 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from Manu
454. nting Options 293 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets When you print originals that are smaller than the sheet size the originals are arranged in the upper left corner of the sheet If you prefer you can print originals that were arranged this way centered on the sheet instead Print Centered Aligns the center of the original with the center of the sheet For instructions on centering originals when printing on sheets refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows P 295 e Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X gt P 297 294 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows This topic describes how to reduce an original 50 for printing centered on a sheet Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in Paper Sheets Paper type Plain Paper Paper size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFr0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Adv
455. ntinues flashing hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing Basic Printing Workflow 95 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper Handling Paper Paper Types of Paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide This guide identifies supported plain paper coated paper photo paper such as glossy photo paper proofing paper CAD paper and other types of paper The Paper Reference Guide identifies types and specifications of paper as well as information on printer driver settings and tips on handling paper You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide on the printer Control Panel and in the printer driver by downloading the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website Q Note e The media types with t marked in the product name are those specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media 96 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper Viewing the Paper Reference Guide You can access the Paper Reference Guide as follows Follow the steps for your particular operating system e Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop Here iPFxxxx represents the printer model i iPFxxxx Support The online support window is displayed
456. o display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings B Format for E Paper Size I orientation E scale Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou hk WN Access the Main pane Printer Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list IPFXxxx Page Attributes B iPFxxxx zs Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 1 e 100 ic Presets Standard ins Main B Wmeaia Type Plain Paper HJ Get Information E B Set D Easy Settings iz Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 E Print Target Default Settings Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer Preview PF Cancel 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 177 Adjusting Images 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard iz oo Main i B_Getinformation _ B Advanced Settings H E Print Priority image By US Letter Fi Print Quality Draft 300dpi E Actual Size P US Letter A Color Mode C
457. o more ink a M a Ink Color Label Load an Ink Tank corresponding to the color and name on these labels b Ink Set An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side When purchasing an Ink Tank make sure an A is printed on the label P 507 Printer Parts 17 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts Control Panel a Online Button Green Switches the printer online and offline P 29 e On The printer is online Flashing The printer is switching modes Off The printer is offline b Menu Button Displays the main menu of the printer P 50 c Data lamp Green Flashing During printing the Data lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs This lamp flashes when the print job is paused or the printer is updating the firmware Off There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off d Message lamp Orange e On A warning message is displayed e Flashing An error message is displayed Off The printer is off or is operating normally e Paper Source Section After you press the Feeder Selection button the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit 1 Roll Media lamp Green e On Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source e
458. o not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 3 With a sheet lengthwise and printing side up insert it between the Platen a and the Paper Retainer b Align the edges of the sheet as follows 1 Align the sheet with the Paper Alignment Line c at right D gt 2 Align the inserted edge of the sheet with the leading edge of the Paper Alignment Line d as shown all Te MI When inserted sheets are automatically held by suction against the Platen 134 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Important e Load a sheet so that it is parallel to the Paper Alignment Line d Loading paper askew will cause an error e Warped paper may rub against the Printhead Straighten paper if it is warped before loading it e If the sides of the sheet are not perpendicular at the corners the sheet may not be advanced straight Note You can adjust the strength of vacuum holding paper against the Platen when the Release Lever is open If it is difficult to load paper press the A or Y button on the Control Panel to adjust the strength Set vacuum stronger by pressing the A button or weaker with the W button Three settings are available A sheet is held in place by vacuuming through holes on the Platen Although the vacuuming may produce a noise when paper is loaded in some positions it does not indicate a problem If the noise is distracting try moving the p
459. o protect the nozzles If this ink is accidentally spilled it may stain the printer or surrounding area We recommend removing the Safety Cap 2 b on top of the Printhead package or safely out of the way Wipe off any spilled ink with a dry cloth This ink is non toxic Do not reattach the Safety Cap or protective material Dispose of these materials in accordance with local regulations 522 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads 15 With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back insert the Printhead into the Carriage Making sure that the metal contacts do not touch the Carriage carefully push the printhead firmly into the carriage Maintenance 523 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads 19 Close the Top Cover Ink now fills the system After about 13 minutes the Printhead alignment will be automatically adjusted and the printer will go online If no paper has been loaded a message is displayed requesting you to load paper Important e Never remove an Ink Tank while the system is filling with ink e If Auto Print is Off in the printer menu the Printhead alignment will not be adjusted In this case adjust the alignment after Printhead replacement by accessing Auto Head Adj in Advanced Adj P 491 524 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cutter Unit Cutter Unit Cutter Unit A reaplacement Cutter Unit e C
460. o restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 357 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 Object Adjustment dialog box In the Object Adjustment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Object Adjustment Graphics Text OK Cancel f Defaults Help O Note e To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet Setting tem i escription A Image Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos C Text B Graphics Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics such as lines and circles Select this option to apply color adjustment to text 358 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Page Setup Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Page Setup sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A B Page Size 7 Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Lette
461. oaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge No maintenance cartridge The Maintenance Cartridge is not installed Install the Maintenance Cartridge Prepare for maint cart replacement The Maintenance Cartridge is almost full You can continue to print but prepare a new Maintenance Cartridge to use when the message for replacement is displayed No Maintenance Cartridge capacity The Maintenance Cartridge cannot absorb enough After confirming that the printer has stopped ink for Printhead cleaning or other operation operating replace the Maintenance Cartridge 3 Maintenance cartridge full The Maintenance Cartridge is full After confirming that the printer has stopped operating replace the Maintenance Cartridge s Maintenance cartridge problem An incompatible or used Maintenance Cartridge has Install a Maintenance Cartridge specified for use with been installed the printer P 528 590 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding the hard disk Messages regarding the hard disk Hard disk error There is a format problem with the printer s hard disk Press the OK button to start reformatting the hard disk When formatting is finished the printer automatically restarts Formatting will erase all data on the hard disk File read error Corrective
462. ob to in Mac OS X as the format for print jobs sent from the computer the jobs are saved in the common box There is one Common Box numbered 00 A password cannot be set for the Common Box Up to 100 print jobs can be saved here but they will be deleted one after another starting with the oldest job in the following situations If there are more than 100 jobs in the Common Box and job queue combined e If the temporary storage area becomes full during reception of print jobs for which you have selected Print or Print auto delete in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X e If there is not enough space in the temporary and permanent storage areas during reception of print jobs for which you have selected Save in mail box in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X Personal Boxes You can store jobs in Personal Boxes in either of the following ways By moving a job stored in the Common Box into a Personal Box e By selecting Save in mail box in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X There are nine Personal Boxes numbered 01 to 09 You can specify a name and password for each Personal Box Up to 100 print jobs can be saved in all Personal Boxes combined Hard Disk 443 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Saving Print Jobs Sent from Sources Other than the Printer Driver To save print jobs sent from software or systems other than the printer driver
463. object that is the object representing the physical volume on the network where the print queue will be created Click the button at right to choose from a list 7 Complete other settings as needed and click OK G Note e The print server name will be required when configuring the printer s protocol settings Write down the print server name for future reference e When running Quick Setup the printer is assigned printer number 0 When using the printer in queue server mode do not change the printer number from 0 3 Set a password 1 Right click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details 2 Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box Enter the password 3 Click OK to close the password input dialog box 4 Click OK or Cancel to close the details dialog box 4 To use the printer in remote printer mode start the print server To use the NetWare file server as the print server enter LOAD PSERVER NLM at the file server and press the Enter key O Note e This procedure is not required when using queue server mode Network Setting 425 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Use PCONSOLE to set up the print server if bindery queue server mode or remote printer mode is used 1 Log into NetWare as Supervisor and start PCONSOLE 2 Switch to bindery mode 3 If the print server has not been created create it 1 In Available Options select Quick Setup
464. obs from Windows ee Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size Printing a group of individual topics in the manual When you access printable HTML versions from subtitles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example gt iP Fooox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer Go le E lve sen ee File Edit View Favorites Tools Help we k GPF xxx User Manual a r dh i Page Op Tools S Contents _ Index iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search O E Basic Printing Workflow CANON Large Format Printer W imagePROGRAF BT Working With Various Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Basic Printing Workdlow ee z is Printing on sheets Windows Software on S and soon Roll paper Working Wit
465. og box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support _ Al Media Type EEES x Get Information c Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TFL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About _ Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing F Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width F O Scaling GS E Papersize Match Page Size 85 00 i a Letter 8 5 x11 JH Orientation 8 50 w A rotst W AJ O Landscape bi fs m nA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options E o S __Dutput Method
466. ollowing topic Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows P 183 Working With Various Print Jobs 161 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings HP GL 2 Printing This printer supports the original Canon GARO printer control language as well as HP GL 2 and HP RTL 1 emulation 2 When printing from applications that support HP GL 2 output specify HP GL 2 in the application s plotter output settings 0 Note e For instructions on configuring these settings refer to the software documentation The printer automatically switches to the corresponding processing depending on whether a GARO HP GL 2 or HP RTL job is received Configure the optional settings for HP GL 2 emulation on the printer control panel P 50 This printer can emulate the following printers using HP GL 2 emulation Emulated Printers Canon W3000 and W3050 3 Hewlett Packard Designjet 450c Designjet 750c Plus and Designjet 750c 1 HP GL 2 Hewlett Packard Graphics Language 2 HP RTL Hewlett Packard Raster Transfer Language 2 It may not be possible to print jobs with excessively large amounts of data correctly 3 Layout templates are not supported 162 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settin
467. olor wy Mode Driver Correction W O unidirectional Printing E L Reduce Print Unevenness INI O Economy Printing Feiner gt M Horr Grein C D 9 Click Color in the H Color Mode list 10 Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings colorAdjustment Matching A Preview Color Balance Cyan Red E Cyan fa 31 30 30 f H a Magenta Green w Magenta 0 8 30 30 E En 5 Yellow Blue Yellow a A t 0 e30 30 E Original Brightness Dark S Light m i i 0 30 30 v x Contrast Low eo High ee i 0 Ae30 30 o 0 Saturation High 0 M30 30 ee RES Bp Ji Cray Tone Cool Black A i Warm Black 0 30 30 Revert C Gre D gt 178 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images 11 On the Color Adjustment pane adjust the color tones brightness and so on as desired Adjustment item D Cyan Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list H Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions in
468. om ManualsPrinter com Manuals How to use this manual HTML Version of the Manual for Printing You can select a group of topics in the table of contents or individual topics in this manual for printing The following procedure describes how to do this using the information in Basic Printing Workflow as an example Printing a group of topics in the manual When you access printable HTML versions of the content from section titles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example G e File Edit View Favorites Tools Help k k Ero User Manual iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DERK Pr gt B dh v iPage E Tools Contents l Index iPF xxxx Instruction Manual Search i Working With Various Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Error Message Appendix Windows Software Mac OS X Software Basic Printing Workflow Enhanced Printing Canon Large Format Printer Printing on sheets 2nd soon Working With Various Printing Photos and Images Printing CAD Drawings an soon Enlargement and reduction Borderless printing Printi Non S Paper Si Conserving paper and soon Printer Driver Print Plug In Pri
469. om a Color imageRUNNER ceeeeeeee 214 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 214 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 216 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents iii Contents Printing at tull SIZE ccs cccneipsautececunacdetenikbcicwanedsisbuniesuadtdwtanmna emnaentuebonedatrngaaceu 216 Printing on Oversized Paper iicdceccesasue cacvaisaseraddvaccenudhacwe caavaraeceadduisucteedsaceecitaiebeteaaadientachaneiastende 218 Printing at Full Size Windows cccviccsscsccrcasasenctanscveageradedceansnncseassesnccesgebeertadsnentanegatctieanaimeamenws 220 Printing at Full Size Mac OS X i cs ssisececvassiieincessiaccieaitceeuecaatabustenentsiaceeaduhseneeithasbeseedaverdideaeensteane 222 Borderless Printing at Actual Size 0 02 cece eecceceeeeeee eter eeeeae eee eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaaeeetesaeeeseeeneeeeea 225 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeees 227 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X eceecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeneeeeeeensnaeeees 229 Borderless Printing settee Set arsed teanncec ese scene cadeeescp ena edateanencoceezcseeasie 232 Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Si2 es cccciscsccevitis iccesesgccreetsiehvertnas deeeesvastieeeiseeeaee 232 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows
470. ome Line Drawing Mi Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IAAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N 5 Status Monitor About __Detauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 234 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Ba v Enlarged Reduced Printing BD Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width pa O Scaling jF Letter 8 5 x11 x f 8 50 in x11 00 in E Jy Pope size Match Page Size 009 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Diiertation 8 50 in x 11 00 in E aj Pott D LAJ O Landscape f a uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing i Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the B
471. on see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 On The leading edge is cut off when you load a roll and scraps are removed The amount of paper cut off from the leading edge varies depending on the paper type For more information see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Q Note e If you print on paper that has an irregular width set Skew Check Lv to Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or to Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU a fk WN Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or Y to select Trim Edge First and then press the button Press A or to select the desired setting option and then press the OK button This setting takes effect the next time you load a roll 126 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls The printer is equipped with a function to reduce cutting dust for media such as Backlit Film that are more likely to generate debris when cut This may improve printing quality and help prevent Printhead damage You can set up this function to be activated for some types of paper When this function is act
472. on ON change the Media Detailed Settings information for that paper and use the regular feeding method 2 Keeping the right edge of the sheet aligned with the extended line of the paper alignment line a on the right side of the printer load the sheet so that the near edge is aligned with the groove b at the far end of the platen TUM OPT er I CH TAN UMS b D Ne 3 Check the position of the loaded paper and press the OK button 4 After a menu for selection of the paper size is shown on the Display Screen press A or VW to select the paper size and then press the OK button Q Note e Ifa print job received requires paper larger than the selected paper it may soil the Platen 136 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Removing the Sheet 1 Press the Load Eject button Q Note e Paper cannot be ejected by using the Load Eject button when print jobs are in progress or during the ink drying period Before ejecting paper press the Stop button to cancel printing print job processing or ink drying 2 Press the OK button to eject the paper The paper is ejected from the front of the printer 3 Holding the paper push the Release Lever back and remove the sheet 4 Pull the Release Lever forward Handling Paper 137 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling sheets Clearing a Jamm
473. on sheets choose Cut Sheet as the paper source To perform oversized printing on a Macintosh computer you must specify a non standard page size and print on it e To specify a non standard paper size in oversized printing register the paper size as a Custom Paper Size Oversized printing is not available with Custom Size P 261 For instructions on oversized printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing at Full Size Windows P 220 e Printing at Full Size Mac OS X P 222 Enhanced Printing Options 219 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Printing at Full Size Windows This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing Document Any Type e Page Size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line
474. onditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 333 Enhanced Printing Options 193 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper for Printing Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes zs B Format for _ iPFxxxx Bg Canon iPFxxxx B Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 By 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation iy fa E Scale 100 5 a Cancel 0K Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh amp NY Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard Main S E Print Target Default Settings 0 E Draft Office Document eee Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Graphic Image 4 POP M Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BC View set K Printer 3 M PDFv Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 194 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals 8 Access the Page Setup p
475. one on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Enhanced Printing Options 215 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlarg
476. onitor Macintosh 1 In the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs e008 XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready i Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info S Usabl OU gt E x Free ae R Move _ Set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v lBox1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper X sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 pale Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 J Cne ED 2 Select the print job in the list and click Move XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Si Usabl gt x x Free ae some Sets Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper x sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper amp i Musiini TIC 3 In the Move Document dialog box select the destination Personal Box and click OK Move Document Cancel For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help i Choose the destination mail box 474 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Displaying Details of Saved Jobs You can view details of stored print jobs as follows Using RemoteUl e Using imagePROGRAF St
477. ons 3 Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility 4 Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press D
478. ooves b on both ends of the Roll Holder Slot Dy caution Be careful not to drop the roll and hurt yourself when loading it e Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the Roll Holder shaft a and the guide grooves b when loading rolls At this point to advance the roll see Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 Handling Paper 109 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Loading the Roll in the Printer Follow these steps to load rolls in the printer Q Note e Remove any loaded paper that will not be used e Roll P 113 P 114 Sheet P 137 e If the Platen is dirty clean inside the Top Cover P 538 1 Push the Release Lever back and pull out the roll paper evenly on both ends Insert the edge in the Paper Feed Slot a and advance the paper until vacuuming paper starts After the paper reaches the Platen it is automatically advanced and vacuuming paper starts Important Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you insert it in the slot This may affect the printing quality We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the printing surface If the paper is wrinkled or warped straighten it out before loading it If it is difficult to insert the roll paper in the Paper Feed Slot insert the left or right corner in the slot first and then straighten the paper as you advance it e Load the roll so that there i
479. operating system documentation 5 Install the printer driver Follow the instructions of your network administrator to install the printer driver on each computer to be used for printing When installing the printer driver choose Network Printer as the printer destination and then choose the print queue created from the NetWare print service settings 6 Follow these steps to configure the printer port This step is not necessary if you specified the printer destination during installation of the printer driver 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window 2 Right click the printer icon and choose Properties 3 Click the Port or Advanced tab to display the Port or Advanced sheet 4 As the destination port specify the print queue created by configuring the NetWare print service settings Network Setting 429 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer as follows Important e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the Administrator account 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive 2 On the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software 3 Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to proce
480. or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls e Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 e Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default
481. or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh An error message is displayed on the printer Control Panel if the paper type as specified in the printer driver does not match the type specified on the printer Although you can print under these conditions the printing results may not be suitable If the paper type is not listed for selection If the type of paper loaded is not listed among the options for selection try printing on Special 1 Special 2 and so on Note that higher numbers in this setting enable more vivid colors but may also cause colors to run together For instructions on specifying the paper type before printing refer to the following topics Selecting the Paper Type Roll P 189 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 190 188 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Choosing Paper for Printing Selecting the Paper Type Roll When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Important e For best printing results the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper Be sure to select the type of paper to use correctly before printing e Because the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used If margins and the size of images are not as you expected adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height P
482. or more to roll is loaded cancel printing Load sheets of the type and size you have specified in the printer driver Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing Change the printer driver settings to match the roll already loaded and try printing again Cannot feed paper Cause The paper has come out of the printer Remove the paper press the Load Eject button and reload the paper A paper jam has occurred Lift the Release Lever remove the jammed paper and reload paper If the error occurs again turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power Error Message 581 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper s Paper jam A paper jam occurred in the printer during printing Lift the Release Lever and remove the jammed paper P 115 Paper loaded askew Paper has been loaded askew Follow the steps below to reload the roll 7 1 Open the Top Cover 2 Push the Release Lever back 3 Align the right edge of the roll paper parallel to the Paper Alignment Line 4 Pull the Release Lever forward 5 Close the Top Cover 6 Select the paper type P 105 Follow the steps below to reload the sheet 1 Open the Top Cover 2 Push the Release Lever back 3 Align the right edge of the sheet parallel to the right Paper Alignment Line and the far edge parallel to the inner paper alignment line 4 Pull the Release Lever forward 5 Close the Top C
483. ort Links For details refer to the RemoteUI help Hard Disk 471 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help 2 Printer Status B sa reais ILD Information h Maintenance R Support Mail Boxes Inbox name Common Box Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password This mail box is password protected 3 Enter the password and click OK Inbox No M Inbox name Box 1 cros 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job in the list and click Move Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Plain Paper sampled jpg BEKKERK Plain Paper sample3 ipg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample2 jpg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample1 jpg KKHKKKX Plain Paper gt Print Properties us 472 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 3 In the Move dialog box select the destination Personal Box and click OK Choose the destination mail box Mail Boxes LInbowNo Inbowname ooo Common Box Box 1 Box 2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Hard Disk 473 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printm
484. ossible to recover the overwritten data Conforms to the DoD5220 22 M standard of the U S Department of Defense e For a more secure method of preventing data recovery we recommend physically or magnetically destroying the hard disk In this case the hard disk can no longer be used e Erase HDD Data is not available if there is a job queue Also note that during execution of Erase HDD Data print jobs cannot be processed 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU ou kh WN 490 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Slo LoadiEject 38E Press A or to select System Setup and then press the button Press A or to select Erase HDD Data and then press the gt button Press A or to select the method of erasure and then press the button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button to display the confirmation screen Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button to start erasure Adjusting the Printhead Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead Correcting Print Misalignment If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern For instructions on automatic adjustment see Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically gt P 491 For instructions on manual adjustment see Ad
485. ot adjust band The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 516 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 517 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used Adjust the feed amount manually for feed amount adjustment P 501 Cannot adjust printhead The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 516 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 517 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used We recommend using a type of paper that you often for Printhead adjustment use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 491 Error Message 587 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding printheads Messages regarding printheads Cannot adjust printhead Corrective Action The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 516 2 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 517 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used We recommend using a type of paper that you often for Printhead adjustment use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 491 Cannot adjust band The Printhead nozzles are clogged Follow the steps below to check the nozzles 1 Print a test
486. over G Note To disable this message if it is displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper for example choose Off or Loose in the Skew Check Lv setting of the printer menu However this may cause jams as paper may be askew when it is printed Also the Platen may become soiled which may soil the back of the next document when it is printed Cannot detect papr The paper has come out of the printer Remove the paper that has come out of the printer press the Load Eject button and reload the paper A paper jam occurred in the printer Lift the Release Lever remove the jammed paper press the Load Eject button and reload paper P 115 582 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Messages regarding paper ss Leading edge detection error A roll has been loaded when sheets are selected as Either remove the roll and load a sheet or select the the paper source on the Control Panel roll as the media source on the Control Panel The sheet is loaded askew Reload the sheet straight in the correct position Cannot feed paper Paper came out of the feed path during feeding Reload the paper correctly and advance it again P 110 If the message is displayed when paper is not being advanced contact your Canon dealer for assistance nan Cannot cut this paper Corrective Action There are sheets left on the Ejection Guide Remove the paper There is a foreign object by the
487. ow to use this manual e Macintosh On a Macintosh computer click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link while holding the Ctrl key In the shortcut menu click Print Frame to display the Print dialog box _ Contents j Index IPF xxxx Instruction Manual Search Home Basic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow 0 Printing procedure 1 1 Printing procedure Canceling print jobs Display selected topics S p Reloa B Worki Various Print Jot z a Open in Dashboard m Printer Driver Window View Frame Source M Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Save Frame As EEEE ey i M Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets 2 M Loading and Printing on Rolls Windows Software 3 M Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot Open Frame in New Window Mac OS X Software 4 MA Printing from Windows Open Frame in New Tab Handling Paper 5 M Printing from Mac OSX 6 see 7 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting P WINGOW Maintenance 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt TO ubleshooti A EF Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Appendix The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets e Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be pr
488. owing settings Check the details OK Cancel Document Name sample4 jpg gt Device Manager Media Size A4 Papar Type Plain Paper z com E Stored Job Print Log a Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUl help Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open s Canon iP Pox Option Help Printer Status Jol Hard Disk Information jf Maintenance amp Support Hard disk Information Status Free Space Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password L 4 digit number ca Hard Disk 467 Hard Disk 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job in the list and click Print Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Plain Paper sample3 ipa x Plain Paper sample2 ipa RRRRKRH Plain Paper sample ipa RRRRRRH Plain Paper Delete Move Properties i 3 In the Print dialog box enter the quantity to print in Copies and click OK Print the selected document Copies 1 4 1 999 Document Name sampled jpg Source Roll 1 Paper Type Plain Paper Media Size IS0 A4 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor
489. ox4 0 Support Links 05 Box 5 0 Note Enter a password if one has been set FF eras English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXK End User Mode Remote UI P i i TE Inbox No ol gt Device Manager aioe Mana Box 1 ma Print Job ee Print Log gt Device Selection IE Support Links 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Details Remote UI f2 English language Stored Job Last Updated XXXX XK XX XX XX KX End User Mode ED oe Date Saved M ee PrintJob f Si ol XXXX XX XX XX XKXX g KXXK XX XX KXXXKX XXXX XX KK KKXKKX Support Links XXXX XX XK XXXX KX Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Hard Disk 479 Hard Disk 3 On the Details of the saved document page click Change Document l Remote UI yam English language End User Mode Details of the saved document Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxxx xx Document Name sample4 jpg Meda Sze MA v Job Manager Paper Type Plain Paper Print Job Owner XXXXXXX ae Date Saved xx Xxx NX XX XX XX Print Log H Size 6701KB a Paper ion Roll 1 _ Support Links Copies 1Copies 4 On the Rename Saved Document page enter the new job name in Document Name and click OK l Remote UI yam English language Rename Saved Document Last Updated xxxx xw xx xx xx xx Document Name sample
490. p mode G Note In some cases the feed amount cannot be adjusted automatically If so choose Advanced Adj in Auto Band Adj P 50 e If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular intervals after this adjustment you can adjust the feed amount during printing gt P 500 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 499 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount during printing If during printing the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears every 40 mm 1 6 in or so try adjusting the feed amount as follows However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different 1 Press the Online button to pause printing 3 Press A or Y to select Fine Band Adj and then press the OK button 4 Press A or W to change the value and then press the OK button QO Note e The supported range is 5 to 5 5 Press the Online button to resume printing Q Note e The Fine Band Adj value set during printing is also applied to the next print job However the value is reset to 0 if you execute Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length 500 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually If printed images are affected by banding in different colo
491. pe EMES Get Information he Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About _ Detauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences n Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing e v Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 inx11 00in 1 J Pover size Match Page Size A 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in m Aj Potat Wl LAJ O Landscape TA Am gt uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z IN C Ranao Opos E o S _ Output Method Size Options _Defauts _ OK l Cancel Apply Help 7 Click Roll
492. per Manually eeeeeeeeeeeeneee 118 FIlG TEAC enor ccce n E 591 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images MaC OS X esenta saai eana 177 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images WINDOWS siectecsseree cites eet eesteteeect ened eee 174 Frequently Asked Questions cceeeesteeeeeeeees 547 FROMM E T E E A E E E L TE 13 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number 594 Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Pinisi 180 Advanced Settings cccccesseeeeereeessteeeeeeees 180 Color Settings cceceeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 Enhancing printing quality c cc ceeeeeeeeeeee 182 Print Priority oense adista iaiia 180 Print QUAIItY eissai naadi ati anaa apaiia iah 181 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range 593 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported 593 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full Xxxx iS 0501 0903 OF QQ04 s miesi reiiicrraiesias 593 H Handing Paparassi 96 Handling rolls sorserion 104 Handling Sheets ccccccesccceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenenees 131 Hard DISK sissx sscastetn geese aeteesitheensiees cies eel 439 Hard isk CrrOl cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeesenaeeseeeeees 591 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number 594 How to use this manya niisiis 1 HP GL 2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than SPOCIMOG MNE NEEE EE NENE A E E ES EE 570 HP GL 2 jobs are printed at maximum size even if a standard size is specif
493. per dust on the Platen i Linear Scale The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position Be careful not to touch this part when cleaning inside the Top Cover or clearing paper jams Printer Parts 15 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts 16 Printer Parts Carriage Carriage Cover Protects the Carriage Printhead Fixer Cover Holds the Printhead in place Printhead The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles It is a key part of the printer Printhead Fixer Lever Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover Shaft Cleaner Prevents the Carriage Shaft from becoming dirty Angle Adjustment Lever Use this lever to fine tune the printer to correct misalignment of printed lines Cutter Unit A round bladed cutter for automatic paper cutting The cutter blade is retracted inside when not cutting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer parts Ink Tank Cover Inside a Ink Tank Cartridges of ink in various colors b Ink Tank Lock Lever A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it Open or close the lever when replacing an Ink Tank c Ink Lamp Red Indicates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened e On On The Ink Tank is installed correctly e Off Off No Ink Tank is installed or the ink level detection function is disabled e Flashing Slowly Not much ink is left Flashing Rapidly There is n
494. play the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box either double click the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane Printer _iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard mw Utility i Emages Size jesi Size Perform printer maintenance Cy e A Set Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 Configure AutoLayout and Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy B Set PDFY Preview Cancel C Print 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 170 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the st
495. played in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i EL iz images size Almedia Type Plain Paper i ena B Get Information es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print Working With Various Print Jobs 157 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A3 A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation fal IE I lt IE scale 100 E Cancel 0K 13 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 379 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 158 Working With Various Print Jobs
496. plays the firmware version serial number MAC address IP address and interface information H System Info X X Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n XXXXXXXXXX HDDSpace xx xGB IP XXX XXX XXX XXX GL2 Settings The following settings information is displayed on two screens HP GL 2 Color Mode Print Quality Input Resolution Media Source Conserve Paper Line Cap Smoothing and Line Width ThickenFineLines and AdjustFaintLines FAGL2 Settings X X FAGL2 Settings X X Color Mode Mono Print Qual Std Input Reso 600 dpi Endpt Shape Softwr Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj Faint Lines On Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off 66 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Status Print You can print a Status Print report indicating the current status of the printer With Status Print information is printed regarding the printer firmware version various settings and the utilization level of consumables Printing Status Print Reports 1 Load paper If using sheets load paper A4 Letter sized You will need at least four sheets 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 3 Press A or Y to select Test Print and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Status Print and then press the gt button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Checking the information in the Status
497. ple4 jpg HRMHRRX Roll1 Plain Paper Iso 44 x x MB sample3 jpa MRMHRRX Roll1 Plain Paper Iso A4 x x MB sample2 jpa MRMHREX Roll1 Plain Paper Iso A4 x x MB sample jpa BRRERRE Roll 1 Plain Paper ISO A4 xx MB Q Note e Document and owner names during HP GL 2 printing A job number is automatically assigned by the printer as the document name or title GL2 JOB 001 Range 001 210 The owner name is blank For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help 462 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh In the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs e 3 e XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready i Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable E N gt z a Free space xx xx GB Move _ Set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper X sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper O Note e Document and user names during HP GL 2 printing A job number is automatically assigned by the printer as the document name or title GL2 JOB 001 Range 001 210 The user name is blank Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Cancel ED For details
498. printer driver refer to the following topics e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X P 386 Printer iPFxxxx ka Presets Standard i v Copies amp Pages im Layout Copies Output Options Scheduler P agea Paper Handling glorSvn Page Setup G N Utility Additional Settings Support Summary For information on the Mac OS X printer driver settings refer to the following topics e Main Pane Mac OS X P 387 You can specify the media type color processing print quality print preview and other settings Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired e Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X P 390 e View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X P 391 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X P 392 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X P 394 e Page Setup Pane Mac OS X P 395 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and source and automatic cutting Utility Pane Mac OS X P 397 You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X P 398 You can specify settings for how print jobs are sent to the printer
499. printer to wipe the entire surface of the Paper Retainer clean 5 Pull the Release Lever forward 6 Plug the power cord into the outlet 540 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged O Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you finish printing that quantity P 50 You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more Cleaning the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Head Cleaning and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of cleaning and then press the OK button Head Cleaning A Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink It takes about three minutes to complete Head Cleaning B Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem It takes about four minutes to complete The printhead is cleaned and the printer goes online 4 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles P 516 Q Note e If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A try Head Cleaning B If this does
500. printing E Select printing preferences amp Pause printing Share this printer Use Printer Offline ai Rename this printer Create Shortcut XK Delete this printer Delete A Set printer properties Rename Pause Printing Properties See Also Other Places Details 418 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows 3 On the Sharing sheet click Share this printer and enter the shared name Canon iPFxxxx Properties Genera Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings You can share this printer with other users on your network To Sa enable sharing for this printer click Share this printer Windows Firewall is already configured to allow the sharing of printers with other computers on the network Do not share this printer Share this printer Drivers If this printer is shared with users running different versions of Windows you may want to install additional drivers so that the users do not have to find the print driver when they connect to the shared printer Additional Drivers OK Cancel Apply 4 To print jobs from clients running other versions of Windows click Additional Drivers and follow the instructions to install the printer driver of the corresponding version If you are prompted to choose the location of the printer driver file insert the provided User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive and specify the folder where the print
501. pt Fax PDF OGRA ee la Canon imagePROGRAF Preview e PU Omp Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed 00e Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp o A s c O B a Ni ibd o Print Enlarge Reduce m Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help SERALAR o Bia SOREL ARES 182 8 ie EA POI e Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper 2 iy Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings rs Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm g g Automatic Cutting Printer Default i A Copies 1 x copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print Update Printer Info rt eee Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information M4 TO vA 4 Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu Q Note For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions refer to Preview Enhanced Printing Options 315 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Other useful settings Printing With Watermarks You can add watermarks b
502. quickly if there is no ink left Maintenance 509 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks 6 Press the tip of the Ink Tank Lock Lever of the color for replacement and lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever to open it Q Note e If there is still some ink left in the Ink Tank you removed store the ink tank with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it Dispose of used Ink Tank according to local regulations 510 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks 8 Before opening the pouch shake the Ink Tank gently seven or eight times Agitate the ink in the Ink Tank by slowly turning the Ink Tank upside down and right side up several times Q Note e If you do not shake the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality 9 Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank Q Note Never touch the ink holes or metal contacts This may cause stains damage the Ink Tank and affect printing quality e Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Do not remove and shake an Ink Tank that has already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out 10 Press the OK button and insert the Ink Tank into the holder facing as shown in the figure with the ink holes down Important e Ink Tank cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or o
503. r 5 Select the print target in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences n Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 Borderless Printing v Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing G 4 Paper Size fA Orientation m a Portrait a5 E Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in ta 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in r Qa 2 Match Page Size e AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm IN C Ranao Opos o S __Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list Enhanced Printing Options 289 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Z Page Layout IB 2 2Pages Sheet Gl sa Water
504. r Macintosh Hard Disk 449 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display Menu Durng Prtng Stop LoadiEject 1580 OKC 2 You can manage queued jobs as follows Deleting queued jobs 1 Press A or W to select Job Mgmt Menu and then press the OK button 2 Press A or W to select Job Queue Ope and then press the gt button 3 Press A or V to select the print job to delete and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Delete and then press the OK button e Changing the order of printing 1 Press A or to select Job Mgmt Menu and then press the OK button 2 Press A or W to select Job Queue Ope and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select the job to print first and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Priority and then press the OK button Using RemoteUl On the Print Job page select the job to manage and how to manage it For details refer to the RemoteUI help i Remote Ul FE am English language End User Mode Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx Xx xXx x Select Document Name Status Owner Number of Total Pages Startad At gt Device Manager mj FH sampleljpg Standby xxxxxxx 1 XXXM EX XX XX XX XK Job Manager o sample2jpg Standby xxxxxxx 1 XXXX XX XX KX XX KX int Job l Stored Job O BP sample3jpg Standby xonon 1 momania xcxexx Print Log 3 i O j sa
505. r Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TEL ViewSettings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Defaults 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size KA V Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Paper Size Borderless Printing JE O Fit Rol Paper width IF O Seating Letter 8 5 x11 i i SOR nuon EA Paver size Mets Hove See a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in w Aj Portrait ie A O Landscape aa uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method __Size Options Defaults e OK Cancel J Apply J Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 7 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 306 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals
506. r and it is an extension of the printer driver The following settings are available on the Device Settings sheet Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings A B Color Compatibility About Setting tem Cescription A Color Compatibility Click to display the Color Compatibility dialog box which enables you to adjust colors if you have selected Color Mode gt Color CAD Color Compatibility olor Compatibility Color CAD 1 oK Cancel Defauts Help B About Displays version information for the printer driver 370 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows The Settings Summaries dialog box enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets Settings Summaries Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Parameter Settings Media Type Plain Paper Media Detailed Settings Between Pages Printer Default Between Scans Printer Default Near End Margin Printer Default Cut Speed Printer Default Mirror Off Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Color Adjustment Cyan Manenta Button Corresponding Utility Click to copy the settings information to the clipboard You can paste the settings information into a file created with a text editor or similar applicatio
507. r 8 5 x11 EEND nxnn Wah Poesie Match Page Size a Letter s JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in _ A WM A Opona LAJ O Landscape sm K LF Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Rol 431 8mm IW Rol Paper Options is Options _ Gutput Method Size Options Defaults 0K Cancel l Apply Help Setting tem Cescription A Page Size Select the page size as specified in the source application For details on available page sizes see Paper Sizes P 101 B Borderless Printing Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the L Fen ere ears ras Paper Source list Choose from the following options when this HO Fi Peper Size setting is activated A E eae Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 232 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 239 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 225 D Fit D Fit Paper Size Size Scales the document image to match the paper size the document i Scales the document image to match the paper size to match the paper size K Scale to fit Roll Paper Scales the document image to match the roll width Width F Print Image with Actual Prints documents at their actual size This function is available when Size you have selected the size same as the width of Roll Pap
508. r Orientation Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before printing Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 299 Choose the feed source as desired Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in Media Type on the Main sheet Choose the roll width For details on available roll widths see Paper Sizes P 101 Complete optional roll paper settings Click to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing ok Cancel Defauts Under A Automatic Cutting you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline Cutting Roll Paper After Printing P 329 Select B Banner Printing when printing multiple pages continuously Printing Multiple Pages Continuously P 274 Click to display the Output Method dialog box which enables you to complete the Output Method and Name of data to be saved settings Click to display the Paper Size Options dialog box which enables you to register additional paper sizes or select the size system for use Restores all settings on the sheet to the default values Printer Driver Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows In the Paper Size Options dialog box you can create and register your own Custom Paper Size The sizes you define are listed with standard paper sizes for selection later as needed Media Size Options edia Size List Name
509. r if you print when Open Preview When Print Job Starts is selected on the Main sheet D Fast Graphic Process If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed in varying thicknesses clearing this option may help produce the expected results E Reduce Print Unevenness If you are concerned about uneven colors selecting this option may improve printing results However printing may take longer for some images F Adjust faint lines If fine lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes clearing this option may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Windows Software 365 Printer Driver Favorites Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Favorites sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details o p Default Settings Default Settings a jain Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v e Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics m2 a G l App
510. rea 2 In the Documents dialog box click Settings Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents Media Size sample5 ipg RERKRRK Plain Paper sampled jpg RERKRRK Plain Paper sample3 jpg RERKREK Plain Paper sample2 jpg KKKKKKX Plain Paper sample1 jpg KRKKKKX Plain Paper TIn Delete Move Propertie Close Help 454 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk 3 In the Settings dialog box specify the password and click OK e Set password Select the check box e Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 Re enter to confirm Re enter the password to confirm it Settings Inbox No Inbox name IV Set password Password 4 digit number Re enter to confirm _ 4 digit number Cancel Help For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 In the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs Select a saved job and click Set e608 XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready Bs Ready l Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info fe Status Usable _ gt x z Free space xx xx GB Move se Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper iih ae k 2 In the Settings dialog box specify
511. replace the Ink Tank replace the Ink Tank If a message is displayed indicating to check the remaining ink levels or after tasks that consume a lot of ink such as large format printing or head cleaning check the remaining levels and replace Ink Tank as needed P 508 Maintenance 513 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks When to Replace Ink Tanks Replace or prepare to replace Ink Tank in the following situations If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen When there is little ink left the Message lamp is lit and Ink Level Check is shown on the Display Screen You can continue to print but prepare to replace the Ink Tank P 513 Online H ink Level Check Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink If little ink is left there may not be enough for large format printing head cleaning and maintenance which require a lot of ink In this case replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank before maintenance ink insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank Pobos B B k k k If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen When ink runs out the Message lamp flashes a message regarding Ink Tank replacement is shown on the Display Screen and printing is disabled Replace the Ink Tank at this point H Ink tank is empty Replace the ink tank Tre B B k k K 514 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrin
512. ress Ooahwnhnd Follow the instructions on the screen to add a printer port Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box oO ON 11 Make sure the printer port you added is displayed under Ports and that the port is selected 12 Click Close to close the printer properties window Network Setting 417 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Sharing the Printer in Windows If you set up a computer as a print server in Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 the computer can receive print jobs sent from other computers clients connected to it for printing This topic describes how to share the printer in Windows Important e We recommend that your network administrator configure your network for printer sharing 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window h Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q gt B JO search gt gt Folders E Address ay Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks S E Add a printer gt Set up Faxing Other Places 2 Right click the icon of this printer and choose Sharing to open the printer properties window Printers and Faxes a BR File Edit View Favorites Tools Help a CE gt B JO search gt gt Folders E Address Printers and Faxes amp Bo o Printer Tasks Canon iP Fe Open E Add a printer Printing Preferences E See what s
513. ria Advanced Settings For printing results that appear just as expected for your original you can specify which graphic elements and colors to prioritize for printing G Note Easy Settings are also available providing convenient presets To use the presets simply choose the printing application For details on Easy Settings refer to the following topics e Printing Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X P 144 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Mac OS X P 153 e Printing Office Documents P 163 Print Priority Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Print Priority 7 A setting for posters or other documents made up mainly of photos or images or for emphasizing photos or images in printed documents Line Drawing Text Choose this setting for CAD drawings made up mainly of intricate lines or wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text Suitable for emphasizing detailed text in printed documents However the quality may not be sufficient when printing photos or images that require a lot of color coverage In this case choose Image instead Office Document Choose this setting for better legibility of documents combining text and graphics such as documents and presentation material created with typical office applications 1 Options suitable for the selected type of paper are listed under Print Priority 180 Enhanced Printing Options Download
514. rientation is wrong If the Ink Tank does not fit in the holder do not force it into the holder Make sure the color of the Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank and check the orientation of the Ink Tank before reloading it Maintenance 511 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks 11 Close the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it clicks Q Note e Ink Lamp flashes when there is little ink left 13 Close the Ink Tank Cover The printer returns to the mode before replacement of Ink Tank 512 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks Checking Ink Tank Levels On the Display Screen you can check how much ink is left in the Ink Tank The Display Screen indicates the remaining ink levels unless an error message is displayed Online Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll During error messages press the Information button to view the ink levels on the Display Screen Hiinformation X X Maint cart r Capacity 100 cee Ymm B B K k k These levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the Color Label on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the ink level if ink is low x if no ink is left and if you have deactivated ink level detection The remaining ink level is indicated as shown below Full None Remaining ink levels If the Display Screen indicates to
515. rint in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details o B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 i E Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K an misture of text photos and graphics Bl g G Apply Favorite Add v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel JI Apply Help 4 In the A Favorites choose the favorite you registered Q Note To import a favorite click I Import and specify the favorite file 5 Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 342 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows 1 Choose Print from the File menu to di
516. rint jobs Working With Various Print Jobs Display selected topia Apply Windows Software z Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Select All Mac OS X Software Z Loading and Printing on Rolls Paste Handling Paper 3 Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot AE Adjustments for Better Print Quality r Printing from Windows Add to Favorites Printer Parts 5 Z Printing from Mac OS X ian Sas Network Setting Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows Maintenance Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Troubleshooting E Eoc Menge P TET Appendix Encoding 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Refresh Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Properties The printer supports both rolls and sheets Take advantage of each type of paper for a wide range of printing applications Rolls and Sheets Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Sheets are loaded in the Top Paper Feed Slot Heavyweight paper is loaded in the Front Paper Feed Slot Paper Size e Page Size The size of the image to be printed as specified in the application Paper Size also called Media Size 10 Introduction Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals H
517. rinted documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the feed amount Banding in different colors e Line length is not accurate in the direction paper is fed To adjust the feed amount do the following in this order j uts for Better Print lity gt Adjusting the fed amount gt Depending on the issue change the Feed Priority setting for the particular type of paper See Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority Based on the Feed Priority setting use Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length See Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adj Gee Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Adj See Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length Ifadditional fine tuning is necessary after Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj use Fine Band Adj in the Menu Durng Prtng See Banding Adjustment During Printing Fine Band Adj Home gt Adjustments for Better Print Quality gt Adjusting the Printhead gt Adjusting the Printhead Height If printed documents rub against the printer during printing or if the edge of paper is wrinkled from rubbing it may help to raise the Printhead If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Feed Slot Basic Printing Workdiow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets 4 Introduction Downloaded fr
518. rinter Default E Disetween Scans Printer Default E3 IE ro Paper Margin for Safety Finear End Margin Printer Default J Ecu Speed Printer Default ix Alautomatic Cutting Printer Default F n go d C Mirror Cancel GOK Q Note To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box on the Main pane click Settings by Media Type P 387 Setting Item Cescription O A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 B Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls P 120 C Between Pages Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the paper as needed ae Between Scans Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until ae i the next line as needed E Roll Paper oe for You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to oe ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held firmly against the Platen F Near End Margin Specify the length of the Near End Margin the leading edge margin of the roll as needed G Cut Speed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used H Automatic Cutting You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines as desired In th
519. rinting conditions 2 After confirming that the printer is selected in the dialog box click Print or OK to start printing Q Note e The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the application software In most cases the dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on Example Print dialog box displayed by the application software General Select Printer z Add Printer Status Ready Print to filed Location Comment Find Printer Page Range all Number of copies 1 ra E CHE Q Note e If another printer is selected select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the dialog box displayed after clicking Printer Settings for many printing methods including enlarged or reduced printing borderless printing and so on are displayed in the printer driver dialog box There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box as follows e From the application software P 343 From the operating system menu P 345 Basic Printing Workflow 89 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure Printing from Mac OS X Print from the application menu after registering the printer Important e We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affec
520. rinting quality Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock Never touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 4 Close the Top Cover Maintenance 539 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Paper Retainer Clean the Paper Retainer about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems Also clean the Paper Retainer in the following situations to ensure the printer offers a comfortable working environment e If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing e After printing on small paper ouio e During cleaning use a type of paper that does not generate much dust from cutting such as Plain Paper It may affect printing quality if you use film or other media that are more likely to generate debris when cut or that have a surface finish that may come off 1 Turn the printer off P 22 2 Unplug the power cord from the outlet Ay cover e Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning and maintenance Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer 3 Push the Release Lever back 4 Fold a sheet of Plain Paper two or three times a and insert it under the Paper Retainer b behind the
521. rk MACINIOSI h erasa 436 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X 436 Configuring the IP Address on the Printer 403 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING COMMANA S serisinin adina i tiea anadan 406 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 0 ees 378 404 430 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control PMO E ENEN AN EE ET T A 405 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination MaCINtOSM heieren onena 431 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination WINGOWS ceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeceeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeesaeeeneneees 417 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network CLINGS A 410 432 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network DOMINOS se a a 411 420 Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network eO E T 408 Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X 382 Checking a preview of the settingS 382 Checking a print preview s es 383 Confirming Print Settings Windows 0 337 Checking a preview of the settingS 5 337 Checking a print PreVieW ceeeeeeeeeeeees 338 Conserving roll paper eeceeeeteeeeeeteeseeeeeeetteeeeeees 299 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins n 305 No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper cccccececteeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 305 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X e eeee 308 Conse
522. rom a Color imageRUNNER ceeeeeeee 168 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 168 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 170 Enhanced Printing Options 172 Adjusting WAG SS senne EEE 172 Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver ccccccceeeessceeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaaaeeeesnaaeeeeenaaes 172 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeees 174 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteaeeeeee 177 Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 180 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions WindOWS cceeeeeereeeeeenteeees 183 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X eeeceeeeeeeereeeeeenteeees 185 Choosing Paper for PNIMNG scssnssissanecucaonges2 teaces vrei ubbenteevebtounsasadseanecanedietcebacs 188 Choosing a Paper tor Print eccsscvireesaseasracvendSeavddeatts acnterseydevnesdenpidcendue nop AEREE 188 Selecting the Paper Type ROM isecscrcisenisersnnoni nenei abeadyeencneecaviacepwenaademusiyteciuacaahieiss 189 Selecting the Paper Type SMEG i iccicecscracesiccanssenctcceadevadrcaduavancbieduatiwounduaiorieceattoeeniuencvoeuennibeay 190 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver sciccisiscccrdsusesisecriasectict
523. rrcncceaeeeesstlls neete edeceeibntetinsmanmeesiense 498 Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically ccccceccecccceneeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneneeeeeeeenenensesneeee 498 Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually cscccccsccocececaseccsnnesecdenssntsccentaniactasonceniecenssaectvnteasttenannaene 501 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents vii Contents Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeeenetaeeeeeees 504 Adjusting the Vacuum Strength cecccceeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeseegeeeeeeeaaeeeeneaas 506 Maintenance 507 HK A AIG oeer a a i E a 507 INK TANKS inn e uted rete T ar a a 507 Replacing INE TanKS esc nnn n a iaee e ee ered tanh aai e eT EE EEA 508 Gheckingilnk Tank Levels erer a r e tee oe 513 When to Replace Ink Tanks siicccassstocesseceantcussecrentatacsceueandgiestius ne E EEE EEEE 514 PAMNEAdS e E EE E E 515 Ponthead srusen ae ee E E E E E eee 515 Checking the Print Quality i ictisncsnsctenctunacadesdedaadinesamsixaneatbecsacabaasniacacbendvanmndccdsanioaisbensuadiiedaians 515 Improving the Print Quality x scscscsts coasadeasacdacettessiincah condesenenrandedeasi teneda seavadansleenteteacnsuennantonindease 515 Checking for Nozzle Clogging 2c 15 oc ceca tate cedecinectnasazeptnasuneesdgenisaleedansahogunncutedepecedsnendechedeageteeces 516 Cleaning the Printhead serie sccecenrecs cence recente otescadestenach vations tessa tease doves Ba
524. rs adjust the amount that paper is fed This topic describes how to adjust the feed amount manually When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported adjust the feed amount manually We recommend automatic adjustment for other types of media For instructions on automatic adjustment see Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically P 498 0 Note e To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount P 504 Important e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing e To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing you must first set Feed Priority to Band Joint Note that if you select Automatic the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Office Document P 180 Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Silos Loadieject 1880 ORE 2 Press A or YW to select Paper Details and then press the gt button 3 Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the gt button 4 Press A or V to select Feed Priority and then press the gt button 5 Press A or W to select Band Joint and then press the OK button Follow the
525. rs in printed images are UNCVEN ceccceeeescceeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeenaaaeessesceeeeneesaeees 562 Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs s sssssrssessereessrrrrssrrrrnerrnntnsrnrressrrrnnne 562 The contrast becomes uneven during printing ecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeenseeeceeeeeneneeeenaeeee 562 The length of printed images is INACCUFALC ceeeeeeeccceeeee ee eeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeensneeneeeeenenenseneeeee 563 Documents are printed crooked ica ce Sarr cece de ciecarin te nee Becca ea cate cotenerspueeceevecaeatinttie maaan 563 Documents are printed iN MONOCHROME asec ccd eceseeceenceceinecesneaccanesdaniatentabecndetegesuiderierdddenganeces 563 Line thickness is not uniform WiNdows cccccicsctsicscrcccrneecrercccasavcecrt eee teav iat advesstaaveactieneerstcesanedes 563 Eines are mMisSaligNedi sirrinin aaia aaien snes aaa iaaa iaaa a AA TADA ARAR NES EE 563 Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing mode 564 Problems with the printing quality caused by the type Of paper e sesssssresssrrrnsernrnssrrressrrrnsne 564 Cannot print over a NetWorkK sssnnnneenreeerssssrnnnnnrrrrreerrrrernnnnnnerrrereeenennee nn 565 Cannot connect the printer to the network ss sssssnesssssressrerrertrrnnrrrenrrsttnrserrrrnnerennnrenennnne 565 Cannot print over a TCP IP NetWork sc icrsrr aae aaea ieia EAEE 565 Cannot print over a NetWare network es eciia ile letcetia
526. rtnrernnttnttrrsserrnnennnnnnnnnen nenne 593 Other WIESSAGCS eresiieroi e N eE EE ERR 594 GARO Wxxxx X represe ts a NUIMBON cccsssscccetarecnentadialecta ora sabenins cncntccaprecaniedectionand Ea aa 594 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or MUMDEL cceeesceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeens 594 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeee 594 TOP COVER IS OPEN sesionet iea a E REEE EEEE NE 595 Carriage Cover IS OPC Ms ccccrctinatedcastivantarieddenaveceRansennivadatel R EER E R 595 Prepare tor parts replaGemen it scios Ea aeea A E A R EEE 595 Parts replacement time has passed ic cdcsivescceustectccvensanrbecaad ccehawvainbtentweres ceede saves lammatvotaawuncenemerst 595 MITIKMOWN TG EET E Greens anepecdwansenccadestadewaectendends suave dace sun cauenuesetesds ts dveavuesivdessdensetesee 595 Multi Sensor SON ac ce aes a aa T cen E a ea ce eesti eee 595 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents xi Contents xib Gomtents from ManualsPrinter com Manuals How to use this manual Introduction How to use this manual m About This User Manual Symbols The following symbols are used in this User Manual to indicate safety information and explanations on restrictions or precautions in use Important Indicates important information that must be followed when using the printer Be W sure to read this information to prevent printer damage or
527. rving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows n 306 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 DS GIG OS A E E 299 Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper 299 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X eceeeesceeceteeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 302 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees WINKOWS cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenenees 300 Control Panel ccccccccccecceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeaes 18 20 Correcting Print Misalignment c cceeeeeerees 491 Cutter UNIT reser cece ese eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseeeeseaeeeninees 525 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing 329 Automatic Cutting ccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeees 329 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X 331 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows 330 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically ecn 126 D Deleting Saved Jobs ccccceeceeeeeseeteeeeeeeseeeeeees 484 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mae OS eniris nigatu 487 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINGOWS J oderoineunseinaniiainiunaiiisna niena ninia 486 Using Remoteul cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 485 Using the Control Panel 0 ceceeeeeeeeees 484 Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper 119 Device Settings Sheet Windows ceee 370 Device Setup Utility sufrensa aranui eeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee 377
528. s P 411 Q Note e If you use RemoteUl to display the print log in RPrinter or NPrinter mode the document and user information cannot be obtained Thus Document Name only indicates Unknown and the User Name information is identified as RPRINTER NPRINTER 428 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Windows Configuring NetWare Network Settings To print over a NetWare network configure the network environment as follows Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings 1 Specify the Ethernet frame type for communication between the printer and computers For instructions see Specifying the Printer s Frame Type P 422 2 Specify the NetWare print services including the print server and queue For instructions see Specifying NetWare Print Services P 424 3 Specify NetWare protocol details besides the frame type For instructions see Specifying NetWare Protocols P 427 After you have completed the steps above configure each computer for printing over the NetWare network 4 Connect to the NetWare network Install NetWare client software on each computer to be used for printing over the network and log in to the NetWare server or tree For instructions on connection refer to the NetWare and
529. s O Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 8 Turn the printer on P 22 Troubleshooting 553 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Problems Regarding Paper u Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot Corrective Action The roll paper is warped Straighten out curls and reload the roll Cannot Load Sheets The paper source selection is incorrect Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp Paper is not cut neatly The paper is bent or curled at the cut position Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper Paper rises by the ends of the cut position before Reload the paper correctly it is cut The Cutter Unit is installed incorrectly Install the Cutter Unit correctly P 526 The blade of the Cutter Unit is dull Replace the Cutter Unit u Paper cannot be cut In the printer driver No or Print Cut Guideline is Specify Yes in Auto Cut in the printer driver specified in Auto Cut In MAIN MENU Eject or Manual is specified in Specify Automatic in Cutting Mode in MAIN MENU Cutting Mode The Cutter Unit is not installed Install the Cutter Unit P 526 554 Troubleshooting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing does not start Printing does not start The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up The
530. s Control Panel Adjust Printer Setting tem Description instructions Auto Head Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction P 491 Advanced Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle ink tank and printing direction gt P 491 Auto Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj operations after you replace the Printhead P 491 Manual Head Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern P 493 Auto Band Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount P 498 Advanced Adj Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for which printing has been verified by Canon Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink than Standard Adj P 498 Manual Band Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount based on the type of paper P 501 Adjust Length Choose Ye
531. s Monitor help file N About Click to confirm version information for the printer driver S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Configuration using Advanced Settings Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support JA Media Type EE B Get Information La Advanced Settings ID Advanced Settings x E Print Priority Line Drawing Text JE Fint Quaity Draft 300dpi Letter 8 5 x11 1G Color Made Color 8 50 in x 11 00in Actual Size H Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauts J OK Cancel J Apply l Help Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 B Get Information Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types and sizes of paper specified on the printer for each feed source When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the feed source type of paper and roll width C Advanced Settings Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings b
532. s before Job Starts printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 311 M Status Monitor Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which enables you to confirm the status of the printer and print jobs You can also set up email notification if printer errors occur by completing the Email Notice settings For details refer to the Status Monitor help file N About Click to confirm version information for the printer driver S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 349 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Windows On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver settings for the paper source and media type Paper Information on Printer Al Paper Source Roll Paper Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm Cut Sheet Media Type Plain Paper These media types and paper sizes are specified on the printer for the J corresponding paper sources By choosing a desired paper source here you can automatically apply the printer settings including media type and roll width to the printer river Q Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main sheet click Get Information by Media Type P 347 Setting tem escription A Paper Source Shows t
533. s dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the paper type E Print Priority Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 F Print Quality Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 H Color Mode Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 J Unidirectional Although unidirectional printing is slower it can help prevent misaligned lines and Printing ensure better results K Reduce Print This option is displayed if you have selected Plain Paper in A Media Type and Unevenness Office Document in E Print Priority Activate this option for two pass printing to reduce color shading N Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available L Printer Click to display the Printer dialog box which indicates the ink levels and gives other information about the printer 388 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrin
534. s how to rotate an A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to fit within the width of A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in which enables you to conserve paper 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx B Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 KJ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation fs f LE Coy Lia IE scale 1100 Cancel EB Select the printer in the B Format for list In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou hk WN Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard E3 H Main B Images Size W vedia Type Plain Paper z B Get Information f Sep Ei Set IDH Easy Settings ins a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fi View set B Printer CPF Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 302 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cons
535. s low the Message lamp is lit and Prepare for maint cart replacement is displayed You can continue to print but check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one P 535 Online Prepare for maint cart replacement COND B K e K k When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted Printhead cleaning Printhead replacement and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity In particular preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the capacity To check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity press the Information button Replace the Maintenance Cartridge and perform related maintenance as needed Hiinformation X X Maint cart I Capacity 100 Be B KOK OK If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen When the Maintenance Cartridge is full the Message lamp flashes and a message to replace the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen Printing is disabled and you cannot replace the Printhead or transfer the printer Replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one H Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge 536 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printer Exterior Clean the printer regularly
536. s no gap between the right edge of the paper and the Roll Holder Q Note You can adjust the strength of vacuum holding paper against the Platen when the Release Lever is open If it is difficult to load paper press the A or W button on the Control Panel to adjust the strength Set vacuum stronger by pressing the A button or weaker with the W button Three settings are available 110 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 3 Pull the roll edge gently and align it with the Paper Alignment Line a Lower the Release Lever toward the front O Important Do not force the roll paper into alignment with the Paper Alignment Line a This may prevent the paper from being advanced straight Handling Paper 111 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls 4 Close the Top Cover After you load a roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen At this point specify the paper type P 105 112 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls u Removing the Roll from the Printer Remove rolls from the printer as follows G Note e If you need to cut a printed roll select Paper Cutting in the printer menu and cut the roll at the desired position P 12
537. s of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only After ejecting and cutting the printed document use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink
538. s off or is operating normally e Paper Source Section After you press the Feeder Selection button the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit 1 Roll Media lamp Green e On Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source 2 Cut Sheet lamp Green e On Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source 20 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel f Feeder Selection Button Switches the paper source Each time you press this button the paper source switches between the roll and the sheet and the corresponding lamp on the Paper Source Section is lit g Display Screen Shows the printer menu as well as the printer status and messages h Color Labels These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors The labels correspond to the ink levels on the Display Screen i lt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level higher j A Button Offline mode Press this button to rewind the roll manually gt P 118 Menu mode Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value k W Button Offline mode Press this button to feed the roll manually in the direction of ejection as needed P 118 Menu mode Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value gt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level
539. s to Fit the Roll Width WINGOWS esn ieuar deruni denn niadau da edanan ss dusesensdebsiect 203 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size 196 Enlarged Reduced Printing eeeeeeeeeee 196 It Papei Si eta tangen aeae aa 196 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size MaC OS X ccccveteitcacncalecedgiecesnniguceceatecacucadvscgeededesies 199 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size VVINGOWS T T E E E T T E 197 Responding to MeSSaQ S cccceceeeeeeeeeeseeeteeeees 575 Error MESSAGES es ceetictees visited evtinnecenveteeeneeen 575 Other Messages rnc ia 575 Roll Holder Setir 73 128 Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed SOL seas ees EA E Mess AAE E eee 554 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded 580 Roll printing is selected ccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 580 S Saved Print JODS s cisscevss seedy kts Heeecead shad pedunes dacevensbelh 441 Output Method Send job to ssec 442 Storage destination ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 443 Saving Print JODS arinrin 445 Using the printer driver Mac OS X 447 Using the printer driver Windows 05 445 Saving Print Jobs Sent from Sources Other than the Printer Driver ceccccecseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 444 Specifying Output Method cccceeeeeeees 444 Specifying Save and Print c ceeeeees 444 Searching TOPICS sa cecctastetazeatietenscevesecanneenavesbdeesia veeasees 3 Selecting t
540. s to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage after which you can enter the amount of adjustment P 504 Head Inc Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the orientation of the Printhead P 495 Printer Parts 57 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Interface Setup Setting tem Description Instructions EOP Timer Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be received by the printer TCP IP IP Mode Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is entered manually Protocol DHCP Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address BOOTP automatically IP Address Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address Subnet Mask Enter the IP address assigned to the printer as well as the Default G W__ network subnet mask and default gateway Specify the NetWare protocol To apply your changes choose Register Setting Frame Type Specify the frame type to use AppleTalk Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol To apply your changes choose Register Setting Ethernet Auto Detect Specify the communication method To apply your Driver changes choose Register Setting Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol Choose Off to use settings values of Comm Mode and Ethernet Type Choose the LAN communication method Ethern
541. s topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets based on the following example e Document Any type e Page size A4 Letter e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size Non standard 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox E Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation t E p IE scale 100 F Cne E 2 Inthe C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 3 Click F OK to close the dialog box 4 In the application software menu choose Print 5 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx Es Presets Standard E3 H E Main E images Size Wmveaia Type Plain Paper BJ gC se IDH Easy Settings Ry a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP 7 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text i TAT 7 photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer Q PDFw Preview Cancel E Print 6 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper T Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 297 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cent
542. sPrinter com Manuals Optional accessories Optional accessories Roll Holder Set A set of parts comprising the Roll Holder Holder Stopper 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment and 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment To load a roll with a 3 inch paper core remove the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment from the Holder Stopper and then attach the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment on both the Roll Holder and Holder Stopper To load a roll with a 2 inch paper core remove the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment from both the Roll Holder and Holder Stopper and then attach the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Holder Stopper P 129 e Roll Holder Set RH4 32 for 2 and 3 inch paper cores IEEE 1394 FireWire Expansion Board An interface board to add an IEEE 1394 also called FireWire port e IEEE1394 Expansion Board EB 05 Dy caion e Note that EB 04 is incompatible For instructions on installing the IEEE 1394 expansion board refer to the documentation provided with the optional IEEE 1394 expansion board Printer Parts 73 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Specifications Printer Specifications s Specifications Important e This information is subject to change as the printer is updated The following values may vary depending on the operating environment Printer Power supply 100 120 V AC 50 60 Hz 220 240 V AC 50 60 Hz Power consumption During operation 140 W max Sleep mode 100 120 V 5 W max 10 W
543. se Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List click Add ON e608 _ Printer List c gt z y Status Kind 4 Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add ee8 Printer Browser a me a my Default Browser IP Printer Search riore Nam Connectio Canon IPFXXXX xxxxxx Bonjour Name Canon iPFxxxx Location Print Using imagePROGRAF B More Printers Add 438 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Hard Disk Printer Hard Disk Operations Printer hard disk operations are available from the following programs and interfaces e Printer driver imagePROGRAF HDI Driver imagePROGRAF Free Layout Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy imagePROGRAF Status Monitor imagePROGRAF Printmonitor RemoteUl Control Panel The hard disk operations available through each interface are as follows image Printer driver PROGRAF Free Layout image PROGRAF iinage Color image lekara 7 RUNNER onitor PROGRAF Control Enlargement RemoteUl HDI Driver Copy Panel Color image image RUNNER R Printer driver Enlargement iaeiei Copy rintmonitor Aa Aae Avara Availability Availability Saving print No No b aii Print auto delete Save data No No before printing Opera
544. seeaeeesenees 571 Other useful settings cceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 316 Output Stacker cccccceeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 140 Pp Page Options Dialog Box Windows 0 00 364 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X neeesser 395 Page Setup Sheet Windows 0 ccceeeeeeees 359 EE e E EA A E TT 96 Paper cannot Da CUl ansera 554 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box MACOS X orenian aa 389 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box PANDO OWS I cassa texeueea beter vidaedut ageegiee ts 350 Paper is not Cut Neatly 0 0 eceeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeaaes 554 Paperak erae a 582 Paper loaded askew sussana 582 Paper Mismatch encrena 578 Paper rubs against the Printhead cee 558 Paper size not detected cceecsseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeaes 579 Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows 361 Paper SIZOS fier Ses ie NNN 101 PROMS toiseen aiana a a 101 Shee lS ennen a a a 102 Papr Size Mismatch cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 578 Papr Type Mismatch ecceseeeeeesseeeeeeenteeeeeeenaes 578 Parts replacement time has passed ee 595 PHead needs cleaning cceceeseeeeeeeenteeeeeeeenaes 588 POStOrANtiSt neieiet EEE NEn 374 Prepare for maint cart replacement 00 590 Prepare for parts replacement cccceeeeeeeees 595 Preparing to Transfer the Printer 542 PPV ACCC 203 slates tas pune eo T A A E is 79 PROMS NE E E E T A E E E ETT 79 SIN
545. sesnsssssrnsesennesssrrrnsernnrrnnnnssrnrrsertnnntrnnnnsssrrr nnne 129 Handling sheets eczactrse ucttener tec esac torneo rceeneeuaeeueae sxednaa te sevnreeccgsesevneeseneeseevest 131 Selecting the Paper OU Cs ccc taste ten leh E eed OI ante ie Pe eee 131 Selecting the Paper Typ Sheet rna eein nad Ee a a a E os a EEA 132 Loading th Sheet in the Printet scriind ee one en aeaaeai ae 133 Manually Loading Paper to the Position for Printing sicssaceccsesnusdestcceeds doxvecacuacencebesyadetenectodiers 136 Removing Ne Shee ierre e E e a a e e a 137 Clearing a Jammed SheGteseemie ana ene uate Eee aS aula nase ies 138 O tput Stacker reene EE e EEE E RA EEE 140 Using the Output Stacker scccccscscstsceinactehicuasabeabueuoriocaneenenne cies E EE EE EEA AERE EENS 140 Working With Various Print Jobs 142 Printing Photos and IMAG CS vececiccecehaacavvscsnnnvdienteddsasouibiissnadedeetrbbim eesesedvutcedes 142 Printing Photos and Images Windows ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeecaeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeees 142 Printing Photos and Images Windows Mac OS X ccccecccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeees 144 Printing Photos and Images Windows cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeencaeeeeteeneeeeeeneaeeees 146 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X ceecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaaeeeeaaaeeeenesseeeeeeseaaeeees 148 i antents a from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Printing GAD DAW AGS ciciea
546. size the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size This may affect image quality When image quality is most important make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows P 227 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X P 229 226 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size nnn m m n Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Create the original in the source application 3 mm 0 12 in larger on each side than 254 0x304 8 mm 10 x 12 in that is 260 0 310 8 mm 10 2 x 12 2 in Q Note If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation The extra 3 mm 0 12 in on each side will not be printed Create the original so that it fits inside t
547. splay the dialog box for printing conditions 2 Select the printer and then display the printer driver dialog box Q Note The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application In some cases when you select the printer a sheet for configuring the printer driver is added to the dialog box In the following case click Preferences mExample Print dialog box displayed by the application software p General Select Printer Add Printer x Status Ready Print to file Location Comment Fing Printer Page Range OF Number of copies 1 GHEH Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility and Support Canon iP Pox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type GEMES Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi J Color Mode Color Actual Size Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Detauts_ OK Cancel JI Apply J Help Q Note The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application and sheets other than these six sheets may be di
548. splayed Windows Software 343 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Important e If you access the printer driver dialog box from the source application changes you make to the settings will only apply temporarily to that application Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver the sizes will not be available after you exit the application You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu see Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 345 344 Windows Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 1 Click start gt Printers and Faxes or Printers 2 Select the printer and then display the printer properties dialog box Printers and Faxes Eile Edit View Favorites Tools Help gt B p gt Search E Folders Address Jy Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks E Add a printer Y See what s printing E Select printing preferences amp Pause printing Share this printer wi Rename this printer X Delete this printer X Set printer properties Other Places 3 Click Printing Preferences to display the Printing Preferences dialog box titled with the name of this printer Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management
549. ss A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Roll Length Set and then press the gt button AON Press A or to select the length of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Specify the roll length as follows 1 Press lt or gt to move the cursor _ to each field for entering numbers 2 Press the A or W button to enter the value 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to finish entering the value and then press the OK button 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online 106 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder When printing on rolls attach the Roll Holder to the roll Attach the 2 inch or 3 inch paper core attachment to the roll holder depending on the size of the paper core of the roll you will use The printer is delivered with the 2 inch paper core attachment installed P 129 Important e Cut the edge of the roll paper if it is uneven dirty or has tape residue Otherwise it may cause feeding problems and affect the printing quality Be careful not to cut through any barcodes printed on the roll e Wind up the roll so that the edge is even across the roll This may cause feeding problems A caion Set the roll on a table or other flat surface so that it does not roll or fall Rolls are heavy and dropping a roll may cause injury Q Note e For
550. ss OK Return to the Ethernet Driver menu ez Press A or W to select Comm Mode and then press P 7 Press A or to select the communication mode and then press the OK button Return to the Ethernet Driver menu foe Press A or to select Ethernet Type and then press gt o Press A or to select the Ethernet type and then press OK Return to the Ethernet Driver menu 10 Press A or to select Spanning Tree and then press gt 11 Press A or to enable or disable spanning tree support and then press OK Return to the Ethernet Driver menu 12 Press the Online button After the confirmation message is displayed press OK The printer will now restart 414 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting ss Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur The printer can notify you of the printer status by email Even when you are away from the printer you can know when printing is finished or if errors occur Receive notification via email on your mobile phone or at your computer Use the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows function to set up email recipients and message timing Besides being informed of finished print jobs or errors you can also complete settings for email notification when service is needed or it s time to replace consumables For detailed instructions see Specifying Printer Related Information P 413 Q Note e For de
551. ssrcnncectcecexenmiecceccsceseanteadeereeniencs 311 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing cit ciscecccecssetetenccenstacareccserexse eetevaadareeestocees 311 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows ssssssessssesssrrrnsnerrneerrrreesree 313 Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X cccsssssceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeensaeeeeeesneeeeeeeneneeee 315 Other useful Settings sssi e ea i A EEE EEEE 316 Printing With Watermarks siorescongtiea anane chance aa aI aaa E Aaaa Aai 316 Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on WiNdOWS c cceeeseeeeeeetteeeeeee 317 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation ccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 319 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation WindowWS c ccceeeeees 320 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X ceeeeeeeeseees 322 Ysing AVON SS eronsa n tase cae Ri ctece enc a tere hea N a siete anes 325 Using Favorites Windows cc scecceis5s pes ereardeceveicacsatescencsanasscbinegenecendaletedpenin same Saadeccededoancetnias 326 Using Favorites Mac OS FO sscceti cxpsecance araieacSenacrctescencvaslessecendeseecanixectieemaiscuadesieetemcsaakcnerenas 328 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing is ccccczestnscadescctecacecscdsnednantoaitasattensedacatetedaantgcecedcenadaeseersdgleceiauas 329 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing WiNdOWS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeee
552. ssrrrnsetrrrerennnrssrrrnsserrnntrrnnssrnrreserrnnneennnnt 288 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows cccccecceeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeteenaeeeetenseeeetenaneeees 289 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X ssssssssssssssesessersssrrrsssrrrnsernnrrerrrressrrrnserernne 291 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets cccccceeeeessceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeaeeeseaaeestesseeeeteneaaeeees 294 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows ceccceeeeeeceeeeeeeneeeeteeceeeeeteeeeeeeeeseaaeeees 295 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X ceececcceeeeecceeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeetenseeeeeessaaeeees 297 Conserving roll paper s sessrserrrrrrrrrrnrrrnrrrnrernnrrnnnennnen nnna teras rdenadeee aks 299 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees sssssessessnesssrrrnserrnrrerrnnresrerrsee 299 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows ss ssssseesesssreessreresene 300 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X eeeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 302 ivpGentents q from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Contents Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins 008 305 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows 306 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X 308 Checking Images Before Printing sisccecsconeisccee
553. st CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor _ About _ Detauts za 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Sa Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing e v Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x11 00in 1 J Pover size Match Page Size A 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in m Aj Potat Wl LAJ O Landscape f y i me a gt uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z IN C Ranao Opos E o S Output Method Size Options _Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply Help T In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 280 Enhanced Printing Options Downlo
554. stalling the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 129 Bak ecrini chav EEEE 14 Banding in different Colors OCCUIS cceeeeee 561 Basic Environmental Performance s 78 Packaging materials cceeeeseeeeeeenteeeeeeenaee 78 PONO peeirrrereeerrrcret peeDrcreec te A 78 Basic Printing Workflow cccceeeesseeeeeeeneeeeeeenaee 80 Borderless Printing ecserin 232 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Printing at Actual Size 0 0 225 246 Borderless Printing cccccceseteeeeeees 225 246 Borderless Printing Method 0 225 246 Print Image with Actual Size 008 226 247 Borderless Printing at Actual Size MAC OSX oxi lecececciteasyeees iad evseeseeendereubddieeseess 229 250 Borderless Printing at Actual Size WINGOWS sn ccsecccsstcetececcteaageecatenactedessenaseceentase 227 248 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the PROM WGK sessanta oeaan Seasietanstcanseuieldaweattelins 239 Borderless Printing senosios 239 Borderless Printing Method 239 Scale to fit Roll Paper Width ee 240 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X 0 cccceeesceeesseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 243 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width WindOWS ccceeeceeesseeeseteeeeeneeeeees 241 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X eeeeeeeeeeee
555. t Setting optimized for printing scanned images with accurate color reproduction to match the original images Setting optimized for high speed draft printing cuion Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available 144 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images OQ Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 180 e For instructions on printing photos and images refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Photos and Images Windows P 146 e Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X P 148 Working With Various Print Jobs 145 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Photos and Images u Printing Photos and Images Windows This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example ON e Document Photo image from a digital camera e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Glossy Photo Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343
556. t list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet amp Canon iPFx00m Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size MEnlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper Size E O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 Z 8 50 in x 11 00 in G Paper Size Match Page Size le 100 FD Biientation i aj Portrait B laj O Landscape Borderless Printing g K Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Cre P o Ss __Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply J Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 320 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings 8 In H Orientation click J Landscape 9 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 10 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 Enhanced Printing Options 321 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the P
557. t printing quality Registering the printer Before printing you must register the printer in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center For instructions on registering the printer see Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh P 431 Important e During this setup process the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or disconnected e By factory default the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer You must enable the AppleTalk protocol before using the printer in an AppleTalk network For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol see Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh P 433 Gs Note e When registering the printer choose USB if the printer is connected via USB Canon FireWire iPF if connected via IEEE 1394 or AppleTalk Canon IP iPF or Bonjour if connected via a network e For Canon IP iPF connections enter the printer s IP address 90 Basic Printing Workflow Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure Printing from the application software 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions Q Note e This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list Presets Standard ESE Copies amp Pages
558. t the top and bottom margins e Printing without the top and bottom margins may cause inconsistency in the size of printed documents depending on the layout of images or text in your originals For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows P 306 e Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X P 308 Enhanced Printing Options 305 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example Document Any type Page size A4 210 0x297 0mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in Paper Roll Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences m Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EEES Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poste
559. tact I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast J Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 12 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box 13 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx zs Presets Standard wy Page Setup is mages size 5 A Media Source Roll Paper DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D EA Enlarged Reduced Printing Bs E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Alto scale 100 f O Scaling 100 5 5 600 Letter 8 5 x11 A _ Borderless Printing Media Size Match Page Size is Te a al C Print Centered po KL _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom y P c ae Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFv Preview Cancel E Print 14 Confirm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 179 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting Images m Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing You can specify detailed print settings as desired for the quality level colors and other crite
560. tails on email notification using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor in Windows refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help Network Setting 415 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Initializing the Network Settings Use RemoteUI to restore the network settings to the default values as follows Important Initializing the network settings will also restore the default value of the printer s IP address As a result the RemoteUI page cannot be displayed in the web browser after this procedure e For instructions on reconfiguring the IP address see Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 403 e For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUl P 407 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Reset to Default settings in the lower right corner of the Network Interface group ou hk WN After confirming the message click OK to restore the network settings to the default values G Note e You can also use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the Control Panel to restore the default network settings If you use the Control Panel to init
561. teeeeesteeeeees 236 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size WiNdOWS ccsceeeeteeeeeteeeeeees 234 Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size 232 Borderless Printese 232 Borderless Printing Method cccceseeee 232 Fit Paper SIZE niidina 233 Borderless printng not possible 2 584 Check roll position 0eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeetteeeeneeeees 584 Check supported paper ccccscceeeeeeeeseeeees 584 C Canceling print jODS 0 ccceeccceeeseeeeeereeetteeeeeneeees 92 Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 94 Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel 92 Canceling Print Jobs from WindowSs cee 93 Cannot adjust band seis icisriissi nsaisan 587 588 Cannot adjust printhead eceeeeeeees 587 588 Cannot connect the printer to the network 565 Cannot cut this Papel ee siauresni inanan 583 Cannot detect paDi meissie aaa 582 Cannot feed paper cccceesteeeeeeeeesteeeeees 581 583 Cannot Load Sheets niae 554 Cannot print as specified ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 587 Lift the release lever and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical or larger 587 Lift the release lever and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger rOllicrsusiininriinenannins 587 Index 597 Index Cannot print over a NetWare network essees 566 Cannot print over a network 0 ccceceeeeeeeseeeeeeees 565 Cannot print o
562. ter iPFxxxx i Presets Standard is a iz images size Almedia Type Plain Paper i een B Get Information es E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 206 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 IA settings B Format for E Paper Size I orientation IE scale B Page Attributes B iPFxxxx Canon iPFoox Letter 8 5 x11 i Ta To 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 14 100 Cancel 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Click F Fit Roll Paper Width 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 207 Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value You can freely adjust the size of orig
563. ter s hard disk Print jobs Hard Disk Save print jobs on the printer s hard disk as follows e Using the printer driver Windows P 445 Using inmagePROGRAF HDI Driver Windows See Output Method Setting in the HDI Driver Guide e Using imagePROGRAF Free Layout Windows See the section on the Output Method dialog box in the Free Layout Guide For Windows e Using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Windows See the section on the Output Method button on the Output Settings sheet in the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide For Windows Using the printer driver Mac OS X P 447 Using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Mac OS See the section on the Output Method button on the Output Settings sheet in the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Guide For Macintosh Using the printer driver Windows 1 Access the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main f Page Setup JLayout Favorites Utility Support Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals a Page Size Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Orientation LAJ O Landscape a Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Media Source Roll Paper Width Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm z anena Size Options Defauts OK Cancel J Apply J Help Hard Disk 445 Hard Disk 2 Click Output Method to display the Output
564. ter a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 345 2 Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 214 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reducti
565. ter com Manuals Printer Driver ss Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Mac OS X On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver media type setting The following media types are specified on the printer for these media sources By choosing a desired media source here you can automatically apply the selected media source and media type to the printer driver Note Other related settings may also be changed To change the details shown here use the printer control panel to adjust the settings JA media Source O Cut Sheet Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper Media Type Plain Paper Cancel GOK Q Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main pane click Get Information by Media Type P 387 Setting item Ci escriptiocn O A Paper Source Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer as well as the type of paper loaded To update the media type setting in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK Mac OS X Software 389 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Media Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper Bovina Time Gbetween Pages P
566. ter com Manuals Printheads Printheads Printhead Printhead PF 03 Note e For instructions on replacing the Printhead see Replacing the Printhead P 518 Checking the Print Quality If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles For instructions see Checking for Nozzle Clogging P 516 Improving the Print Quality If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles Clean the Printhead if the printed test pattern was faint For instructions on cleaning the Printhead see Cleaning the Printhead P 517 Maintenance 515 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printheads ss Checking for Nozzle Clogging If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking every time you finish printing that quantity P 50 1 Load unused paper e Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder P 107 e Loading Rolls in the Roll Holder Slot P 109 e Loading the Roll in the Printer P 110 e Loading the Sheet in the Printer P 133 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU st LoadEject
567. ter you turn the printer on again after replacement This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge 532 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge Replacing the Shaft Cleaner Replace the Shaft Cleaner when you replace the Maintenance Cartridge New Shaft Cleaner is included with replacement Maintenance Cartridge After Maintenance Cartridge replacement a message on the Display Screen prompts you to replace the Shaft Cleaner Select Yes and press the OK button Next go to step 3 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or to select Repl S Cleaner and then press the button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button After the Carriage is moved the Display Screen indicates Open top cover 5 Open the Top Cover AON remove it O Important e Never touch parts other than those mentioned in the instructions This may stain your hands and damage the printer Maintenance 533 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge 7 After removing the cap of the new Shaft Cleaner hold it by the grips a and attach it to the Carriage Push the Shaft Cleaner until it clicks into place Q Note e Attach the cap from the new Shaft Cleaner on the used one Be sure to put the used Shaft Cleaner in the small box before putting it in the larger box with the us
568. than actual size set the value toward the positive side if it is printed longer set the value toward the negative side OQ Note e You can also specify the adjustment value by selecting Paper Details Adjust Length Adjustments for Better Print Quality 505 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Vacuum Strength When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily if paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve results 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU su Loadteject see Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the gt button Press A or to select VacuumStrngth and then press the button Press A or YV to select the level of suction against paper on the Platen and then press the OK button oa fk WN 506 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Ink Tanks Maintenance DLEE Ink Tanks An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side When purchasing an Ink Tank make sure an A is printed on the label along with the following Ink Tank part numbers BK Ink Tank PFI 102BK MBK Ink Tank PFI 102MBK e C Ink Tank PFI 102C
569. than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting the J Print Centered check box 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Printing Options 213 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER refer to the following topic e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 214 e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X gt P 216 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Regis
570. that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set i Printer 7 C PDFY Preview Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 156 Working With Various Print Jobs Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing CAD Drawings 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CRC SEC Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Ji Size o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 f O Scaling 100 5 600 H C Borderless Printing ff Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 Match Page Size HMJ f D a ni Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom m go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not dis
571. the Paper Reference Guide P 96 Handling Paper 101 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper Sheets Sheets of the following sizes are supported Paper Size Cimensions O OO ISO A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm 8 27 x 11 69 in som o rowo so o omom sos o perom TAB ISO B4 250 0 x 353 0 mm 9 84 x 13 90 in 28 x40 ANSI F 711 2 x 1016 0 mm 28 00 x 40 00 in Legal 8 5 x14 215 9 x 355 6 mm 8 50 x 14 00 in 36 x48 ARCH E 914 4 x 1219 2 mm 36 00 x 48 00 in 9 x12 ARCH A 228 6 x 304 8 mm 9 00 x 12 00 in 102 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Paper Papersie mensions Ea fear mo pasar amoo Can emo oas oomoo aor oo romeo Poster 20 x30 508 0 x 762 0 mm 20 00 x 30 00 in Poster 30 x40 762 0 x 1016 0 mm 30 00 x 40 00 in 329 0 x 558 0 mm 12 95 x 21 97 in Poster 300x900mm 300 0 x 900 0 mm 11 81 x 35 43 in Custom Paper Size 203 2 x 203 2 mm 8 00 x 8 00 in 917 0 x 1600 0 mm 36 10 x 62 99 in Q Note Inthe printer driver paper sizes are categorized into groups based on the size system such as ISO A or ANSI In Windows some size systems are not available by default Follow the steps below to make them available 1 Display the printer driver dialog box 2 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 3 Click Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box 4 Select the Display Series check box For details on non standard pap
572. the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box JA Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx e Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation t e IE scale 100 E Cancel E Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Q Note All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to fit the roll width 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B H E Main g images Size Wmveaia Type Plain Paper E gC se D Easy Settings Bey a E Print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics iF View set BC Printer PDFY J Preview Cancel J E Print 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 243 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Borderless Pri
573. the original state before adjustment You can compare it to the Preview image D Magenta E Yellow F Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen G Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images I Gray Tone Not available Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 172 394 Mac OS X Software Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printer Driver Page Setup Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSREES Page Setup Cimages Size A Media Source Roll Paper E B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D A Enlarged Reduced Printing E Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 E gt Fit Roll Paper Width Auto scale 100 J O Scaling 100 41 5 600 Letter 8 5 x11 C Borderless Printing Jj Media Size Match Page Size B Bi _ Print Centered Sia ees _ Rotate Page 90 degrees _
574. the password and click OK e Set password Select the check box e Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 e Verify Re enter the password to confirm it Settings Mail box Rename inbox Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password pe 4 digit number Rename document Document title sample2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 455 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Naming Personal Boxes By default personal boxes are unnamed You can name them for easier management You can assign a name to a personal box as follows e Using RemoteUl e Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page select the personal box to identify Remote UI PP eres AN Stored Job End User Mode x gt Select Document Name Job Manager z Print Job Print Log B e o B sample2 jpg Support Links _ samplel jpg Note Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX KX e Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box 4 Remote UI F ee English language End User Mode Inbox No Inbox Name Password Enee Print Log Enter Password ol TolnboxListPage XXXX XX XX XXXXXX XXXX RX XX XXXXKX XXXX XX XK KXXXKX XX
575. the printer is online In other modes any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed while submenus are displayed Sleep mode The printer is in power saving mode The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to conserve power if it is idle for a specific period by factory default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu P 50 If any print jobs are received when the printer is in Sleep mode after it was originally online the printer goes online and prints the jobs 24 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Mode transition The printer mode transitions are as follows Menu key Offline mode Online mode Menu mode Offline Online MAIN MENU Offline Online G MAIN MENU Online key Menu key Paper Cutting Glossy Photo Glossy Photo ccc Rep Ink Tank ISO A2 Roll ISO A2 Roll Head Cleaning Online key Online key Media Menu r Paper Details EMN Job Management Error Online Printing Menu Selection Error no i i H ink tank is emp Printing Menu Selection y paper loaded Menulkey Press OK and Glossy Photo Job Mgmt M replace ink tank 1SO A2 Roll lob Mgmt Menu Error no Online key paper loaded SELECT OK Online key Pause Glossy P
576. thetae cians cieecaraters 517 Replacing the PUN AG as zee cecccpecinonesntec2cttecesiaeeetdloeasbacruaigesde2auctcecauedessbasnebacceudaeg ANENE ESE 518 Cuter UNI esiema e Nace seit EE san Ena 525 Cuter Unites a e E E eteeaeesne 525 Replacing the Cutter UMit eresse E 526 Maintenance Cartridge eisrcctccecasveccduscccusueneacccueisiednchaninatdesnedenmdainnnantetdarenines 528 Maintenance Cartridge sssrin e eE EE EE E EAE NES 528 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge sci issasccvncxencenidearecrecsavuateedeayscdertakaynetanna deabveeeansoedaneannexteds 528 Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity ccccceceeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 535 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge cccccceeeesscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeenneas 536 Cleaning the Printer cacaacusssssancc pena chet ecen cennianeanancecsevensnaquunesssaameacionerene asada 537 Cleaning the Printer Exterior sxcesccsacccartee lec ceids devecetsceataaaceceactau dite eeupasctecadeeacsedgaeacdrgacaepaaceuediaes 537 Cleaning Inside the Top COVEN ies cen tesctecacad inn cmiscy ce canes earadnndetonssetensdi cau sadentneintadianttieendnkendabonss 538 Cleaning the Paper Retainer ecccceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeesaaeeeeeaaaaeeeeseeaaeeeesseeeseeeneeees 540 Cleaning the Printhead cecccceeceseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaceeeeesaaaeeeeaaaaeeessaeeeeeesaaaeeeseneeeseeneeeees 541 Other Maintenance soccer cece ccc detessceccoresbornens
577. tination for AppleTalk Network Macintosh To print over an AppleTalk network activate the AppleTalk protocol and configure the destination as follows Activating AppleTalk on the printer O Important e By factory default the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the button Press A or WV to select AppleTalk and then press the gt button Press A or W to select On and then press the OK button oa GW N Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any of the settings is changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button O Important e Be sure to complete step 5 This will activate the values you have entered O Note e By using RemoteuUl you can also specify the object name used by AppleTalk as well as the printer zone name For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUIl P 407 Network Setting 433 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination Mac OS X oO Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of configuring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X 1 In System Preferences click Network to display the Network window 2 In Show choose Built in Ethernet Next click AppleTalk select Make AppleTalk Active and click
578. ting 421 Network Setting Windows Specifying the Printer s Frame Type To enable communication between the printer and computers on your network specify the Ethernet frame type in your NetWare environment Follow the steps below to specify the frame type by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the printer Control Panel O Note e You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUl if the printer s IP address is configured Important e Before specifying the frame type make sure the printer is on and connected to the network For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 377 Specifying the Frame Type Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility In the list of printers select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the NetWare Frame Type list select the frame type Click ETHERNET Il under Frame Type in TCP IP In IP Address enter the IP address assigned to the printer and then enter the subnet mask in Subnet Mask and the default gateway in Gateway Address Important You must specify the IP address here to be able to configure NetWare protocol settings using RemoteuUl OouahwhNd T Click Set Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 422 Network Settin
579. ting Multiple Pages Continuously Windows This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DENESI Get Information la Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft 41 Office Document Petter sir 2 s0 11 001 Poster Photos r CUSA Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Ss Status Monitor About Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list click the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup
580. ting normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics BC View set B Printer PDFv Preview Cancel Print O Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS XY P 379 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Enhanced Printing Options 195 Printing enlargements or reductions Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Fit Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 197 e Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X P 199 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size 196 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlar
581. tings Specify settings for HP GL 2 printing P 55 Adjust Printer Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern P 57 Interface Setup Configure the EOP timer and network settings P 58 Maintenance Access maintenance settings when replacing the Printhead or preparing to move the printer P 59 System Setup Specify the printer system settings including the date format and display language P 59 Test Print Choose Status Print to print information about the printer Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Paper Details Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs including the paper type and size amount of ink used and so on Information on ink consumption is general not specific in nature Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles Displays printer information and a record of print jobs P 61 50 Printer Parts Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Control Panel Paper Menu Setting Item Description Instructions Cut Sheet Type 1 Choose the type of sheets P 132 Roll Media Type 1 Choose the type of roll Chk Remain Roll Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it The printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode Roll Length
582. tion dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method click F Print Image with Actual Size 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 228 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document Any type e Page size 10 x 12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm Borderless e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox Ke Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation A t fe IE scale 100 E Cone EB Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In the C Paper Size list choose a paper size supported for borderless printing Here click 10 x12 Borderless OQ Note e Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by Borderless 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu T Access the Main pane Printer _ iIPFxxxx
583. tion menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 343 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Pox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ai Media Type EMES Z Get Information la Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print T Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ad Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About __ Defauts 5 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 6 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 264 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size M Enlarged Reduced Printing Bo Fit Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper Width IF O Scaling ce 4 Paper Size a Orientation A Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing
584. tions Print saved Yes Yes with saved jobs Jobs Delete saved jobs Hard Disk 439 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk image Printer driver PROGRAF Free Layout image PROGRAF image Color image apa A RUNNER onitor PROGRAF Control Enlargement RemoteuUl HDI Driver Copy Panel Color image image RUNNER A Printer driver Enlargement ee Copy _a Availability Job queue management queue Mail box Move saved management jobs Modify saved No jobs Modify mail boxes Print a list of saved jobs Display a list No of saved jobs Other Display free operations hard disk space Zz z z ie Z 0 0 fo Z Z fe fe Z Z Z fo Z Z Initialize hard No disk Recover after errors Display error messages 1 This option is available with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved and then printed Z 440 Hard Disk Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Saved Print Jobs Saving print jobs refers to the process of sending print jobs from a computer and storing them on the printer s hard disk By saving print jobs you can print them repeatedly as needed without sending them from a computer again Save print jobs Saving print jobs enables you to do the following things e Save the time spent using a computer When you send a print job to the printer you can either print it and sa
585. tiscennnnnsorutccnsncnsiocesannuses base vcusis E a ANd 151 Printing CAD Draw S icsecicreticccczvieasiiecovsus abtharat ceeditsiandsadewacsanpcharaaeioeg saan dbdtaaseneteassasvecdcbseunteabaves 151 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows ssssssssesssrreserrnrerrnntesrnrrssrrnnnernnntnsrernseren nnet 152 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Mac OS X cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeeeees 153 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows cecceceeeeeee eee eeeteeeeeeeeaeeeteteneeeeeeeneeeeeetenaeeeeee 154 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeecaeeeeeteneeeeeeeneeeeeeneaeeeeee 156 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD DrawingS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 159 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings WiNdOWS c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeees 160 Fl GAL Promin cieco erenn e E ER a EE E 162 Printing Office Documents ecieceeessits sxesteceetctccncaeweuddeadesecnes ti ioctbbssscesbGuaneseesades 163 Priining Otice IO CUMS TNS serrera arenon strobes ge heed dest hA Leet dette 163 Printing Office Documents WV TNO WS ai artistes Seen seed ea raced uid co ceesdecrawelendeietentens 164 Printing Office Documents IMAG OS A x dcecccencecedtesesscceteructevtsss ecezebceadaseir udearcdeeu Ee 166 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 168 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals f
586. to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper Enter either the adjustment results from Print Pattern or the discrepancy that you measured as a percentage For paper that tends to stretch increase the feed amount by choosing a higher adjustment value For paper that tends to shrink decrease the feed amount by choosing a lower adjustment value Head Height Adjust the Printhead height P 497 Skew Check Lv If you print on Japanese paper washi or other handmade paper that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or choose Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur VacuumStrngth Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen P 506 Width Detection Specify this option to print inside boundaries for example when printing at a different size than the paper size Paper width and skew are not detected if you select Off If paper is loaded askew note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur NearEnd RollMrgn Specify the minimum margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the leading edge It may also cause the Platen to become soiled Cut Speed
587. tom Edge Sides n w 0 91 A w ag 0 91 a Sheets 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 20 mm i 79 5mm 20 5mm j 20 0 0 12 in 0 0 12 in 0 0 12 in in Sheets Printable Area Recommended Print Area Paper Size au 3mm Print Area 23 mm e Printable Area A margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on top 23 mm 0 91 in on bottom and 3 mm 0 12 in on left and right sides is required e Recommended print area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 23 mm 0 91 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required Rolls 3 23 mm Printable Area Recommended Print Area Paper Size 20 mm 0 3 mm 5mm 5mm Print Area 5mm e Printable Area A margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on all sides is required A margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on the top bottom and both sides is required During borderless printing the margin on all sides is 0 mm For information on paper compatible with borderless printing see the Paper Reference Guide P 96 0 3 mm e Recommended print area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 5 mm 0 20 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required Q Note e Printable area The area that can be printed Guaranteed Print Area We recommend printing within this area e To print so that your original matches the print area exactly use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin P 218 Printer Parts 79 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing procedure
588. ts diccsctevessatebranigiastdesavebedulectamnisictaceetveedss 566 Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks cccceeccceeeecceceeeesaeeeeeeesaaeeseenseeeeeeneeaeees 566 Installation problemS annsenoseoeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeettrrrrtrrrrtrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrnnnrnnnnnnnnn nnn 567 The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly cccceessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeseaeeeenenaes 567 Removing Installed Printer Drivers vascecaxivecccteascbesnneevascdenas deed eanaieoonnemceapencenndeatanestinoteawesennensst 568 HP GL 2 0 8 215 cee ee een meme te rire er ere ne ee maNr rrr rereer sentra sete 569 With HP GL 2 printing is misaligned c cceeeseceeeeeeneceeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeesaaaeeeenaes 569 Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was printed cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee 569 Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 PYrinting cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee 569 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome or color ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeee 569 Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printing eeeeeeeeee 569 HP GL 2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than specified cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 570 HP GL 2 jobs are printed at maximum size even if a standard size is specified 570 HP GL 2 printing takes a long time ccceeeesee cece eeeeeeeeeeee
589. ttings _Defauts OK _ _ Cancel Apy Hep 11 Select the D Watermark check box 12 Click FILE COPY in the E Watermarks list OQ Note e To create your own original watermark click F Edit Watermark Refer to the printer driver help for instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 337 318 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation You can specify the original orientation to match the orientation of the paper for printing Orientation Paper is usually loaded in the printer in portrait orientation When you have an original in landscape orientation you can specify the printing orientation so that the original is printed in landscape orientation Rotate 180 degrees The original is rotated 180 degrees to print it upside down Mirror A mirror image of the original is printed For instructions on specifying the original orientation before printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows P 320 e Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X P 322 E
590. tton for a second or more NoPrint Cut Guideline Choose this setting when using media that NoYesPrint cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit Cut Cut each page from the roll using scissors Guideline For continuous printing if you will cut each page later in Auto Cut select Yes or select Print Cut Guideline Choose this option if you want to cut pages Paper by pressing Cutter Unit buttons for manual Cutting cutting after printing when the printer driver is configured to Auto Cut gt No or Print Cut Guideline Otherwise choose this option if you want to cut the roll edge after loading a roll Q Note e Automatic and Eject are valid only when you have specified Auto Cut gt Yes in the printer driver e With Eject printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the roll is cut Cut the roll manually in the following cases 122 Handling Paper Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Handling rolls Eject waiting for ink to dry after printing Select Eject Print Stopped automatically As you support the at the cut position document to prevent it from dropping cut by pressing the Stop button 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or V to select Cutting Mode and then press the gt button Press
591. uide P 96 Automatic Cutting Roll paper is cut automatically after printing If you prefer you can print continuously without cutting the roll or you can print a cut line For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows P 330 e Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X P 331 Enhanced Printing Options 329 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically using the auto cut function after printing as well as how to print a cut line to cut the paper manually Q Note e Auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed Follow the steps below to reactivate the function after it is disabled or to change the setting for printing a cut line instead 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 3 50 in x 11 00 in Match Pag
592. uitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text a s T photographs and graphics F View set B Printer F s amp s M PDF wv Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the print target in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 205 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CSCS Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Ji Size o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing 5 Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 CO Scaling 100 5 600 H C Borderless Printing ff Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 Match Page Size By f D a ni Print Centered x K p C No Spaces at Top or Bottom m go C Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDF v Preview Cancel E Print 10 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 16 in 406 4mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Prin
593. uments Printer iPFxxxx he Presets Standard By Page Setup ke A Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 Auto Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 J Media Size F O Fit Roll Paper Width S O scaling T100 5 5 600 C Borderless Printing Match Page Size By C Print Centered R ae C No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm Ms Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFv Preview J Cancel 10 Select sheets in the A Media Source list 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 JA Settings Page Attributes B B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx GS Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 H 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I orientation T fa Biscale 100 Cancel 0K 12 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 379 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 382 Working With Various Print Jobs 167 Using the Printer With a Color im
594. up Utility Important e To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 377 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN 404 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel This topic describes how to configure the printer s IP address on the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or to select TCP IP and then press the gt button Press A or to select IP Setting and then pr
595. upported roll length is 18 0 m or 19 7 yd when printing in Mac OS X For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows P 254 e Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X P 258 O Important e Before printing check how much of the roll paper is left If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper a warning message is displayed when there is not enough roll paper left e If not much ink is left prepare replacement ink tanks To print at a higher level of quality in the printer driver choose High or Highest in Print Quality and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing Enhanced Printing Options 253 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows This topic describes how to print a banner about five times as long as the roll width based on the following example e Document A horizontal banner created in Microsoft Word e Page size Non standard 100x500 mm 8 9x19 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 in 406 4 mm Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Register a Custom Paper Size Ba
596. ure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx Fej Presets Standard ka Main B images Size lAlmedia Type Plain Paper i B Get Information a Set D Easy Settings ER E int Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP DUCO Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer G M PDF v Preview Cancel Print 230 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 Borderless A settings B Format for E Paper Size I orientation E scale Page Attributes B B i iPFxxxx Canon iPFoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Te 100 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manua
597. us aniis iage 322 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows eseeeeeeeeeeeerresressnn 320 Managing Queued Jobs Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs 008 449 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 451 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 451 Using Remoteul 0 ccccccceeeeseeeeeceeeeeseeeeees 450 Using the Control Panel ceeeeeeseeeeees 450 Manually Loading Paper to the Position for PUAN G eases Set es oh T AE and eeestutsevegseeeieny 136 Matching Sheet Windows ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 355 Driver Matching Mode ccccceeceeeesteeeeeees 355 ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode and Host OM MOO 6 iszcccacessncdvsatieedste tedeczdesinn iets 356 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X 390 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows 351 Menu Structure cccccccceceeesseeeeeeeseeeeeesesseeeeeneeeas 37 Main Mem Uiir uaia 37 Main menu during printing 48 SUDMENUS 10 ceeeccece eect NMEN ERKA E SNEEN EEES SEKANS 47 Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared ccceceeeeeeeeteeeetteeeees 571 Messages regarding HP GL 2 l es 593 Messages regarding ink sssssssessesssinessessssessreessee 585 Messages regarding Papelr eeeeeccceeeestteeeeeeenaes 578 Messages regarding printheads cceeeeeee 588 Messages regarding printing or adjusment 587 Messages regarding the hard
598. utter Unit CT 05 Q Note e For instructions on replacing the Cutter Unit see Replacing the Cutter Unit P 526 Maintenance 525 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cutter Unit Replacing the Cutter Unit GO Note _ e For information on compatible Cutter Unit see Cutter Unit P 525 e During Cutter Unit replacement do not open the Carriage Cover Ink will automatically fill the Printhead after the Carriage Cover is opened which consumes ink Turn the printer on P 22 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Select Maintenance Change Cutter Yes and then press the OK button After the Carriage is centered a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open the Top Cover OQ Note e If you do not respond within two minutes cutter replacement is canceled and the printer goes online automatically In this case repeat the steps above Open the Top Cover 5 If the Cutter Unit or Carriage is dirty use a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it clean O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a or Carriage Shaft b 526 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Cutter Unit 6 Hold the Cutter Unit by the grip a Pushing down at the position indicated b remove it from the Carriage O Important e Never touch any part of the Cutter Unit except the grips a and b This poses a risk
599. ve Search File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w a E rroo User Manual Contents Index Basic Printing Workflow Working With Various Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Error Message Appendix M Gl Gh Pae Groce iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Canon Large Format Printer si in Ww Basic Printing Woow On chests and soon Working With Various Printing Photos and Images Print Jobs Printing CAD Dra 2nd soon and reduction Enhance Printing inti Color i Preview 2nd soon How to use this manual Search results are listed at left Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Adjustments for Better Print Quality Network Setting W imagePROGRAF Network Setting Network Setting Windows and so on Replacing Ink Tanks Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printer 2nd soon Erequently Asked Questions Clearing jammed paper an so on Responding to Messages Error Messages and soon Introduction 3 How to use this manual 2 Click a topic you want to read The terms you searched for will be highlighted in the topic gt iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer ssl Q e File Edit View Favorites Tools Help d ee E rro User Manual Contents iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Search _ Paper Type Search results for Paper Type J Adjusting the Feed A
600. ve it on the printer at the same time or simply save it on the printer without printing it yet Saved print jobs can be printed in the required quantity later without the need to use a computer again Simplify reprinting if any errors occur If errors occur in the middle of printing as when paper runs out you can resume printing after clearing the error without resending the print job from a computer Streamline printing work Without using a computer you can select print jobs and print in the desired quantity You can also select multiple print jobs to print during the same period This enables unattended operation at night for example Hard Disk 441 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Hard Disk Output Method Send job to To save print jobs on the printer s hard disk select Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X Three options are available in Output Method in Windows or Send job to in Mac OS X Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Optionally you can also select Save data before printing OPrint Print auto delete Save in mail box Save data before printing Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format Print auto delete Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer without printing them Save dat
601. ver Cannot Be Installed Correctly In Windows the device interface driver may not be installed correctly in some cases if you connected the IEEE 1394 cable before installing the printer driver If so reinstall the IEEE 1394 device interface driver and the printer driver as follows Important e This procedure is based on an example for Windows XP The name of the wizard may be different in other operating systems Right click My Computer and choose Properties to display the System Properties window On the Hardware sheet click Device Manager to display the Device Manager window Right click Other Devices icon and choose Properties On the Driver sheet click Update Driver to start the Hardware Update Wizard or the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard hON ol Follow the instructions on the screen When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation select the CD ROM drive Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer and follow the instructions ep on the screen The device interface driver is installed The device is detected and the New Hardware Wizard or Add New Hardware Wizard is started s Follow the instructions on the screen When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation select the printer oe driver folder Choose the CD ROM drive gt Driver gt WinXP_2K gt Driver and click OK For Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server
602. ver a TCP IP network 565 Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks 566 Cammlage sien niistineti Maas 16 Carriage Cover iS OP N ccceceeesseeceereeeetteeeeeees 595 Centering originals ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeetteeeeeaes 288 Checking for Nozzle Clogging ceeseeseeeeees 516 Checking Images Before Printing 311 Checking Ink Tank Levels 513 Checking the Free Hard Disk Space 06 488 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 489 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 489 Using Remote 0c ceeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 488 Using the Control Panel s 488 Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X dieieeeden eerie ive cinins 315 384 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing 311 Open Preview When Print Job Starts WINGOWS raioniin eenean 311 Preview Macintosh 312 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing WINGOWS cispiisisniaiaisirigaissigid iaaiiai 313 339 Checking the Print Quality 0aeeeeeeeeeaee eene 515 Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge GAD ACILY weeseiensedent tahini eenpvduttieandddssieteeatst fami i 535 Choosing a Paper for Printing csceeeeeeeeees 188 If the paper type is not listed for selection 188 M dia y p is inann 188 Choosing Paper for Printing eseese 188 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X cc cceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeneees 185 Choosing the Docum
603. versized printing choose paper identified by the regular paper name followed by Oversize A Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx HH Presets Standard B Main i H m f images Size WAimedia Type Plain Paper By BC Get information _ i Set D Easy Settings he ae E Print Target Default Settings ia Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics iF View set i Printer PDFY n a Preview Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 222 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing at full size 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard CRC SEC Page Setup Media Source Roll Paper Fey B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Ji Size o Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 fo v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 f O Scaling 100 5 600 H C Borderless Printing ff Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 M
604. view Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 303 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Conserving roll paper 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ay settings B Format for E Paper Size I orientation IE scale Page Attributes 3 iPFxxxx J Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 100 12 Select the L Rotate Page 90 degrees check box 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see 304 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 382 Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper You can print without feeding the paper for blank portions of originals if there are top and bottom margins in originals This enables you to conserve as much paper as the size of the margins Important Printing without the top and bottom margins is not supported in the following cases e Banner printing e If you have chosen poster as the type of page layout Q Note Even during borderless printing you can print withou
605. w the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled or select the setting for printing a cut guideline instead 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx mw Canon iPPoox oe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 Ea 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D orientation Ta E Scale 1100 Je Cancel E Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu Access the Page Setup pane ou kh WN Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard aes p Page Setup A Media Source Roll Paper DE B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm G Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 D w Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Media Size Letter 8 5 x11 F O Fit Roll Paper Width E Ano scale 100 7 fg Scaling 100 5 600 Letter 8 5 x11 H C Borderless Printing Jj Media Size Match Page Size BA ia uh Print Centered pa N Kd _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom peal ae C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFw Preview Cancel Print 7 Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list Enhanced Printing Options 331 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Other useful settings 8 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets St
606. width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in Roll Q Note e If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane and update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard wan 3 6 Spe re Type Plain Paper i BIC Get information __ Set D Easy Settings IE Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 DUO ye Suitable for printing normal documents ay that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer M Preview CD 292 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Centering originals 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox E Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm l I orientation To Te IE scale 100 E Cancel E 13 Select the J Print Centered check box 14 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 382 Enhanced Pri
607. wnloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing Large Posters Windows 286 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X 156 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows 152 154 Easy Settings Sennen 152 Print TatQet esnan eas 152 Print targets for line drawings and text 152 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows Mac OS X cccccccceceeceessteeeeeeessteeeeeeees 153 EASY Settings ciiao iosaid aS 153 Pini TagO ae E hate 153 Print targets for line drawings and text 153 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other 268 Free Layout Windows assesseer 268 imagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh 269 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other MACOSX asc neinei inii iia nies 272 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other WINdOWS renuncia ed 270 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously 206 274 Roll paper banner eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 274 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X 277 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows 275 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet eeee 279 Page Layou erenn ni ne okthegie ddl ies tonie 279 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X 282 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows 280 Printing Office Documents 0 ees 163 Easy Settings merrnin adanida 163 Print Tagelied naanin dain 163 Print targets for office documents 163 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X 166 Printin
608. xcept to replace it To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge avoid dropping the cartridge or storing it at an angle Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains e Ink adheres to the top of the Maintenance Cartridge after it has been used Handle the Maintenance Cartridge carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer 528 Maintenance Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Maintenance Cartridge Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress You can replace the Maintenance Cartridge if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Offline or if messages advise you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge Offline Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll If a message prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge go to step 6 and remove the Maintenance Cartridge H Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the printer during Printhead cleaning or while ink is being filled If you pause printing to replace the Maintenance Cartridge it may cause the printed images to be blurry 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Repl maint cart and then press the butto
609. xx xxxx x represents a letter or number P 594 Execute printhead cleaning P 589 File read error P 591 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number gt P 594 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range P 593 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported P 593 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 P 593 Hard disk error P 591 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number P 594 Ink insufficient P 585 Ink Level Check P 586 Ink tank error gt P 586 No ink left P 585 Insufficient paper for job P 579 Leading edge detection error P 583 Mail box full Cannot save P 592 Mail box full P 591 Mail box full Delete unwanted data P 591 Mail box full Now printing without saving data P 591 Mail box nearly full P 591 Maintenance cartridge full P 590 Maintenance cartridge problem P 590 Multi sensor error P 595 No ink tank loaded P 586 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity P 590 No maintenance cartridge P 590 No sheets P 581 Paper jam P 582 Paper loaded askew P 582 Paper Mismatch gt P 578 Paper size not detected P 579 Papr Size Mismatch P 578 Papr Type Mismatch P 578 Parts replacement time has passed P 595 576 Error Message Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Responding to Messages e PHead needs cleaning P 58
610. y in the printer driver the sizes will not be available after you exit the application If you want to set up a non standard paper size so that it will always be available we recommend registering the paper size in the printer driver Q Note These temporary paper sizes you register on the printer are called Custom Sizes in Windows For instructions on specifying non standard paper sizes for printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows P 262 e Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X P 266 Enhanced Printing Options 261 Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows This topic describes two ways to print on non standard paper sizes e Printing by using Custom Size P 262 e Printing by using Custom Paper Size P 264 Printing by using Custom Size This section describes how to print using Custom Size based on the following example e Document Scanned image e Page size Square of non standard dimensions 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in Load the square paper 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in in the printer Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer dr
611. yout in a Preview Before Printing Windows P 313 e Checking the Layout Before Printing Mac OS X P 315 312 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 343 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Avec type Get Information ic Advanced Settings Dy Easy Setings E E Print Target Default Setting Draft 4 48 Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Ee eiid Poster Photos i 7 aa Poster Text Illustrations t c k F CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mo A About 4 Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box 5 After you click OK when you print a job the imagePROGRAF Preview window will be displayed E Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iP Poox File View Options Help Fitto Width
612. ze as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Ay settings B Format for E Paper Size I orientation IE scale Page Attributes iz iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 100 12 Select the K No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box 13 Confirm the print settings and click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see 310 Enhanced Printing Options Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 382 Checking Images Before Printing Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing You can check the print layout on the preview screen Open Preview When Print Job Starts Windows While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust orientation or other settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen S Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iPFxxxx Fie View Options Help zoom Frown KA a D MB AEREE ELLELE yao yoo yee yso yoo 470 yoo joo goo 310 20 320 Monte Plain Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Layout Selection m 48 C Center Originals Across Roll Start Printing Stop Printing Printer Information Printer Status Feed Information R ol Roll Paper Width 24 i
613. zone name up to 31 single byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By default the network interface name is Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx Here xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer s MAC address 2 If zones have been created on the network enter the name of the printer s zone If there are no zones leave the asterisk entry for the default zone as it is If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers Consult your network administrator for information on zone names T Click OK to display the Network page 410 Network Setting Downloaded from ManualsPrinter com Manuals Network Setting Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the NetWare network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password C

Canon imagePROGRAF iPF720 User Guide Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents